Forecasts

Get a FREE birth chart!

  See Sample Chart

Send: your name, month-day-year, time of day (if known), city & state, (country, if out of USA) of birth to starbaby@cableone.net

put Free Chart in subject line.

 

Forecasts by Judy Joyce:

Click here to get your own Personal Forecast Report

See:

Current Month’s Forecast

Previous Forecasts:

DECEMBER 2016 and JANUARY-FEBRUARY 2017 FORECASTdreamstime_m_21897665

World Outlook

No one will be surprised to learn that the astrological energies for the year ahead indicate there will be a strong push for change and improvement in the way things are structured. The challenge will be to agree on what needs to be changed and improved and how to go about doing so. No easy task with so much polarization the world.

The major astrological patterns from December 2016 through February 2017 will continue to develop through 2017. These patterns are much more dynamic than the heavy and depressing energy of 2016. Some of these new energies are challenging and disruptive, while others are positive and productive. And they often occur simultaneously, making this a very complex time. Things will unfold as the year goes by.

Although major differences of opinion will certainly continue, progress can be made by being open-minded, listening and respecting divergent viewpoints and then finding common ground for the foundation of new plans. As far away from reality as that might sound at the moment, there will be opportunities to do just that. It won’t magically fall into place and happen overnight, but it can develop as the year proceeds. This is not the time to be naive or to take anything for granted, but there is reason to believe that from this turmoil, we can breakthrough to a higher level. We do have a choice. How we choose to handle these energies is up to us, both on a collective and an individual level.

 

Listed below are both the positive and the challenging energies over the year ahead.

 

Positive Energies:

  • Success comes through cooperation and working with others towards a common goal. We can combine our desire for expansion and improvement with organization and practicality. Jupiter in Libra sextile Saturn Sagittarius
  • Updating our methods by blending the best of the old with the best of the new will pay off. Patience and discipline along with the courage to try something new and different could yield surprisingly good results. Saturn in Sagittarius trine Uranus in Aries
  • Big projects that focus on reforming, restructuring and rebuilding can be successful as long as they are done for the benefit of all. Jupiter in Libra square Pluto in Capricorn
  • Exciting discoveries, breakthroughs and innovations can extend our horizons. Social activism can stimulate growth and awakening in human consciousness. A turning point is reached in social awareness. Jupiter opposite Uranus
  • New technologies and scientific discoveries will set us on a course of action based on a new vision of the future. Uranus in Aries semisquare Neptune in Pisces

 

 Challenging Energies:

  • A last ditch push may occur to achieve goals through coercion, intimidation, geo-political maneuvering and misinformation. Efforts, both overt and covert, to attain power and influence resulting in power struggles can occur. Jupiter in Libra square Pluto in Capricorn. These activities may be connected to conditions that started in 2010. See NOTE below.
  • Sudden and surprising developments can cause a major movement with the goal of gaining freedom from domination. A turning point will be reached and even a possible rebellion against the status quo. This could lead to disruption and agitation. Jupiter in Libra opposite Uranus in Aries These activities may be connected to conditions that started in 2010. See NOTE below.
  • We will be forced to seriously address the challenges of technology globally and how it is impacting the privacy and safety of countries and individuals. Problems could occur involving hacking, global connections, social media, online information, power grids, government, banking and other electronic systems. We must also face the potential harm of spending so much of our time and attention on our technology devices that we don’t know what is real “news” and what is unimportant information. We must also face why we are so obsessed with “Reality Shows” which actually keep us from facing reality. (Uranus semisquare Neptune)
  • Watch for that raise red flags: (A) Things sound either too good to be true or too awful to be true; (B) overbearing, hot headed or destabilizing behaviors; (C) Nebulous information, ideas or actions designed to cast doubt on existing norms and structures.

NOTE: The embers of the fiery radical restructuring energies of Uranus square Pluto that were so strong from 2010 through 2015 could now be fanned back to life by Jupiter in Libra square Pluto in Capricorn and opposite Uranus in Aries. Click here for more information

 

How you can use these energies in your personal life:

 

  • You can start right now to improve your life. If you know you would like to make some improvements, but don’t know what to do next, here are some ideas:
  • First, identify where in your life you are feeling hemmed in, trapped or resentful. Is there something in your life that takes up your time and energy and leaves you feeling tired and drained? Are you really being yourself or just what you think you are supposed to be? Don’t make excuses or gloss over your feelings.
  • Next, do whatever works for you to help you clarify and get to the heart of what’s really causing you to feel this way. Make a list of what you like and what you don’t like about your situation. The main thing is to be totally honest. Do a pro’s and con’s list. List what you want and why you think you can’t have it or what has been holding you back. Then challenge those assumptions. Try a flow of consciousness writing. Sometimes just writing things out will clarify what is really bothering you and what the possible solutions are. Meditate, walk in nature or soak in the tub for hours. Talk to a good friend. Talk to yourself. Talk to your dog. Possibly to your cat ….. on second thought, disregard the cat suggestion.
  • Give yourself time to let the changes unfold. You may have sudden insights and jumps forward. You don’t have to rush. Although it can be helpful to stand back and view the “Big Picture”, life is lived in the present moment. Be in it. Have faith that what you need to know will be revealed to you when you need it.

 

Before we move on, there is something else to consider…….

 

Uncharted Territory

In addition to the planetary influences above, many astrologers are also observing the planetary patterns involving objects beyond Pluto located in the Kuiper Belt. The first Kuiper Belt Object (KBO) was discovered in 1992. This was very interesting, but most astrologers didn’t really start paying much attention to these objects until 2005, when a KBO first spotted in 2003 was confirmed and was thought to be bigger than Pluto. That got everybody’s attention. This KBO was called 2003UB 313 and then nicknamed Xena (the television Warrior Princess). In 2006, it was officially given the name of Eris, the Greek goddess of strife, discord and chaos.

Living up to her name, Eris promptly caused great turmoil when, rather than add Eris as a new planet, Pluto was demoted to the new classification of “dwarf planet”. Dwarf planet designations were also given to Eris, two other KBO’s, and to Ceres (an asteroid located between Mars and Jupiter).

Whether you call it a planet or a dwarf planet, most astrologers will attest to Pluto’s intense astrological influence in our lives. Why wouldn’t Eris, who turned out to be almost as large as Pluto, be powerful, too? When a planet, a dwarf planet (or really anything new), is discovered in space, our consciousness has been expanded also. We now “see” something that had been hidden from us. We are opened to a deeper level of knowing. However, we may not be very good at handling all this new found energy and knowledge at first. We may not understand what is happening because it is something “more”. It is different, unfamiliar and not “normal”.

We can think of Pluto as the Gatekeeper to a mysterious and deeper region of our consciousness. As we discover objects beyond Pluto, we are opening our consciousness to ever deepening levels. We need to observe Eris and the other dwarf planets for many, many years and do historical research before we can draw conclusions.

As far as research goes, we’re in luck because a planetary pattern is occurring right now that is providing us with lots of material. Uranus is currently conjuncting Eris, which is an extremely important configuration and gives us something major to look at right away. Allowing a ten degree orb of influence, the conjunction started around April 2014 and will last until March 2020. This conjunction is at its peak in 2016 and 2017. It was exact in June and September of 2016 and will be exact again in March of 2017.

The conjunction of Uranus and Eris tells us that the energies of Uranus, planet of change, rebellion, shake-ups and shock, are combing with Eris, associated with discord, strife and feminine warrior energies. They will be expressed in an Aries fashion – assertively, dynamically and with lots of fire and passion. The blending of these energies could indicate upsets, anger, strife, shocks and shaking us up in ways we haven’t experienced before. Hmmm, sound familiar? Not only did the US election turn things upside down and sideways, but Brexit (June 2016) could also have a similar effect in Europe in 2017. Not to mention all the turmoil seemingly everywhere in the world. Although it is not pleasant, it is also very important to remember that shake-ups often lead to wake-ups.

The feminine warrior energy is out there, too. How will it manifest? We will see. Most importantly, we need to avoid jumping to conclusions. There is going to be much more to Eris than we comprehend at this point. Pluto is associated with death, destruction and endings. Something we normally like to avoid. Yet, by bringing those forces into our consciousness, we are able to see what was hidden within us. This allows toxins to be released and healing to occur. We also might find some buried treasure that had been hidden away. Pluto brings us transformation, transmutation, releasing and cleansing. It takes courage to face these unknown parts of ourselves, but doing so brings much greater depth and meaning to life. Eris will also have deep and valuable insights to offer us than just the initial discord and strife. What that is and how long it will take to be revealed is unknown. But we’ve seen it now and are on that journey of discovery, ready or not.

We can’t say for certain what Uranus conjunct Eris means, but it certainly describes something “more”, different and unfamiliar. What lies ahead remains to be seen. We could be in for more big surprises. We are, indeed, in uncharted territory.

 

Okay – back to the forecast…..

 

November 29 to December 31, 2016

November 29: NEW MOON IN PISCES, 5:18 am MST. Plans and intentions are hatching behind the scenes November 29-30. This New Moon squares Neptune and the Nodes of the Moon which indicates murky or confusing conditions. We really need to think about what we are planning to put into motion now because our actions could have karmic consequences in the world and in our personal lives. Strive to focus on the highest and best good for all. If you are not sure about something or have a feeling of unease, wait a few days to make any important decisions. It is very likely that things are not what they seem at this time.

December 1-11: There are many positive astrological energies as the month begins. It will be an active and energetic time. Mars in the friendly and humanitarian sign of Aquarius will make positive aspects with Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus from December 1- 7. This indicates a time when people can work together for the common good and enjoy each others company while they are doing it. The Sun in Sagittarius will also form positive aspects with Jupiter in Libra and conjunct Saturn on December 8-10. The Sun then trines Uranus on December 11-12. The potential to come up with thoughtful and practical plans to improve our lives will be strong. Pay attention to ideas that may pop in your head about how to update your personal life. Be open to looking at things in a whole new way. Write your thoughts down and keep them for reference. You may be amazed later this year how helpful these ideas will be.

December 12-16: We should be getting an idea where things are headed in the coming months. Pay attention to developments as we approach the December 13: FULL MOON/ SuperMoon in GEMINI, 5:05 pm, MST. Something may be revealed now that was hidden around the New Moon on November 29. However, we still may not have the full story.

December 17: A good day to do something fun, creative or entertaining.

December 18-20: Mercury goes retrograde on December 19 in the sign of Capricorn (see below) just as it is about to conjunct Pluto. Will there be information that is close to being revealed at this time that goes (or is forced) underground? We will probably have to wait until January 28-30 before we hear the whole story.

December 19, 2016 to January 8, 2017: Mercury will be retrograde in Capricorn. This Mercury retrograde period can help us get our lives organized. It is time to focus on practical matters and getting things in proper order. We can make progress on eliminating whatever is standing in the way of our goals in life. Mercury will also be sextile Neptune in Pisces three times during its process of moving backward and forward. This will blend the imagination, spirituality and intuition of Neptune and Pisces with the down-to-earth and realistic energy of Capricorn. As always during Mercury retrograde periods, be aware that people in general could have a tendency to be mentally distracted, which can lead to overlooking details and could result in communication or transportation problems. Unexpected mechanical or technological problems may occur. Double check all travel arrangements and make sure communications are clear to everyone concerned. This is especially true if you are a Virgo or a Gemini. See explanation of Mercury Retrograde

December 21: The WINTER SOLSTICE occurs at 3:45 am, MST, as the Sun enters Capricorn. Take some time to contemplate the arrival of winter and the shortest day of the year in the northern hemisphere. Let your Inner Light shine in the darkness.

December 22-30: This is likely to be a whirlwind of energies, both positive and challenging. Great potential, but hard to predict how it will manifest in mass consciousness. Individually, we can each choose to embrace the positive and focus on the exciting ideas and options for the future. Uranus will seem to stand still and be locked in a challenging opposition with Jupiter in Libra and at the same time be in a harmonious trine with Saturn in Sagittarius. You can see the potential manifestation of these energies in the descriptions which were discussed earlier and are repeated below:

Saturn in Sagittarius Trine Uranus in Aries: Positive: Updating our methods by blending the best of the old with the best of the new will pay off. Patience and discipline along with the courage to try something new and different could yield surprisingly good results.

Jupiter in Libra Opposite Uranus in Aries: Positive: Exciting discoveries, breakthroughs and innovations can extend our horizons. Social activism can stimulate growth and awakening in human consciousness. A turning point is reached in social awareness. Challenging: Sudden and surprising developments can cause a major movement to gain freedom from domination. A turning point and a possible rebellion against the status quo that could lead to disruption, rebellion and agitation.

December 28: NEW MOON IN CAPRICORN, 11:53 pm, MST (December 29 at 1:53 am, EST). Focus on practicality, organization, and planning. This new moon is conjunct Mercury retrograde in Capricorn indicating it is time to start getting down to business and finally clear out things that are not essential. Think carefully about what seeds you are planting in your life right now because they are likely to have dynamic results at the Full Moon on January 12. The energies of change and surprise will be very intense, as Uranus turns Direct on December 29. The energies of change, shake-up and wake-up start marching forward.

December 30-31: As the year draws to a close, there will probably be a huge traveling sigh of relief heard round the world as we leave tumultuous 2016 and turn our attention to 2017 and the changes in the world we know are ahead. There is likely to be a general feeling of both uncertainty and hope.

January and February 2017

January 1-4: A New Year dawns and even though we may be holding our breath with fingers crossed, the mood should be fairly optimistic on January 1, 2017. The first four days present some challenges regarding technology and communications. To help avoid problems, make sure communications are clearly understood by everyone, don’t take anything for granted and keep your schedule flexible. Information may be misleading. Don’t believe everything you hear.

January 5-13: A strong urge to get things done could propel us to work hard at organizing, planning and getting our ducks in a row. Power struggles could ensue out in the world during this time period. Mercury goes Direct on January 8, which means January 6-10 could be prone to mix-ups or confusion.

January 10-13: The FULL MOON in Cancer occurs on January 12, 4:34 am, MST. This is a very powerful Full Moon and will be felt from at least January 10 to 13. Whatever was put into motion at the New Moon on December 28/29, 2016 will now be in full bloom. The outer world could experience conflict over who gets to be “the boss”. This Full Moon will stimulate the energies of change and surprise indicated by Jupiter opposite Uranus (see above under December 29) and Jupiter square Pluto, which indicates a lot of jockeying for position, control and power. In addition, it will also strongly activate Eris, which could add some wildcard energy to the mix. During this period, we all will get a glimpse of how the main planetary patterns in 2017 may manifest over the year ahead. At this point we can observe the energies, but not the final outcome. As individuals, this could help us get things moving in our personal lives, or at least, provide some important realizations. Many will find this to be a dynamic time in their lives.

Those with the following birthdates could feel this Full Moon very strongly. January 10-13 may be a time of major decisions/realizations or activity in your life:

Aries – April 6-14; Cancer – July 8-16; Libra – Oct 9-17; Capricorn – Jan 7-15. Planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 16-24 degrees of Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn will also be stimulated.

January 13-15: Take the weekend off. On Friday night and Saturday the Moon in optimistic and fun-loving Leo lifts our spirits. This should be a good time for being with others, entertainment and creativity. Sunday is likely to have a reflective, compassionate and spiritual quality as the Moon in Virgo conjuncts the North Node and opposes Neptune and Venus in Pisces. We may find ourselves contemplating how we can be of service in the world.

January 16-19: This looks like it will be somewhat of a contentious time when we find our actions or desires are blocked or progress is frustratingly slow. Be patient and don’t try to “make” something happen. This too shall pass.

January 20: The presidential inauguration in the US occurs at noon. The Inauguration chart indicates there will be many challenges for the US over the next four years, particularly relating to the economy and relationships with foreign countries. There will also be opportunities to work together within our own country and with other countries to make positive and innovative changes at home and in the world. See the positive energies and the challenging energies at the beginning of this newsletter for more information.

January 21-23: Positive energies over this period help us have a determined, yet compassionate and philosophical outlook.

January 24-26: The morning of January 24 could be challenging or hectic, but by afternoon and for the next two days, the energies will spur us on to work on accomplishing our goals.

January 27- February 2: The NEW MOON in AQUARIUS occurs on January 27 at 5:07 pm, MDT. This New Moon seems to have some sadness or disappointment associated with it. Something that had been hidden could be revealed around January 28-29 that causes upsets over the following four days. In general, the period from January 27 to February 2 not a good time to start something new or to make important decisions. The energies will be too unstable. However, information or inner realizations on January 30 could prove to be enlightening.

 

February 3-7: We could be feel stimulated by exciting new ideas and insights which may cause us to reconsider our plans and goals.

February 8-13: Challenges could keep us on our toes on February 8, but otherwise the energy over this six day period will be optimistic, friendly, progressive and future oriented. A FULL MOON/LUNAR ECLIPSE in LEO occurs on February 10 and will be followed by a solar eclipse at the new Moon later this month on February 26. These eclipses indicate February will be a month when a shift in circumstances and a change in direction begin that will develop over the next three to six months. Even though things may appear to be hunky-dory at the Full Moon/Lunar Eclipse on February 10, there may be something important under wraps and hidden from view. Pay attention to your dreams and intuition on February 9-11. You could have some valuable insights and realizations.

February 14-28: The energies will begin to shift and pick up speed the afternoon of February 14-15. We could receive some interesting and exciting information on February 16-23 that gets our attention. There is also a strong energy of aggression or anger that could surface on February 20-28. We are very likely to see this energy erupt in events in the outer world. It is much less likely to affect us personally, but don’t take any unnecessary chances with your safety. Avoid dicey situations, people and locations. Listen to your intuition. A NEW MOON SOLAR ECLIPSE occurs on February 26 in Pisces at 7:58 am, MST, just as Mars in Aries conjuncts Uranus and Eris in Aries, and opposes Jupiter in Libra. Something big is brewing.

 

Ladies and gentlemen, please remain in your seats with your seat belts fastened ……

 

May your Spirit be filled with Joy and Wonder!

Much Love, Judy

 

 

_________________________________________________________

 

What lies behind you and what lies in front of you

pales in comparison to what lies within you.

Ralph Waldo Emerson

See Article on October 15, 2016 Full Moon SuperMoon

___________________________________________________

dreamstime_l_48495836

INTO THE FUTURE: 2017 and 2018

________________________________________________________

An Evening with Astrologer Judy Joyce

_________________________________________________________

OCTOBER 22, 2016

An informative and entertaining astrological look at:

  • The USA presidential election
  • The astrological influences in 2017 and 2018
  • What’s on its way out
  • What’s on its way in
  • How we are preparing to enter a NEW ERA in 2020

Includes Handouts and a 2017-2018 Guide for each participant

Saturday, October 22        7 to 9 pm

Hampton Inn, Boise, Idaho

$45

Add-On Option: Your Personal Forecast for 2017 and 2018 prepared by Judy, $65 -order by October 1

CLICK HERE FOR ALL THE DETAILS!

 

September, October and November 2016 Forecast__________

Times shown below are Mountain Time (Zone 7), either Standard or Daylight time, as appropriate See pertinent astrological aspects at the end of this Forecast. Energy patterns may overlap each other and several things can occur at the same time. Be sure to take note of beginning and ending dates in the following forecast.

We’re in the Home Stretch!

SEPTEMBER, OCTOBER AND NOVEMBER 2016

Overview

Most of the month of September will be an intensification and a climax of the ongoing challenges and conditions that we have seen in the world all year. This September intensification is due to two eclipses and the final challenging square of Saturn to Neptune. (The Saturn Neptune square was discussed in depth in the last newsletter. Click Here for that information.)

A crisis point is likely to be reached in the first half of September as ongoing situations come to a head and actions

are taken which cause a shift in direction. September 1-18 could be a very changeable and unstable period. The good news is that things will slowly start to get better after September 18 and we should be able to sense that something is changing, even if we can’t quite identify it.

As we move into October we may sense that a murky and depressing cloud is lifting that has been obscuring our thinking and draining our energy. Our minds will become clearer. We should begin to feel more grounded, energetic and optimistic. That doesn’t mean everything is going to settle down! October will be a very active month. Lots of energy will be put into activities that are designed to get things moving. There will still be challenges as we move ahead, but we won’t feel stuck in an endless loop that goes nowhere.

November is also a very active month when big plans and ideas become the focus. There could be a sense of urgency to complete a long term project or goal. We may start looking at alternatives to our plans and considering making some radical changes in our future. New ideas and enthusiasm about making realistic changes could bring the possibility of finding solutions to long standing problems.

September 9, 2016 to November 10, 2017 – Jupiter in Libra

Jupiter, the planet of expansion, growth, confidence, abundance and optimism, will move into the harmonious and balanced sign of Libra on September 9 where it will stay until November 10, 2017. Over the next 13 months the desire for peace and harmony will grow. People will be more willing to work together and inclined toward a reasonable and fair approach to problems rather than emotional reactions. It won’t all be smooth sailing, but there will be real opportunities for peaceful solutions and cooperation.

This is especially good news if you are a Libra. The next 13 months could bring you a surge of optimism, self-confidence and opportunity. You may feel an expanded sense of what is possible and seek to improve your life.

No matter what our sun sign is, we can all benefit from the Jupiter in Libra energy. The next 13 months will be a favorable time for relating to others and bringing more balance and harmony into our lives. Jupiter in Libra will expand cooperation and seek just and peaceful solutions to problems. Libra is associated with the visual arts and beautification, so there could also be an expansion in artistic and aesthetic interests

It is important to know that Jupiter will bring us opportunities for improvement and expansion, but it is up to us whether we act upon them or sit back and let them pass us by.

If you know your chart, locate the house or houses that contain the sign of Libra. This is the area of your life that can expand and improve during this period. A new sense of confidence and a willingness to cooperate with others will bring you opportunities that result in more balance, peace, love and beauty in your life.

For all: See the New Moon on September 30 that is listed in the forecast below. The Sun and Moon will be conjuncting Jupiter. That will be a good time to begin activities and plans to improve and expand your life.

Supermoons in October and November

The full moons in October, November and December 2016 will all be Supermoons. We all know about new moons and full moons, but you may not be familiar with the term “Supermoon”. Supermoon is a term originated in 1979 by astrologer, Richard Noelle. A Supermoon happens about 4 to 6 times a year when the new moon or the full moon occurs while the Moon is at (or within 90% of) its closest approach to earth (perigee).

Some feel a Supermoon increases the possibility of strong tidal forces in the earth that can result in extreme high tides, severe weather, earthquakes or tsunamis. The effects last from three days before to three days after the new or full Supermoon. If the Supermoon is also an eclipse, its influence is stronger – up to a week before to a week after the new or full moon. There have been some earthquakes and tsunamis close to Supermoons, but obviously, we do not have a natural disaster every time we have a Supermoon. Still, the Moon does have an impact on the earth (e.g. it does increase the tidal force of the ocean), so it seems reasonable to think that the closer the moon is, the stronger its affect will be. We can also say from an astrological standpoint, that it is possible a Supermoon could have a stronger effect on us as individuals than a regular new or full moon. ______________________________________________________________________________

SEPTEMBER

August 30 to September 21 – Mercury Retrograde in Virgo

This Mercury retrograde period can show us some things about ourselves that we may have previously missed. This could result in a new perspective or direction. As always during Mercury retrograde periods, be aware that people in general could have a tendency to be mentally distracted, which can lead to overlooking details and result in communication or transportation problems. Unexpected mechanical or technological problems may occur. Double check all travel arrangements and make sure communications are clear to everyone concerned. This is especially true if you are a Virgo or a Gemini. See explanation of Mercury Retrograde

September 1-24

This entire period could be a tense time in the world, as many ongoing situations could intensify and reach some sort of a crisis point. Not only will a solar and a lunar eclipse occur, Saturn will square Neptune for the third and final time. Eclipses can bring shifts and surprises and the last Saturn Neptune square could bring one last surge of challenges, upsets, fear and frustration involving:

  • Social/political issues
  • Terrorism and the “Us versus Them” mentality
  • Weather – health – the environment
  • Integrity and practicing what we preach
  • Facing reality and dealing with what actually is, instead of what we wish it was

_________________________________________

The good news:

The heavy and tiring energy we have been experiencing since October 2015 is on its way out. It will start losing strength after September 18 and slowly fade away over the next two months. There are also many bright spots here and there and some new positive influences coming in. Even though we are not quite through this very challenging part of our journey here on earth, we are just about to leave this foggy and dreary time. That doesn’t mean all our challenges will magically disappear, but it does mean we will feel more confident and capable of dealing with whatever lies ahead.

September 1-5: On September 1 a NEW MOON/ SOLAR ECLIPSE occurs in the analytical and practical sign of Virgo at 3:03 am (MDT) and also forms a challenging pattern with the Saturn Neptune square. Eclipses often bring change and surprise, and that combined with the Saturn-Neptune tendency to worry and feel overwhelmed can produce a feeling of uncertainty and instability. The effect may be small or very strong, depending on our individual birth chart. But either way, September is a month when a shift in direction begins. Positively, it can bring a realization about the “reality” of a situation in our personal lives and will help us recognize it is time to make some much needed changes. This five day period is likely to set the tone for the rest of the month.

If you know your chart, look for the house that holds 9 to 10 degrees of Virgo. That is likely the area in your life in which you will experience some changes.

How strongly you will feel this solar eclipse depends on your individual birth chart. Below is a list of the birth dates and planetary placements that are most likely to be affected. If you have any of the things on the list pay attention to the realizations you have about your life in September. You could feel an inner shift and decide to take actions that will get your life moving in a new direction within the next 3 to 6 months:

Virgo born August 29 to September 4

Pisces born February 25 to March 3

Gemini born May 27 to June 3

Sagittarius born November 28 to December 4

Planets, Midheaven or Ascendant at 6 to 13 degrees of Virgo, Pisces, Gemini or Sagittarius

________________________________________________

September 6-7: Helpful energies over these two days can support our efforts to release old concepts of ourselves and embrace a new version of who we can be. Whether it is an action or a change in attitude, take advantage of these energies and do something to transform and improve your life.

September 8 to 11: The final square of Saturn to Neptune will be exact on September 10, which indicates a serious and a somber mood. Since this will be the 15th anniversary of 9-11 that is not surprising. Jupiter’s entry into Libra (see above) may cause us to think about the toll on humanity due to the terrorism, fear and war in the world and give us the determination we need to find a better way to live with each other on this planet.

September 12-18: Tempers may flare from September 12 to 15 as we approach the FULL MOON /LUNAR ECLIPSE which occurs on September 16 at 1:05 pm (MDT). Although the full moon occurs in the sensitive and idealistic sign of Pisces, the days leading up to it are not likely to be gentle. We will want things to happen and we want them to happen now. Frustration and hasty actions can lead to upsets or accidents during this period. However, if we stay calm and focused there is a good possibility that breakthroughs can occur by September 16-17 through the use of innovative, courageous and surprising actions. This is a good time to think about what we can do to break free of old limiting concepts about what is possible or “appropriate” in our lives. Are you really obligated to keep doing things that you don’t want to do? Do something to liberate yourself, even if it is a small step.

If you know your chart, look for the houses that hold 24 to 25 degrees of Pisces and 24 to 25 degrees of Virgo. Those are the areas in your life in which you could experience a new awareness and decide to make some changes.

How strongly you will feel this lunar eclipse depends on your individual birth chart. Below is a list of the birth dates and planetary placements that are most likely to be affected. A lunar eclipse is usually more inward than a solar eclipse. If you have any of the things on the list below be sure to take note of any realizations you have about your life September 14-18. Pay attention to your dreams and intuition. You may gain some insights during this period that will start you moving in a new direction within the next 3 to 6 months:

Pisces born March 12 to 18

Virgo born September 13 to 19

Gemini born June 13 to 19

Sagittarius born December 13 to 19

Planets, Midheaven or Ascendant at 21 to 27 degrees of Pisces, Virgo, Gemini or Sagittarius

______________________________________

September 19-24: We may receive information or have an idea that can prove transformative during this period. Perhaps this information will reveal something that has been hidden or will give us a much deeper understanding. We could end up with a whole new perspective and be able to make sense of something that may have been obscured.

September 25-30

The energies should start to feel a little lighter by this time. September 25 will be an excellent day for social activities large or small. Get out and do something fun that involves other people. On September 26-27 we are likely to start feeling that things are finally moving forward. We may sense that the energies are changing and becoming more dynamic.

September 30: The NEW MOON occurs in the harmonious and relationship oriented sign of Libra at 6:11 pm (MDT). There could be a very strong desire to start improving and expanding possibilities our lives. This new moon will be conjuncting Jupiter which means the activities and plans we initiate at this this new moon have the potential to make big changes in our lives and liberate us in ways we may not have thought of. That will start to become obvious by the full moon on October 15. It will be wise to give some careful thought to what we start at this time. Be aware that it could turn out to be a bigger change than we anticipated.

OCTOBER

October is a month of action. The disheartening and heavy energy we have been dealing with all year will be dissipating and a faster and more energetic feeling will take over. There could be a collective feeling of “Enough already! Let’s get on with it and do something to change things for the better.” Some will do this in a reasonable fashion and others will take a more unruly and impatient approach. Either way, there will be a strong push to make things happen.

October 1-17

October 1-5: This will be a time of optimism and energy. Positive progress can be made. Watch a tendency to do too

much of a good thing on October 4-5. It could be easy to go overboard and make too much work for ourselves, spend too much, or promise more than is necessary.

October 6-9: This is a time when power struggles can ensue. It may seem like everyone wants to be the boss. Information may be revealed that brings us new insights.

October 10-14: Our thinking is likely to be more positive and compassionate at this time. New ideas and information can lift our spirits, but can also challenge us to stand up for our beliefs. By around October 13 the energies of the coming Full Moon/Supermoon will start to be felt. See below…..

October 15-17: The FULL MOON /Supermoon occurs in the fast paced and energetic sign of Aries at 10:23 pm (MDT). (See Supermoon information in Overview section at beginning of this newsletter).The seeds we planted by our thoughts and actions at the New Moon on September 30 are now surging into full bloom for all to see. We may be very surprised at what we experience now. We can be shocked and/or liberated during this period.

October 18-31

October 18 to November 11: A subtle shift in the general mood will begin on October 18 that favors cooperation, harmony and a reasonable and positive approach. This influence will last until November 11, 2016. Those who choose to be more positive, reasonable and cooperative during this 25 day period are likely to have success. It is very possible that people will be very tired of all the fighting and turmoil and will be ready to find solutions by focusing on the positive and what we can do rather than being obsessed with what is wrong and who is to blame.

October 18-21: The desire for peaceful interactions discussed above may be counteracted by other more aggressive and angrier energies over this four day period. Be patient. A spirit of optimism and cooperation is building that will win out in the long run.

October 22-26: This is an inspiring five day period when the energies are enthusiastic, sociable, caring and uplifting. We will be able to recognize and appreciate the positive things in ourselves, in others and in our lives. It is also a good time for relationships of all types. This can help us work harmoniously with others as we focus on new possibilities for the future.

October 27-28: This can be a tense time when the general energies can be impatient, irritable, overbearing or impulsive. As you might guess, it is a time to drive carefully. Slow down and be aware. Even if you are feeling calm, it doesn’t mean other people are. In some cases, a disruption in our lives can help us see where we need to make some big changes.

October 29: This is a good day to give serious thought to what is really important to us and to focus on and be thankful for what we love and value the most in our lives.

October 30: The NEW MOON occurs in the deep and mysterious sign of Scorpio at 11:38 am (MDT). This new moon is a positive one and will set the tone for the next four weeks. That tone is likely to be an interesting blend of optimism, compassion, practicality and transformation. We will have the energy and ambition to take on the work of making big changes in our lives. This new moon would be a good time to focus on what we would like to deepen and expand, and then move forward to make it so.

NOVEMBER

November 1-14

November 1-11: Energy and enthusiasm will be building regarding the possibility of positive changes and solutions to long standing problems in society. We will begin to see ways in which progress could actually be made in these areas. This is just the beginning of some positive planetary influences that will continue in 2017. Not everyone will go along with these ideas. On November 4-6 there could be power struggles and efforts to upset and sidetrack the general trend, but they will not succeed. The mood is likely to be upbeat on November 7-8.

November 12-14: We will feel the build-up to the Full Moon/Supermoon in the steady and practical sign of Taurus on November 14 at 6:52 am (MST) This full moon will reflect the results of ideas and actions that were begun at the new moon on October 30.

November 15-30

November 15: We may learn about something very interesting at this time, possibly regarding new ideas, technology or science. In our personal lives, this would be a good time open to our minds to new concepts and possibilities.

November 17-19: During this period we may think about why it is important to be compassionate and find positive ways to help others. It can also be a time when we feel more spiritual and in tune with what lies beyond this life.

November 20-26: Excitement and opportunities for change out in the world could be building. Ideas are being discussed. New associations may be forming. These are the beginnings of some planetary patterns that will be even stronger in 2017. We are likely to see strong resistance to these changes by some, and jockeying for power by others.

November 27-30: For the rest of the month we may see some strong arm tactics out in the world by those who want more power. This could involve geo-political, economic, business, political or social issues – or anything involving power and influence. The New Moon on November 29 occurs in the optimistic and expansive sign of Sagittarius

5:18 am, MST) This new moon could offer us the potential for growth and success, but it also is a time of karmic choices. It will be very important to make our decisions based on the highest and best good for all, rather than only thinking of ourselves. If possible, avoid committing to a new project or direction from November 29 to 30. Wait until the first week in December to make up your mind.

Speaking of December, this newsletter has come to an end….. But I do want to let you know that December looks like it’s going to be a great month. Can’t wait to tell you all about it!

Thanks so much for reading and, as always,

Much Love to all You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy

_________________________________________________________

When a great ship is in harbor and moored,

it is safe, there can be no doubt.

But that’s not what great ships are built for.

Clarissa Pinkola Estes

Author, Women Who Run with the Wolves

_________________________________________________________

Previous Forecasts Below:

Summer 2016 ~ June, July and August       

The Summer of Shape-Shifting Reality

 

There is a very strong planetary pattern that will dominate this summer.

We are likely to notice it inFSE019 our personal lives and certainly out in the world. This pattern involves a challenge between the realistic energies of Saturn in Sagittarius and mystical energies of Neptune in Pisces. It is not a happy time, but something we can deal with by understanding what is happening.

First, a little bit about the energies of Saturn and Neptune:

Saturn is basically what holds everything together in the material world. It represents the structures, systems, organizations, laws, regulation and authorities in our society. Saturn is connected to the element of earth and is concerned with reality, security, the manifest world, facts and figures. The sign Sagittarius is associated with beliefs (religious, spiritual, moral, ethical), foreign countries, travel and higher learning. Saturn in Sagittarius is honorable, educated, outspoken, is a searcher of truth and justice and can be a stickler for doing what is “right”. Saturn in Sagittarius makes a good teacher, preacher or politician. Out of balance this energy can become self-righteous, opinionated, smug, or could try to impose their beliefs on others.

Neptune represents things that we feel and intuit. It is the inner knowing that tells us there is much more to us than our physical body and the world we see around us. It is the raw material waiting to be made manifest. Neptune is connected to the element of water and is associated with feeling, intuition, compassion, creativity, sensitivity, imagination, spiritual questing, psychic energy and chameleon-like qualities. Pisces is ruled by Neptune and it has generally the same meaning. Pisces is associated with creativity, music, dance, compassion, sensitivity, idealism and devotion. Neptune in Pisces is tuned in to other wave lengths, is inspirational, spiritual, sensitive, creative, visionary, compassionate and is the ultimate shapeshifter. Out of balance Neptune in Pisces energy can be over idealistic and wildly impractical, a drifter, illusionary, delusionary or a true believer.

Saturn and Neptune are currently in a challenging pattern called a square (90° angle). Squares indicate crisis, frustration, action and turning points. The energies of each planet are clashing with each other. When Saturn and Neptune are in this challenging pattern, a period of social/political frustration and unrest (us versus them), instability and changeability often occurs in the world. This influence started last fall and was very strong in November and December 2015. It will be even stronger from June through September 2016. It will start to fade by the end of October.

The following issues are likely to be in the spotlight over the summer:

  • Challenges regarding political, moral, ethical, religious and social belief systems. We can see this reflected strongly in the world since November 2015: USA presidential race, immigration and refugee issues, religious versus secular beliefs, how we treat our fellow human beings and how to protect ourselves from terrorism.
  • There will be a strong need to practice what we preach and to live our lives with integrity.
  • Environmental or health challenges occur (especially regarding water, weather, oil, chemicals, poisons and drugs). Just a sampling of what has happened since Nov 2015: El Niño has brought us lots of water this year resulting in record breaking snow, rain and flooding. Glaciers are melting at more rapid rates than expected. Global temperatures are at all time highs. Water safety concerns are due to failing lead pipes in the headlines, etc. And, a Superbug is now in the US that is resistant to all antibiotics.
  • If previous plans and projects were based on faulty foundations, they may dissolve during this time. Until hidden weaknesses are found and corrected, new plans will be undermined or collapse.
  • Situations/structures/systems (Saturn) may not be what they seem (Neptune) and can change forms in an almost surreal way, causing us to feel mystified by events.
  • We will find it is necessary to face reality and deal with situations we had hoped to avoid.

 

In Our Personal Lives

Events in our individual lives are not likely to be as dramatic as world or national events, but we will certainly feel the prevailing energies. We are all likely to notice these energies in our individual lives to some extent, but some of us will be more affected than others.

This is a time to be aware that during this summer we may unconsciously pick up feelings of doubt, negativity, disappointment or discouragement due to the heaviness of the prevailing Saturn-Neptune conflicting energy pattern and think that they are our own feelings. One way to tell if this is happening is if you find yourself worrying or having doubts that are unlike your usual thoughts. You may be picking up this energy unknowingly.

A big way to help pull our attention away from the ongoing turmoil in mass consciousness is to focus on the positive things in life. Even if we have personal challenges, we can find effective ways to deal with them. Try to avoid watching endless TV news or online reports that over-dramatize doom, gloom and what new terrible thing could happen next.

Make an effort to send out positive thoughts and love whenever possible. This will uplift your spirit and ripple out to lift up others. We each are determining where we are going by what we are focusing upon. It’s okay if we don’t have it all figured out. Be in the present moment and let yourself feel the Love that is always with us and is who we really are. Know you are safe right now in this present moment.

If you feel like you are personally experiencing these heavy conflicting energies, consider the following:

  • Do not be dismayed if something occurs in your life that indicates it is time for a reality check or if you are feeling tired and have less energy than usual. You are at a predetermined place on your life path where it is time for you to take stock of your life, readjust your plans if necessary, and discover ways to make your dreams come true in a more realistic and practical way.
  • You may be questioning your life direction and doubting yourself. Perhaps there is another way of achieving your aims, or maybe you need to let go of impractical goals and focus on what you can do, instead of what you can’t do. Give yourself time to work this out, as this influence will last all summer.
  • Take care of your health. Rest when needed. Be patient and be kind to yourself. Try to simplify your life and don’t try to force something to happen.
  • Because of the duration of these energies, you may feel overwhelmed, discouraged or uncertain. This could cause you to view your challenges as more difficult to overcome than they really are. This is a temporary situation. Conditions are in a state of flux. There will be many changes during the summer months. Be patient. Accept that it may be necessary to make some adaptations. Instead of focusing on what is wrong, look for what is positive in the world. Stay in the present moment. Your confidence and energy will return when this influence has passed.
  • It is also important to know that you are very likely being much harder on yourself than is warranted.

 

The following signs, birth dates and planetary positions may feel the Saturn square Neptune energies more strongly than others.

Sagittarius: Especially those born November 29 to December 8.

Pisces: Especially those born February 26 to March 6.

Gemini: Especially those born May 28 to June 6.

Virgo: Especially those born August 30 to September 8.

If you know your chart, also look for planets, Ascendant or Midheaven at 7 to 16 degrees of Sagittarius, Pisces, Gemini and Virgo. These parts of you will need to balance reality with your hopes and dreams. The houses in your chart that hold 7-16° of Sagittarius and 7-16° Pisces are likely to be the areas of your life that will be involved.

 

JUNE, JULY and AUGUST 2016

The following forecast will focus on the strongest and most significant astrological energy patterns and how we can use them productively in our lives. Many energy patterns overlap each other. Be sure to notice beginning and ending dates.

 

June 1 – 3

The Saturn square Neptune energies are very strong at this time. There could be a tendency to feel tired, restricted or disappointed, perhaps due to unrealistic expectations. Relationships could be challenging. However, we can also gain insights into ourselves and others that are eye-opening. This would not be a good time to try to force something to happen. Rest, pay attention to what is revealed and stay low key. There could be turmoil in the world.

 

June 4 – 7

The NEW MOON occurs in the curious and adaptable sign of Gemini on June 4 at 8:59 pm (MDT). New information will set the tone for the next four weeks and could shift our plans. Activity and changes are in the air. New possibilities could arise. We may feel scattered and pulled in several directions at once. Communications can be testy. Actions and ideas started June 4 – 7 will show results around the Full Moon on June 20. Be careful what you wish for.

 

June 8 – July 31

This will be a seven week period that could bring even more animosity and aggression in politics, social issues, military actions and frustration in the world. We may see impulsive, erratic and aggressive behavior, rebelliousness and anger. This is because Mars, planet of action, assertion and initiative will be in a conflicting pattern with Uranus, planet of change, upsets, rebellion, and liberation.

Mars went retrograde on April 17, which indicates we are currently in a period of finishing or revising projects and plans. We are hoping to have things completed by June 29 when Mars resumes direct motion. However, from June 8 through July 31, Mars and Uranus will be locked in a situation that calls for further adjustment, both in the world and in our personal lives, before the plans can be completed.

Unexpected conditions may necessitate changes in our plans that can be irritating and frustrating. If this occurs, don’t waste time and energy being angry. We could find that we desire two things to happen in our lives that are completely different from each other. We may feel the need to choose between them. Yet we want both. Grrrr… What to do? The way to successfully use this energy is rather than deciding which inclination is best, find inventive and offbeat ways to combine both of them. Blend them together in your own unique way. Although things may have turned out a little differently than we originally planned, by July 30 we can slowly start moving forward. It may take until August 22 to tie up all the loose ends.

Many of us will see this reflected in the world rather than our individual lives, but some of us will feel this more personally (See birth dates below).

This will be particularly strong for the following birth dates:

Scorpio: born Nov 14 – 18

Taurus: born May 13 – 17

Leo: born Aug 14 – 18

Aquarius: born Feb 11 – 15

Aries: born April 12 – 16

Libra: born October 15 – 19

Also will apply to planets, Ascendant or Midheaven at 22 – 26° of Aries, Taurus, Leo, Libra, Scorpio or Aquarius. The house(s) that contain 23-29° Scorpio and 0-10° Sagittarius will show the area(s) of your life in which you have been finishing up something.

 

June 8-9

Communications could turn confrontational due to misunderstandings, irritation or long standing problems that now are brought out into the open. It will be best to try to clear the air and solve problems now, if not dealt with at this time, there is a good chance they will reappear and cause a crisis of sorts on July 28-29.

 

June 11 – 22

Saturn is exactly square Neptune on June 17 and the pull between reality and manifesting our hopes and dreams will be strong during this period. June 12 – 16: We could have some insights, new experiences or interesting meetings with others. Be open to new ideas. Keep track of ideas and insights. They could be very useful over the next two weeks. June 17 – 18: Pay attention to your thoughts and feelings. Take notes, they could be quite revealing.

 

June 20

FULL MOON occurs in adventurous and philosophical Sagittarius, 5:02 am, MDT. Whatever was put into motion at the new moon on June 4 will now reach a peak. It may be hard to communicate as clearly as we would like at this time. We could discover some holes in our logic. The Summer Solstice occurs later this afternoon at 4:34 pm, MDT, when the Sun moves into the sign of Cancer. The longest day of the year has arrived in the northern hemisphere. Summer is officially here. Celebrate the life-giving rays of the Sun!

 

June 20 – July 1:

This period holds the possibility of something positive happening on both a spiritual and a physical level that could be of benefit to many people. People may come together for a shared cause.

This could be a particularly beneficial time personally for the following birth dates:

Virgo: born September 6 – 10

Pisces: born March 5 – 9

Capricorn: born January 5 – 9

Taurus: born May 5 – 9

Also beneficial to planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 14 – 19° Virgo, Pisces, Capricorn or Taurus.

 

June 21: This is a favorable day for making improvements. Realistic and concrete actions can be helpful in achieving our goals.

 

June 22

We are likely to feel optimistic and positive about the future. The urge to learn and share information will be compelling. Avoid a tendency to go overboard. We could end up promising more than we can deliver or miss important details. Or we may just be scattered and end up chattering on with nothing to say.

 

June 26 -27

The desire to expand and make positive changes in our lives can be given a boost due to exciting ideas and conversations that pop up unexpectedly. This is a favorable time for spiritual and creative pursuits and to do something that makes the world a better place.

 

June 29 – July 3

Revealing what has been hidden, especially in relationships, can be beneficial. Emotions run deep. Intuition, caring and compassion for others is likely to be strong.

 

July 4

The NEW MOON in sensitive and family oriented Cancer, at 5:01 am MDT. Happy Birthday USA. (Whatever is begun at this time will be important to the US and could involve some sort of transformation and an adjustment in direction.) In general this full moon indicates July could be a transformational month. Actions begun or ideas that start percolating in our lives could bring about surprising changes at the full moon on July 19.

 

July 5 – 7

The energies July 5-6 are favorable for emotional connections, creativity, love and romance. Later in the day on July 6 some information or an inner realization could shift our attention to a deeper level. July 7: This could be a transformational day. What has been hidden could be revealed. The energies could be challenging, but these challenges may help us become aware of what we need to release in our lives in order to be healthy, whether they are material possessions or mental, emotional or spiritual attitudes and beliefs. Encounters with others can be intense. Avoid taking action in the heat of the moment as there could be a tendency to over-react. National and world events are likely to reflect this. Some of the information we receive could be propaganda. It may be hard to know who to believe. Power struggles could occur.

 

July 8 – 10

We may feel a little droopy the afternoon of July 8. Try not to schedule important work or meetings. Take a nice nap instead. July 9 -10: This is an excellent time to tackle a project. We may wake up in the morning of July 9 feeling inspired. The energies are quite productive and positive. July 9 will be a good time to get things cleared up and organized and to do something healthy for our bodies. Enjoy nature. Eat a carrot or maybe even some kale! July 10 will be a very favorable time to share our views with others and to come up with good ideas and solutions to problems.

 

July 11 -12

We may hear about something that is surprising or unsettling that makes us consider changing our previous viewpoint. Wait for further information.

 

July 13 – 16

This can be a period when we are able to get quite a bit accomplished. On July 13 -15 progress can be made on making innovative changes in our lives. Keep an open mind and consider unusual ways of approaching projects or problems. We could have some inspirational ideas that could be quite helpful. However, on July 16 be prepared for a possible unexpected disruption in plans early in the day. If you start to feel tense and irritable, breathe deeply and slow down. Be careful driving or doing anything that could cause an accident due to impatience. Even though we must deal with this erratic energy, it should start to dissipate as the day moves on. Getting together with others later in the day can be enjoyable. Continue to be open regarding unusual approaches and methods. Our energy, motivation and initiative, along with the help from others, can bring needed changes and breakthroughs in our lives now.

 

July 17 to 23

We may feel uneasy or have a sense of foreboding on July 17 due to uncertain and confusing mass consciousness energies that may not have anything to do with our personal lives. However, if you are one of those individuals who are feeling the Saturn – Neptune square personally, you could have an “aha moment” that reveals how this energy is affecting your life. This insight can be helpful in making needed changes. July 18-19 are good days to focus on practical matters and get down to business. However, there will be undercurrents of tension, frustration or anger throughout this week. The Saturn-Neptune square energies discussed at the beginning of this forecast will also be very powerful at this time. The FULL MOON occurs in the responsible and organized sign of Capricorn on July 19 at 4:56 pm, MDT. The results of whatever we started around the new moon on July 4 are now at their peak. A realistic approach is necessary. It will be important to do the “right thing”, but what that is may not be readily apparent. Much depends on our individual belief systems and not everyone has the same system. No easy answers. Perhaps we can focus on the things we do agree upon and find some common ground. July 20-21 could be exciting and possibly surprising. However, tensions could be strong the evening of July 21 an on July 22. There could be a battle of wills. The evening of July 22 could be a bit of a let down. Take time off and rest.

 

July 24 – 25

The energies are rambunctious and excitable. It may be hard to settle down. There could be some surprises and power struggles. July 26 -27:  Although the energies now become more down to earth and practical, we could come up with some far out ideas that could actually could work very well. Be open to the new and unusual. July 28 – 29: There could be some disagreements or irritations early in the day on July 28 that seem to go away later that evening. However, there is a good chance that the same or similar situation will return more strongly on July 29. Be patient and be sure communications are clear and respectful. July 31: Emotions are strong. We may feel like being with family and loved ones during the day, but by evening we may want to kick up our heels and do something fun and exciting.

 

August 1 – 7

On August 1 we may feel like progress can be made in making our lives more stable and organized. The NEW MOON occurs on August 2 in the fiery and creative sign of Leo at 2:44 pm, MDT. Over the next 2-3 days we will be setting in motion the theme for the next four weeks. This new moon indicates we may want to bring more fun and creative self expression into our lives but find there are challenges to do so. This will cause us to think about and study ways to achieve our goals. We may feel a little disheartened August 4 – 7 when discussions or some thing we learn about in the news bring doubt or confusion. Wait for more information before making decisions. Close relationships may also be tense.

 

August 8 – 17

Things should clear up on August 10 when we could get information or have a realization that is revealing, uplifting and positive. We still may not have the complete story, but our thinking will have turned in a new direction. The weekend of August 12 – 14 brings the challenging Saturn -Neptune square energies discussed at the beginning of this forecast into the spotlight. Reality comes calling, uninvited. There may be sadness or upsets in the world. But, starting the evening of August 14 and through August 17, there will also be a positive outflow of inspiration, creative ideas, optimism and excitement.

 

August 18 – 22

A FULL MOON/LUNAR ECLIPSE occurs on August 18 in the humanitarian and futuristic sign of Aquarius at 3:26 am, MDT. This full moon is the culmination of actions which started at the previous new moon on August 2. This eclipse suggests that communications and information can have a healing or a wounding effect. It will be wise to think carefully before speaking or pushing the send button. There will be a Solar Eclipse and another Lunar Eclipse next month in September. This indicates we are entering a major time of shifting circumstances. What we thought was happening as we began the month of June may change dramatically by the end of September. August 21 – 22 could be a beneficial time for discussions or learning something that expands our perceptions.

 

August 23 -31

August 23 -26 could be quite tense in the world and in the personal lives of some of us. Mars, planet of action, energy, anger and aggression, joins Saturn in the square to Neptune producing irritation, frustration and bad judgment. This is a very unfavorable time to make decisions, make purchases, reach agreements or start a new venture. Sit this one out. We may see violence or deception out in the world around this time. August 27 -29 is a much more favorable time. Social occasions and being with others should be very enjoyable. Mercury will be retrograde in Virgo from August 30 to September 21. We may find ourselves easily mentally distracted, which can lead to overlooking details and having communication or transportation problems. Double check all travel arrangements and make sure communications are clear to everyone concerned. This is especially true if you are a Virgo or a Gemini. See explanation of Mercury Retrograde

 

September 1

NEW MOON/SOLAR ECLIPSE in Virgo – more about that next time……..

 

Happy Summer and Much Love to All You Beautiful Spirits ~

Sun and Woman

Thank You for Shining Your Light in the World!

_________________________________________________________

Just out – Charted Territories, Astrology in Poetry,

a new book by Kari Trottier-Whitsitt!

This book is a great way to get a much deeper understanding of the signs, planets, houses, elements and qualities in your birth chart by helping you visualize and feel their energies.

Here is an excerpt from the book on the meaning of the Sun in your chart:

 

Sun

Soul Shine

Holy heat and master sustenance of every planet

Core ignition of soul’s expression

Individual rays of personality to warm one another – shine bright the story of Self

Rise each morning and direct me, face-forward, toward the challenge of the day, throwing shadows of my own particular pattern…..

 

Kari Trottier-Whitsitt, Charted Territories, Astrology in Poetry

 

See the book

________________________________________________________

SPRING 2016

March, April and May

 

March, April and May will be a busy three month period. Several important and overlapping energies will occur. They are:

1. Jupiter in Virgo Square Saturn in Sagittarius

In Effect: March, April and May

Time to Make Some Needed Changes

Jupiter’s desire to expand and improve will be expressed through the earthy Virgo qualities of analysis, fact-checking, practicality and attention to detail. Saturn’s urge to be responsible, duty-bound, authoritative and traditional will be expressed through the fiery Sagittarian qualities of looking at the big picture, strong philosophical, moral and religious beliefs, a search for truth and justice and outspokenness. The square aspect indicates that these two energies are likely to be in conflict with each other at first. Progress may be blocked as each side digs in and insists on having its own way. In the world, this square is likely to be a crisis point involving political, social and economic structures.

In our personal lives, we may also feel blocked. This could be minor or major, depending on our individual charts. We will want to expand and improve, but we may not know how to proceed. What to keep? What to let go? Jupiter in Virgo indicates we might underestimate our potential or get caught up in worry and details. Saturn in Sagittarius indicates we might be so sure of our beliefs and their “rightness” that we dismiss or overlook important information.

During this three month period we can break free of patterns that have been leading us in a circular path like a hamster on a wheel. If there is an area in your life that fits that description, you can be sure that by thinking and behaving in the same old way, you will continue to end up in the same old place – stuck. Something has to change. If you could get unstuck, where would you like to go? First, take a cold, hard look at what is really holding you back and ask yourself, “How many of these limitations are self-imposed because of old attitudes or beliefs, habits, fear, guilt  or an exaggerated sense of responsibility?” Second, open your heart and expand your vision of what is possible in your life. Then do something about it.

You can find ways to begin to manifest your dreams during this three month period. It will be a process that takes until the end of May or early June to complete. It probably won’t be easy and will require patience and determination, but it will be worth it.

Dates when this pattern will be most active:

March 3 to 5, 7-8, 13-14, 20 to 29

April 3 to 6, 14 to 20, 25, 28 to 30

May 2, 8 to 11, 15, 21 to 29

The following birthdates will be strongly affected: Virgo born September 3 to 10; Sagittarius born December 3 to 10; Gemini born June 1 to 8; Pisces born March 2 to 9.

If you know your birth chart, look for the houses containing 11 to 18 degrees of Virgo and Sagittarius. These will be the areas of your life where the need for change could occur. Also note if you have any planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 11 to 18 degrees Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius or Pisces, as these parts of you will also be involved in the changes.

 

 

2.  Jupiter in Virgo Trine Pluto in Capricorn

In Effect: March

Opportunities to Improve Life and Expand Power

This energy pattern is directly related to the Jupiter square Saturn information in #1 above and can be quite helpful – if we take advantage of it. Pluto’s desire for transformation and power will be expressing its energies through the realistic Capricorn qualities of organization, structure, authority and responsibility. Pluto’s energies blend very easily with the Jupiter in Virgo qualities of analysis, practicality and a love of facts. We can use this realistic energy to analyze and determine what practical steps will be necessary to expand our horizons. This will also help us let go of attitudes, situations, habits or whatever is no longer useful in our lives and make room for a wider viewpoint and new opportunities. We are likely to have reasons to feel optimistic about the future and could be offered a chance to expand our potential. However – opportunity could pass us by if we don’t make an effort, try something new and take some sort of action ourselves. What we do now can be enhanced the last half of June when Jupiter will trine Pluto one more time.

Dates when this pattern will be most active:

March 6 to 8, 12 to 21, 26

May 8 to 13, 29-30 (The Jupiter-Pluto trine will start building again and will come back in June. During the days shown in May, the Jupiter-Pluto energies will be receiving a positive boost.)

This can be a particularly fortunate time for the following birth dates: Virgo born September 6 to 11; Capricorn born January 5 to 10; Taurus born May 5 to 10. It is also fortunate for Cancer born July 6 to 11; Scorpio born Nov 6 to 11; Pisces born Mar 5 to 10.

If you know your birth chart, look for the houses containing 14 to 19 degrees of Virgo and Capricorn. These will be the areas of your life where the need for change could occur. Also note if you have any planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 14 to 19 degrees Virgo, Capricorn, Taurus, Cancer, Scorpio or Pisces, as these parts of you will also play a role in improving your life.

 

 

3. Uranus in Aries Square Pluto in Capricorn

In Effect: March to mid-April

Are We There Yet?

We are still dealing with a long term pattern of tremendous upheaval and change on a global scale (and for many of us in our personal lives) that has been occurring over the past several years. This energy pattern indicates we are living in a time of “radical restructuring” in the world and in our personal lives. We are being faced with the repercussions of previous actions, choices and decisions.

This energy pattern won’t really be gone until 2020 when several new major cycles take over. Until that time, it will weaken and will have a flare-up now and then. Even though it is no longer exact, it has been quite strong since the end of December 2015 and will likely continue until mid-April 2016. We can definitely see the more negative manifestation of this energy playing out in the world as anger, frustration, upsets and fighting (e.g. USA politics, one of many examples in the world).

March through mid-April will continue to see situations that have been brewing for quite some time get stirred up, which can result in unexpected and transformative changes. It will not be business as usual.

Dates when this pattern will be most active:

March 4, 10, 24, 29 to 31

April 5 to 10, 17 to 22

Something could occur that is an important step in an ongoing transformation in your life that will continue through the end of this year for the following birthdates: Aries born April 4 to 10; Cancer born July 6 to 12; Libra born October 7 to 13; Capricorn born January 5 to 11.

If you know your birth chart, look for the houses containing 14 to 20 degrees of Aries and 14 to 20 degrees of Capricorn. These will be the areas of your life that are undergoing a radical restructuring. Also note if you have any planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 14 to 20 degrees Aries, Cancer, Libra or Capricorn, as these will also play a role in your transformation.

 

 

4. New Moons and Full Moons, Eclipses and Supermoons, Oh My!

In Effect: March, April and May

We all know about new moons and full moons, but you may or may not have heard about Supermoons. Supermoon is a term originated in 1979 by astrologer, Richard Noelle. A Supermoon happens about 4 to 6 times year when the new moon or the full moon occurs while the Moon is at (or within 90% of) its closest approach to earth (perigee).

Some feel a Supermoon increases the possibility of strong tidal forces in the earth that can result in extreme high tides, severe weather, earthquakes or a tsunamis. The effects last from three days before to three days after the new or full Supermoon. If the Supermoon is also an eclipse, its influence is stronger – from at least a week before to a week after the new or full moon. There have been some earthquakes and tsunamis close to Supermoons, but obviously, we do not have a natural disaster every time we have a Supermoon. Still, the Moon does have an impact on the earth (e.g. it does increase the tidal force of the ocean), so it seems like it would be reasonable to think that the closer it is, the stronger its affect will be. We can also say from an astrological standpoint, that a Supermoon could have a somewhat stronger effect on us as individuals than a regular new or full moon.

We will get a chance to test this out for ourselves over the next three months because the new moons in March, April and May will all be Supermoons. Since we can’t see the new moon, it won’t make the visual impact that a full moon does, however it still is a Supermoon. (We will be able to see three full moon Supermoons later this year. The full moons in October, November and December 2016 will all be Supermoons.)

There are also two eclipses in March. A solar eclipse at the Supermoon New Moon and a lunar eclipse at the Full Moon. Eclipses indicate a shift in direction which results in a change in circumstances over the next 3 to 6 months. This is another reason to believe that March, April and May 2016 will be a pivotal time.

 

March 8, 2016: Supermoon New Moon/Solar Eclipse at 6:54 pm, MST, 19° Pisces. Because this Supermoon is also a solar eclipse, it could be strongly felt from at least March 1 to 15. In addition, this solar eclipse opposes Jupiter, squares Saturn, sextiles Pluto, is semisextile Uranus, and activates  1. and 2. above. Jupiter is also in a challenging aspect (a quincunx) with Uranus, which adds even more energy to the mix. That should get March off to a brisk start!

Birth dates most strongly affected: Pisces born March 5 to 11; Virgo born September 8 to 14; Gemini born June 6 to 12; Sagittarius born Dec 8 to 14.

If you know your birth chart, look for the house containing 16 to 22 degrees of Pisces. This will be the area of life in which the changes could occur. Planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 16 to 22 degrees of Pisces, Virgo, Gemini or Sagittarius may also be part of a shift in circumstances.

 

March 23, 2016: Lunar Eclipse/Full Moon at 6:01 am, MDT, 3 ° Libra. Decisions being made over the next four days are important. More shifting.

Birth dates most strongly affected: Aries born March 22 to 26; Libra born September 24 to 28; Cancer born June 22 to 26; Capricorn born Dec 23 to 27.

If you know your birth chart, look for the houses containing 1 to 5 degrees of Aries and Libra. This will be the area of life in which the changes could occur. Planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 1 to 5 degrees of Aries, Cancer, Libra or Capricorn may also be part of a shift in circumstances.

 

April 7, 2013: Supermoon New Moon at 5:24 am, MDT, 18° Aries. This new moon is conjunct Uranus in Aries. This will activate the radical restructuring energy (see #3 above) by conjuncting Uranus and squaring Pluto. Expect fast-paced and possible surprising or unsettling developments April 5 to 10.

 

April 21, 2016: Full Moon at 11:24 pm, MDT, 3° Scorpio. Developments related to actions taken around the New Moon on April 7 above come to fruition.

 

May 6, 2016: Supermoon New Moon at 1:29 pm, 17° Taurus. This should be a favorable time for business and financial activities or anything that is down to earth, stable and practical.

 

May 21, 2016: Full Moon at 3:14 pm, 1° Sagittarius. May 20 to 24 will be a high energy time. It will be important to slow down and take a few deep breaths as people in general may be feeling impulsive and a bit hot headed. Drive carefully. This could be a time of culmination when many of the things we have been working on since March are in the final stretch.

 

 

5. Mars Retrograde

In Effect: April 17 to June 29

Back to the Drawing Board

 

Mars is the planet of action and energy. It is the inner drive that makes us go after the things we want in life and represents action, energy, passion, determination, anger, courage, confidence and strength. Mars is our personal warrior energy and rules the fight or flight response. Mars also rules the military, law enforcement, surgeons, militants, weapons, violence and fire.

Around every 26 months there is a period of about ten weeks when Mars goes retrograde (appears to move backwards from our perspective on earth). The Mars retrograde period is usually not the best time to begin something brand new. But it is a good time to redirect our energies and to revitalize and work on something we have already initiated. We can use this time to regroup and strengthen our position. Then when Mars moves forward again we will be in good shape to bring things to a successful completion.

Mars will be retrograde in Scorpio and Sagittarius from April 17 to June 29, 2016. Since mid-February you may have been thinking about something in your life that you already started and would like to work on again. When Mars goes retrograde you will find you can do just that. Another possibility is that something you have already been working on is delayed or changed, requiring you to either wait or to go back and redo what you have already done. It’s okay! Delays or reworking will ultimately make it a better project. Once the retrograde periods ends on June 29, it is likely to take until around August 22 to tie up all the loose ends cross the finish line.

Dates when Mars will be most active:

March (Pre-retrograde: 4, 11 to 18, 24 to 26)

April (Pre-retrograde: 1, 10, 12), Retrograde: 15 to 17, 24

May Retrograde: 4- 5, 7, 14, 20 to 25, 27

Birth dates most strongly affected: Scorpio born November 14 to 21; Sagittarius November 22 to Dec 2; Taurus May 13 to 20; Gemini May 21 to 31.

If you know your birth chart, look for the houses containing 22 to 29 degrees of Scorpio and 0 to 10 degrees of Sagittarius. These will be the areas of your life in which Mars will direct its retrograde energies. Planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven 22 to 29 degrees of Scorpio, Taurus, Leo or Aquarius, or 0 to 10 degrees Sagittarius, Gemini Virgo or Pisces will also be play a role in the Mars retrograde period.

 

 

6. Mercury Retrograde in Taurus

In Effect: April 28 to May 22

Get Your Ducks in a Row

Mercury, the planet of communication, mental attitudes, commerce and transportation goes retrograde about three times a year and is part of a natural cycle that gives us an opportunity to stop, catch up and clear out. On April 28 Mercury will go retrograde in the sign of stable, earthy and practical Taurus. Time to get our lives and our checkbooks in balance and focus on finances, business, practical matters and completing projects. It will also be a good idea to double check communications and travel plans. Since Taurus has an affinity with nature and gardening, this could be a good time to work outside in the garden or just spend time outdoors in general. Mercury will go direct on May 22. Want more information? See: What is Mercury Retrograde?

Although the usual caution to double-check all communications, drive carefully and focus on clearing up old matters applies, this particular Mercury Retrograde period looks like it will be a good time for working on ways to expand and improve life in a material way. The only major aspects Mercury in Taurus will make are positive trines to Jupiter in Virgo and Pluto in Capricorn (forming a grand trine) and a conjunction to the Sun and Venus. All positive aspects. This is an indication that the opportunity exists to manifest things in the world that are tangible, stable and secure. This will be very helpful to # 2 and # 3 above. Don’t wait for your fairy Godmother to appear and wave her magic wand. It will take personal effort and action to fulfill the potential of these positive energies.

Dates when Mercury will be most active:

April (Pre-retrograde: 1 to 18

May Retrograde 9 to 13, 20 to 24, 29-31

If you know your birth chart, look for the house containing 14 to 24 degrees of Taurus. That is the area of your life where Mercury will be retrograde. Also note if you have any planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 14 to 24 degrees Taurus, Scorpio, Leo or Aquarius, as these parts of you will also feel the Mercury retrograde energies.

 

Have a Wonderful Spring!

Much Love to all you Beautiful Spirits,

Judy

 

_________________________________________________________

 

The year’s at the spring

And day’s at the morn;

Morning’s at seven;

The hillside’s dew-pearled;

The lark’s on the wing;

The snail’s on the thorn;

God’s in His heaven –

All’s right with the world!

~Robert Browning

________________________________________________________

Pertinent Astrological Aspects are listed below. Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Major aspects are in all caps- the time shows when the aspect is exact, but it can be in effect from one day to all month, depending on the planets involved.

The major influences over this three month period are:

 

Mar 2: Venus sextile Uranus, 6:13 pm, 18° Aquarius/Aries

Mar 4: Mercury square Mars, 10:43 pm, 29° Aquarius/Scorpio

Mar 5: Mercury into Pisces, 3:24 am; Mars into Sagittarius, 7:30 pm; Sun square Saturn, 11:04 pm, 16° Pisces/Sagittarius

Mar 6: Sun sextile Pluto, 9:38 pm, 17° Pisces/Capricorn

Mar 8: Super Moon/New Moon/Solar Eclipse, 6:54 pm, 19° Pisces. New Moon is opposite Jupiter, conjunct Chiron, square Saturn, semi-sextile Uranus and sextile Pluto. Jupiter quincunx Uranus (was exact on March 6).

Mar 10: Mercury conjunct Neptune, 11:01 pm, 10° Pisces.

Mar 12: Venus into Pisces, 3:24 am

Mar 14: Mercury square Saturn, 1:26 pm, 16° Pisces/Sagittarius; Venus square Mars, 2:48 pm, 3° Pisces/Sagittarius

Mar 15: Mercury sextile Pluto, 12:57 am, 17° Pisces/Capricorn; Mercury opposite Jupiter, 3:42 am, 17° Pisces/Virgo

Mar 16: Jupiter Trine Pluto (2 of 3), 2:26 pm, 17° Virgo/Capricorn

Mar 19: Sun into Aries, VERNAL (Spring) Equinox, 10:31 pm

Mar 20: Venus conjunct Neptune, 11:46 am, 10° Pisces

Mar 21: Mercury into Aries, 6:19 pm

Mar 23: Jupiter Square Saturn (2 of 3), 4:15 am, 16° Virgo/Sagittarius

Mar 23: Full Moon/Lunar Eclipse, 6:01 am, 3° LIBRA; Sun conjunct Mercury, 2:11 pm, 3° Libra

Mar 24: Mercury trine Mars, 4:45 pm, 6° Aries/Sagittarius

Mar 25: Saturn goes Retrograde, 4:01 am, 16° Sagittarius; Venus opposite Jupiter, 5:58 am, 16° Pisces/Virgo; 10:48 am, Venus square Saturn, 16° Pisces/Sagittarius

Mar 26: Sun trine Mars, 4:33 am, 6° Aries/Sagittarius; Venus sextile Pluto, 5:10 am, 17° Pisces/Capricorn

Mar 29: Mercury trine Saturn, 9:02 pm, 16° Aries/Sagittarius

Mar 30: Mercury square Pluto, 8:52 am, 17° Aries/Capricorn

Mar 31: Mercury conjunct Uranus, 2:49 pm, 20° Aries

April 5: Sun trine Saturn, 10:09 am, 16° Aries/Sagittarius; Venus into Aries, 10:51 am; Mercury into Taurus, 5:10 pm

April 6: Sun square Pluto, 2:10 pm, 17° Aries/Capricorn

April 7: SUPER MOON/NEW MOON, 5:24 am, 18° Aries

April 8: Sun conjunct Uranus, 3:27 pm, 20° Aries

April 12: Mercury sextile Neptune, 3:40 am, 11° Taurus/Pisces; Venus trine Mars, 1:17 pm, 9° Aries/Sagittarius

April 14: Mercury trine Jupiter, 14° Taurus/Virgo

April 17: Mercury trine Pluto (1 of 3), 3:21 am, 17° Taurus/Capricorn;

Apr 17: Mars goes Retrograde, 6:14 am, 9° Sagittarius

Apr 18: Pluto Retrograde, 1:23 am, 17° Capricorn; Venus trine Saturn, 8:38 am, 16° Aries/Sagittarius

April 19: Venus square Pluto, 2:49 pm, 17° Aries/Capricorn

APRIL 21: FULL MOON, 11:24 pm, 3° SCORPIO

April 22: Venus conjunct Uranus, 3:00 pm, 21° Aries

Apr 28: Mercury goes Retrograde in taurus, 11:20 am, 24° Taurus

April 29: Venus into Taurus, 6:36 pm

May 1: Sun sextile Neptune, 6:01 am, 12° Taurus/Pisces

May 3: Sun trine Jupiter, 1:58 am, 13° Taurus/Virgo

May 6: SUPER MOON/NEW MOON, 1:29 pm, 17° Taurus

May 7: Sun trine Pluto, 17° Taurus/Capricorn

May 9: Jupiter goes Direct, 6:16 am, 13° Virgo; Venus sextile Neptune, 6:41 am, 12° Taurus/Pisces; Transit of Mercury (Sun conjunct Mercury Rx), 9:12 am, 20° Taurus

May 10: Venus trine Jupiter: 13° Taurus/Virgo

May 12: Mercury Rx trine Pluto (2 of 3), 8:51 pm, 17 Taurus/ Capricorn

May 13: Mercury Rx conjunct Venus, 1:11 pm, 17° Aries; Venus trine Pluto, 8:18 pm 17° Taurus/Capricorn

May 20: Sun into Gemini, 8:37 am

MAY 21: FULL MOON, 3:14 pm, 1° Sagittarius

May 22: Sun opposite Mars Rx, 5:17 am, 2° Gemini/Sagittarius; Mercury goes Direct, 07:20 am, 14° taurus

May 24: Venus opposite Mars Rx, 8:38 pm, 1° Gemini/Sagittarius

May 26: Jupiter Square Saturn (3 of 3), 6:28 am, 14° Virgo/Sagittarius

May 27: Mars Rx back into Scorpio, 7:51 am, 29° Scorpio

May 30: Mercury trine Pluto (3 of 3), 9:05 pm, 17° Taurus/ Capricorn

FEBRUARY 2016    

2016 Valentine

 

Times shown below are Mountain Time (Zone 7), either Standard or Daylight time, as appropriate. See pertinent astrological aspects for the month at the end of this Forecast.

February 2016 Overview

In February we will continue to see transformative and challenging energies in the world, as Uranus and Pluto remain close to a square formation. (For more information See Radical Restructuring article.) This is part of a long term pattern of tremendous upheaval and change on a global scale that started in 2008. We are now being faced with the repercussions of the actions, choices and decisions that have occurred since 2008. This pattern should start to weaken by the end March, but is likely to be felt off and on until mid April 2016.

Although the challenging Uranus-Pluto pattern stays in place, February will be different than January because the faster moving planets are always moving and changing. There will be several bright spots with positive and hopeful energies this month. See the February Week by Week forecast below for more information.

_________________________________________________________________

 

February 2016 Week by Week

 

February 1 – 7

Feb 1- 3: Despite being bombarded by current political and outer world events, this three day period can be a positive one in our personal lives. We are likely to feel more optimistic and positive and realize we are actually getting something accomplished.

Feb 4-7: Focus on routine chores, maintenance and completing what has already been started during the daytime hours (MST) on Feb 4. That evening will be a good time to clear the decks and get ready for the weekend. Feelings in general and relationships in particular may be intense, changeable and exciting on Feb 5-7. Breakthroughs and new possibilities are possible. We have the opportunity at this time to look beyond the details of our current challenges and see the “big picture” that lies ahead.

 

February 8 – 14

Feb 8: The NEW MOON in the humanitarian and futuristic sign of Aquarius occurs at 7:39 am, MST. This New Moon could bring out some differences of opinion regarding the future and ego conflicts in the outer world that will reach a climax around Feb 22. In general, Feb 8 will be a day of high energy with a tendency to be impatient or easily irritated. Avoid needless confrontations. By counting to ten and channeling our energies into productive outlets, we can accomplish a great deal. The seeds we plant now will blossom at the Full Moon on Feb. 22.

Feb 9-10: This is likely to be a positive time. The energies are an effective blend of compassion, imagination, vision and practicality. People are likely to work well together. Feb 10 would be a good day to have a meeting or come together for a group planning session.

Feb 11-12: These are fast-paced days of action, tension and getting things started.

Feb 13-14: In general, this should be a positive time and an excellent weekend to get things done. We are likely to feel optimistic and energized. Valentine’s Day is Feb 14, so this will be a romantic weekend for some. The most favorable time to celebrate Valentine’s Day will be anytime on Feb 13, or until 4 pm (MST) on Feb 14. The late afternoon and evening of Feb 14 are not likely to be relaxing and fun because there could be a tendency to push too hard which may cause animosity, overwork or physical stress. Slow down and take the evening off.

 

February 15 – 21

Feb 15-16: These are good days for intellectual activities and communication with one exception: Feb 16 between 9-11 am, MST, – hold back at that time. Get out and about, learn something new or do something to stimulate your brain cells.

Feb 17-19: The focus could be on home, family, security and feelings during this time. The energies will be active and possibly challenging on Feb 18 from about 5 to 10 pm, but other than that, this can be a good time to take care of domestic and personal matters.

Feb 20-21: In our individual lives, this can be a good weekend to do something fun, creative, romantic or entertaining. In the outer world, we may notice an intensifying of challenging energies.

February 22 – 29

Feb 22-23: The FULL MOON in the discerning and analytical sign of Virgo occurs on Feb 22 at 11:20 am, MST. This Full Moon is the culmination of seeds planted around the New Moon on Feb 8. It could be a very tense time out in the world, especially for the US.

If there is something that has been brewing in our personal lives, it is likely to reach a peak on Feb 22-23. The energies of this Full Moon suggest a new awareness and perspective could be revealed that are surprising and transformative. By the afternoon of Feb 23, we should begin to see some positive benefits due to our new understanding of the situation.

Feb 24-26: Information and communication over this three day period can be very helpful and productive. New ideas, cooperation and positive relationships are possible. The only time that there could be tension or restlessness is on Feb 26 between 12:00 am and 5 am. Some may find it hard to sleep. Keep a pen and notebook handy. We could get flashes of insight and intuition during the wee hours and throughout the day on Feb 26. Write your ideas down before they slip away!

Feb 27-28: Feelings are passionate, imaginative and inspirational during this period. We will have a desire to get to the heart of a matter. Psychic sensitivity is strong. Pay attention to insights and intuition.

Feb 29: This day can provide us with opportunities to have positive, stabilizing and practical interactions with others. We will appreciate our friends and relationships. Between noon and 2 pm, MST, we may have the courage to take the initiative and get something moving. However, there will also be a tendency to come on too strong, be irritable or overly forceful during that 2 hour period. This can be fine if you are calm and confident. If you are feeling pushy or irritable, wait until a little later for interactions with others. The peak of the positive energies is around 6 pm, MST, and will continue through the evening.

Love and Light to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy

_________________________________________________________

The appearance of things changes according to the emotions;

and thus we see magic and beauty within them,

while the magic and beauty are really in ourselves.

Khalil Gibran, The Broken Wings

________________________________________________________

Get your own

Personal Detailed One Year Forecast for 2016!

 

Click here to See Details and Sample Report

JANUARY 2016

 

Times shown below are Mountain Time (Zone 7), either Standard or Daylight time, as appropriate. See pertinent astrological aspects for the month at the end of this Forecast.

A NEW YEAR BEGINS                        

January 2016 – a new year begins and the question arises, “What lies ahead over the coming year?” Astrology can’t tell us exactly what will happen, but the astrological patterns in 2016 can provide us with a description of the types of influences or “energies’ we will be experiencing and the times when they will be most likely to manifest. It can also provide suggestions on how to use these energies effectively.

THE WORLD IN 2016

The world and mass consciousness will continue to deal with many of the same energies we experienced in 2015. Although we are slowly moving away from the unsettling transformation, disruption and changes that have occurred throughout the world since 2008, there are still many unresolved problems that will move into 2016. Social unrest, terrorism, immigration concerns, Middle Eastern conflicts, economic concerns, unstable and unusual weather, and the craziness of the political presidential race in the US will all continue. There will be times throughout 2016 when some progress can be made, but it will most likely be in November and December 2016 before we begin to feel we have passed through the hardest part of a challenging period.

2016 OVERVIEW

January and February 2016

This two month period is likely to be tense and similar to November and December 2015, as Uranus and Pluto remain close to a square formation. For more information See Radical Restructuring article. This is part of a long term pattern of tremendous upheaval and transformation that the world has been experiencing since 2008. Even though the pattern is starting to separate, we still have to deal with the repercussions of the actions, choices and decisions that have occurred since 2008. This pattern should start to weaken by the end March, but is likely to be felt off and on until mid April 2016.

In our personal lives this influence can provide us with the energy to restructure and reorganize where necessary. For some, this will be minor. For others, this can be a time of major restructuring. If this describes your life, don’t sap your energy fighting the changes. Instead, use your time and energy to focus on getting your ducks in a row and doing what needs to be done. See January forecast below for more information.

March 2016

March will bring the need to find a way to balance practical considerations with the desire for improvement and growth. It is also a month when big transformations could begin that may last through June. Important decisions and adjustments are likely. There can be a great effort by some to obtain power. We may see political/social/economic power plays in the US and in the world in general.

From Mid- April to the end of June 2016,

Mars, the planet representing action, energy and the military, will be retrograde in Sagittarius and Scorpio from Apr 17 to June 29. Plans for action may need to be reviewed. We can use this period to revise or complete our plans and projects. Military campaigns could also be revised or stymied during this period. Patience and taking the time to get things done correctly is likely to be required.

May and June 2016 could bring further developments and a completion of activities begun in March. See March 2016 above.

From June to October 2016

The world is likely to be forced to deal with some troubling issues and feelings that bring uncertainty, fears, confusion, discouragement and low motivation. This can be related to energies that were strong in Nov and Dec 2015. The influence we will be feeling is the square of Saturn in Sagittarius to Neptune in Pisces. Basically this is a challenge between our hopes and ideals versus the unpleasant aspects of reality. This energy pattern requires us to face things we would rather not deal with and have been hoping would go away. Yet we feel unsure about what to do. These issues are likely to have started in November 2015 and include:

  • Challenges regarding political, moral, ethical, religious and social belief systems.
  • Environmental or health challenges, especially regarding water, the weather, oil, chemicals, poisons and drugs.
  • Previous plans and projects that were based on faulty foundations may dissolve. Until hidden weaknesses are found and corrected, new plans will be undermined or collapse.
  • The necessity of facing reality and dealing with a situation we cannot avoid.

Because of the duration of these energies, we may feel overwhelmed, discouraged and uncertain during this five month period. This can cause us to view our challenges as more difficult to overcome than they really are. This is a temporary situation. Instead of focusing on what is wrong, look for what is positive in the world – yes, it will be there! Appreciating nature, friends, family and kindness given and received is a good place to start. Our confidence and energy will return when this influence has passed.

September 2016 is likely to be very intense month, which will cause yet another shift in direction.

October 2016 could bring surprises around the Full Moon on Oct 15. By mid-October we should feel the gloominess of the Saturn square Neptune energy pattern starting to evaporate. Hooray!

 

November and December 2016

We may sense that something is changing. There are still challenges, but exciting and positive potentials will bring us renewed energy and optimism in December of 2016. These energies will carry over to 2017. Everything won’t be magically resolved, but we will feel hopeful, energized and ready to tackle whatever needs to be done.

Our Personal Lives in 2016

Events in our individual lives are not likely to be nearly as dramatic as world events, but we will certainly feel the prevailing energies. How they will manifest in our lives depends on each individual chart, but we always have a choice as to how we react to whatever comes our way.

The most challenging influences, though uncomfortable,  can provide the impetus to make needed changes or breakthroughs in our lives. Likewise, even the most positive influences can be overlooked or taken for granted and fail to be utilized.

Things will get better, but we will have to be patient. We can use the energies in 2016 to help us reorganize our lives and rid ourselves of possessions, situations, attitudes or fears that weigh us down and hold us back. By doing this, we will ultimately improve our lives and experience renewed optimism for the future by the end of the year.

We are all going through this together. It can be helpful to accept, honor and view the events and experiences in 2016 as the current conditions on humanity’s path of spiritual evolution. We are passing through this time and learning from it, but we will move on.

One thing we can always count on is that everything changes.

_________________________________________________________________

 

January 2016

January 1-9:

This will be an intense time, but also a time when we can start the process of changing our lives for the better, whether we want to or not!

Jan 3-4: We may feel like something is shifting on Jan 3. Avoid discussing important matters or making decisions from Noon to 3 pm (MST), as there could be a short-lived tendency for miscommunications, emotional over-reactions and hasty decisions. Helpful and practical insights and positive relations with others can occur on Jan 4 during in the afternoon. By that evening, we will feel a further intensifying of energy and sense that the week ahead could be important.

Jan 5-8:  Several important astrological influences are occurring.

On Jan 5 Mercury, the planet of communication travel and technology, will turn retrograde. This will occur at the same time that Mercury is squaring Mars, the planet of action, assertion and impatience. Not a particularly easy combination. Energies will be high and we may have a strong urge to get things done, but be mindful of a general tendency to be irritable, impatient, argumentative, stubborn or over-assertive.

Mercury will be retrograde from Jan 5 – 25. This time period can be used to finish up projects that have already been started and to clear up and clean up our environment. Basically it is a time for “re” words – revise, repair, rethink, recover, reorganize, research and re-evaluate. It is also a time when delays, changes or misunderstandings may occur regarding communications, technology, commerce, transportation and travel. Double check and verify communications, travel plans and contracts. Click here for More Information on Mercury Retrograde.

Venus will be squaring Neptune on Jan 5, which indicates a tendency to be overly idealistic and unrealistic, especially in relationships. However, it is also a very creative and compassionate influence and good for creative inspiration.

And last, but certainly not least, the Sun in Capricorn will conjunct Pluto in Capricorn the evening of Jan 5, and then will move on to square Uranus in Aries on Jan 7. This strongly suggests that the energies of transformation and change will be activated this week.

Jan 6-7: The energies during this two day period continue to be unsettled. Our routine or plans could be disrupted due to the unexpected, or changes could occur that leave us feeling uncertain.

Jan 8: Relationships tend to be serious and reflective. Practical considerations and a responsible outlook regarding financial matters bring about positive results.

Jan 9: The NEW MOON occurs in the realistic and organized sign of Capricorn at 6:30 pm (MST). This New Moon will strongly activate the radical restructuring energies and indicates that the next 28 days will continue to be a time of change and transformation. We can use this energy very productively. Determine what needs to be thoroughly re-organized over the next four weeks and get started. Whether it is minor or major – this is the time to make some changes.

 

January 10-16

Jan 11-14: Although the challenging energies remain with us, this four day period will add some lighter and positive energies. Spirits may lift and we could feel excited, stimulated, enthusiastic and more optimistic and hopeful. We may have begun making changes that are improving our lives. There may be a few hours of doubt or confusion during the morning and early afternoon of Jan 13, but it will fade out quickly. Jan 11-14 will be a good time to focus on the positive ways we can enhance our lives. Take advantage of the opportunity to do so.

Jan 15-16: The energies are fast paced and spirited. These two days are likely to refocus our attention on the areas of change and reorganization in our lives.

January 17-23

Jan 17-18: This is likely to be an enjoyable two days. Around Noon (MST) on Jan 17 could be a little hectic, but after that, Jan 17-18 will be good days for relaxation, entertainment, stability and socializing. It is also a time when we may be feeling spiritual, charitable and compassionate. It will be a good time to help others. Only one caveat – there could be an urge to be overindulgent, extravagant and to overspend. Wait until you can think things over before making any big purchases.

Jan 19-22: The energies change from easy and pleasant and return to active and changeable. Mercury’s retrograde influence will be strong and will remain that way through Jan 31. Double check communications, travel plans and agreements. Be extra aware while driving.

Jan 23: The FULL MOON occurs in the generous and positive sign of Leo at 6:46 pm (MST). Actions we began at the New Moon on Jan 10 are now in full bloom. We should be able to see some results from our efforts to make changes and transformations in our lives over the previous two weeks. Our work is not done, but we are making progress.

January 24-31

Jan 24: We may feel a little over emotional early in the morning, but the afternoon will be a high energy time in which we can creatively blend the old with the new in our quest to reorganize our lives. Do something fun and different this evening.

Jan 25-26: Mercury finishes its retrograde motion on Jan 25 and goes Direct, but its retrograde qualities will be felt strongly through Jan 31. Continue to double check communications, travel plans and agreements. Be extra aware while driving. Communications may be confusing Jan 25-26. Verify plans.

Jan 27: This is a good day to get things done. Work and health concerns are favored. Our efforts should be productive and bring positive results.

Jan 28-31: The unsettled energies of change and transformation will be strongly active once again. Jan 28 to Feb 7 will be the last big push to get ourselves reorganized. By the end of Jan, we may be surprised to see how much our lives have been restructured and changed in only one month!

Love and Light in 2016 to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy

_________________________________________________________

Life is not about waiting for the storms to pass…..

It’s about learning how to dance in the rain.

Vivian Greene

________________________________________________________

December 2015 Forecast   j0341448

DECEMBER 2015 WORLD OVERVIEW

It will be no surprise to you that the astrological aspects are very intense right now.

There are two major astrological influences occurring in December.

The first is the square aspect between Saturn and Neptune that was discussed in the November forecast. For more information, Click Here. This aspect indicates challenges lie ahead that will involve our beliefs and concepts. It will be necessary to face reality with compassion and wisdom. This square will be in effect off and on through September 2016.

The second astrological influence is a return appearance of our old friends, the Radical Restructuring Energies (Uranus square Pluto). This square aspect represents the upheavals, changes and transformations in the world that have occurred over the last several years. Situations we hoped were over may flare up and will have to be dealt with now through mid-March 2016. (The square aspect will not be exact, but it will be close enough to be quite strong.)

 

December 2015 Day by Day

As the month begins we will start to experience the resurgence of the radical restructuring energies. They will continue to be with us until mid-March 2016. Many of us may feel a need to take actions that will bring about transformative changes in our lives. In world events, this energy could translate into gathering and organizing forces for a group effort which then could lead to power struggles and conflicts.

Dec 1: The morning will be a good time for communications. The tempo will be lively and enthusiastic. People are likely to be positive and upbeat and have innovative ideas. The evening could be a good time for socializing or doing something fun and entertaining.

Dec 2: Focus on everyday duties, taking care of health and getting things in order. In the afternoon and evening we may have a tendency to worry, be overly critical or feel uneasy. It would be wise to avoid making important decisions at this time, as our worries and concerns are probably overblown and we may not be thinking clearly.

Dec 3-4: Focus on completing projects started on Dec 2. On the evening of Dec 3 and the morning of Dec 4, exciting and positive ideas about the future could be on the agenda. However, we could be a bit over-zealous and neglect some details. Don’t jump into a new venture without double checking the facts and thinking things through.

Dec 5-6: This weekend and the following week are likely to be an active and possibly volatile time out in the world. In our personal lives, we can use this energy to initiate creative change and transformation in our lives. This can range from something small to a major life change, depending on our individual circumstances.

Dec 7: Emotions could be intense today and feelings are deep. Compassion, intuition, imagination and creativity will be strong.

Dec 8-9: This can be an enthusiastic, stimulating and energetic time. Changes can be made that are beneficial and innovative.

Dec 10: The energies are mixed today – impatient, confrontational, aggressive, enthusiastic, energetic, imaginative, caring and optimistic. There is likely to be a strong urge for action “right now” which can result in impulsive or aggressive actions that stir up anger or cause accidents. Drive with caution and be aware that those who are already unstable or angry may be prone to volatile actions at this time. However, this energy can also be used to break free of restricting circumstances, especially if this is something that we have been working on for a while.

Dec 11: The NEW MOON occurs in Sagittarius at 3:29 am, MST. This brings an optimistic and energetic influx of energy that can plant the seeds of high hopes for the future. There could also be a tendency to over-estimate, over-do or act impulsively at this time. This is definitely a positive time to think about how to make our lives better, just be sure to add a dose of practicality and realistic expectations.

Dec 12:  This will be a good day to consider the practical ways to achieve our goals. The resulting insights can be quite helpful to us as we make future plans.

Dec 13: The early morning hours could be unsettled, but the afternoon brings stabilizing, down-to-earth and positive energies.

Dec 14-15: Upbeat days with the potential for both innovative and practical ideas for the future. A plan of action could result.

Dec 16-17: Good days for imagination, day-dreaming and creativity. We could come up with some inventive ways to manifest our dreams.

Dec 18: Finish up tasks and avoid starting new projects until after 2:30 pm (MST). At that point a new influx of energy will wake us up and bring new activities.

Dec 19-20: This weekend could bring upsets or unexpected information out in the world regarding communication, transportation, commerce and technology. The news in the world is likely to reflect this. The general energies may be assertive/aggressive, restless, impatient, rebellious, explosive, sudden, unsettling, intense and transformative. In our personal lives, we may learn something that surprises us. Don’t come to any conclusions at this point. The information we are receiving now is likely to go through some revisions and may not be clear until the end of January 2016.

Dec 21: This will be a down-to earth, positive and stabilizing day. The WINTER SOLSTICE occurs at 9:49 pm, MST, as the Sun moves into Capricorn and winter officially starts. Celebrate the Solstice this evening by lighting a candle or enjoying the warmth of a fire. Welcome the returning Sun and honor the Light that is found within every soul.

Dec 22: Another good day to do something earthy or nature oriented.

Dec 23: Things that may seem challenging around midday will fade away and by evening the mood is fun-loving and spirits are high.

Dec 24: This is likely to be a busy day with lots of communication and last minute errands. By late evening the energies are focused on enjoying home and hearth.

Dec 25-26: The FULL MOON in emotional and home-loving Cancer occurs at 4:11 am, MST, on Christmas morning. An old fashioned Christmas with family and dear friends will be appealing this year. Positive uplifting conversations and enjoying time with others (whether it is family, friends or someone you just met) can make this a time to remember.

Dec 27-28: These are good days for romance, fun, affection and entertainment. People are apt to be generous, kind and fun-loving.

Dec 29: The early morning is active and busy. The focus today may be on health, healing, working conditions or helping others.

Dec 30: The early morning may be a bit frustrating, but by late afternoon things are running smoothly.

Dec 31: The world situation may feel like it is looming heavily over our heads as the media bombard us with images and opinions about events that occurred in 2015 and speculation on what is coming in 2016. Although the world may be in turmoil, we can make our personal lives into our own private oasis during this period. We can choose to rise above the turmoil and endless chatter of mass consciousness. Instead, we can focus our personal attention on more productive matters. As we look back at 2015, we can express heartfelt gratitude for our loved ones and friends, for the growth we gained by overcoming challenges this past year, for the positive things we learned and experienced in 2015, and for the new opportunities that will come in 2016. New Year’s Eve is a time to celebrate one phase ending and a new phase beginning on our Life Path. Bon Voyage!

May the Light of the Season Fill Your Spirit with Joy!

Love & Light, Judy

 

Being deeply loved by someone gives you strength,

while loving someone deeply gives you courage.

Lao Tzu

NOVEMBER 2015 OVERVIEW

In November we will begin to feel the affects of a challenging and testing energy pattern (a square) between realistic Saturn in Sagittarius and idealistic Neptune in Pisces that will continue on and off for the next year. The purpose of this square is to reconcile and balance the material world with the spiritual world.

Our beliefs and concepts are very likely to be tested. The need to face facts and deal with reality will be necessary, but it will also be important to do so without abandoning faith, inspiration and compassion. The world may be faced with a challenging situation that will take patience, maturity, compassion and wisdom to handle.

The dates these energies will be the strongest are: November to mid-December 2015 and May through September 2016.

Below are a few of the possible ways Saturn square Neptune may manifest during those periods:

  • A stand-off between religious and secular belief systems.
  • Challenges regarding political, moral, ethical and social belief systems.
  • Environmental or health challenges (especially involving water, the weather, oil, chemicals, medicines and drugs).
  • Previous plans and projects may have to be scrutinized. The facts will need to be faced. Whatever has been hidden needs to be revealed. Until that happens, new plans will be undermined or will collapse due to hidden underlying conditions.
  • The necessity of facing reality and dealing with a situation we cannot avoid.

FOR ALL OF US

This is a time to focus on the positive and pull our attention away from the ongoing turmoil in mass consciousness. By sending out positive thoughts and love, we can uplift ourselves and others. We each are determining where we are going by what we are focusing upon. We don’t have to have it all figured out. Be in the present moment and let yourself feel the Love that is always with us and simply is us.

 

FOR SOME OF US

We all may notice these energies in our individual lives to some extent, but some of us will be more affected than others. The following signs, birth dates and planetary positions are likely to feel the Saturn square Neptune energies more strongly than others.

  • Sagittarius: Especially those born November 28 to December 4.
  • Pisces: Especially those born February 25 to March 3.
  • Gemini: Especially those born May 27 to June 2.
  • Virgo: Especially those born August 29 to September 4.
  • If you know your chart, also look for planets, Ascendant or Midheaven at 6 to 12 degrees of Sagittarius, Pisces, Gemini and Virgo. These parts of you will also need to balance reality with your hopes and dreams.

If you are one of the above, consider the following:

  • Do not be dismayed if something occurs in your life that indicates it is time for a reality check, or if you are feeling tired and have less energy than usual. You are at a predetermined place on your life path where it is time to take stock of your life, readjust your plans if necessary, and discover ways to make your dreams come true in a more realistic and practical way.
  • Perhaps there is another way of achieving your aims, or maybe you need to let go of impractical goals and focus on what you can do, instead of what you can’t do. Give yourself time to work this out, as this influence will come and go over the next twelve months.
  • Take care of your health, rest when needed, be patient and be kind to yourself. Try to simplify your life and don’t try to force something to happen.
  • It is also important to know that you are very likely to be much harder on yourself than is warranted.

 

NOVEMBER 2015 Week by Week

 

NOVEMBER 1 to 7

November 1-2: Relationships, romance, friendship and cooperation are favored at this time. It is a particularly good time to be helpful to others. November 3: A good day for fun and creative activities. Try something different. November 4: Finish up up what was started yesterday. November 5-7: Nerves may be somewhat frayed in the early morning of November 5, but by noon things will calm down and this can turn out to be a very productive day. It will be a good time to get to the heart of a matter and come up with some practical and transformative solutions. This three day period can be both inspirational and practical. Pay attention to ideas and events. What you learn now could be more helpful than you realize.

NOVEMBER 8 to 14:

November 8: This is likely to be a day of ups and downs. The energies are changeable and relationships could be tense. Let go of trying to control things today. November 9: A good day for inner contemplation or focusing on research and mysteries. November 10: This is a positive day. Our minds are sharp and intense and we could have some very good ideas for improving our lives. Take note of ideas that come today. You may not realize how insightful and useful they are until later in the month. November 11: NEW MOON in Scorpio at 10:47 am, MST. At this time we may begin a thorough and intense investigation of something or focus on understanding ourselves on a deeper level. We will want to get to the bottom of a situation. We may feel torn between conflicting feelings. We want to be thorough and get all the details, but we may also feel very impatient and want immediate answers. The results of what we put in motion now will be seen at the Full Moon on November 25. November 12: We may get some insights late this afternoon and evening regarding how the Saturn square Neptune influence (discussed in November overview) will affect our individual lives. Take note. November 13: The energies are positive and optimistic today. It will be a fortunate time for relationships, social activities and communications. November 14: A good day to catch up on routine matters. There may be some rumblings out in the world related to the Saturn square Neptune energies.

NOVEMBER 15 to 21

November 15: Emotions are likely to be deep and intense today. November 16: People should work well together and could come up with some practical solutions and ideas during the morning through 2 pm (MST). That could be a good time to have a meeting or a planning session. November 17: Another positive day for communication and collaboration. Be open-minded and consider unusual ideas. Take advantage of these days because the Saturn square Neptune (discussed in November overview) energy has been building over the past few days and the rest of this month could be challenging. November 18-19: There may be a feeling of uncertainty, tiredness or vague uneasiness during these two days. We may sense a Disturbance in the Force. November 20: Relationships could be emotionally intense on this day. Something may be revealed that is uncomfortable. November 21: An active and energetic day. Watch a tendency to be too assertive. Focus all that energy on taking action to make positive changes.

NOVEMBER 22 to 30

From now through the rest of the month, the Saturn square Neptune energies will be very strong. November 22: Our thinking is likely to be serious and things may feel a bit unstable and unpredictable. November 23: A balanced and reasonable approach will be successful and positive actions can be taken. November 24: This could be a day of troubling news in the world and difficulties in communication in general. Hold off on making major decisions, if possible. November 25: FULL MOON in Gemini at 3:44 pm, MST. Whatever seeds we planted by our actions at the New Moon on November 11 are now in full bloom. Although we may be faced with some unpleasant realities, some solutions could also be revealed. November 26: Thanksgiving Day in the US. Getting together with friends and loved ones can be pleasant and lively. It will be a good day for communicating and exchanging ideas. November 27: A good day to rest, relax and eat leftovers. November 28: The energies are bumpy, intense and unpredictable today. Holiday shopping is not recommended. November 29: If you will be personally affected by the Saturn square Neptune energies, how it will manifest in your life should be revealed by now. This can actually be a relief. It is essential to get things out in the open in order to do what needs to be done. Even if you are not being affected personally, events in the world may have had a big impact on you over the past week or so. November 30: Today is a day when we can feel joy and love in our hearts. Take advantage of these energies to express your love and affection to others and to acknowledge the Spirit that resides in all of us.

Much Love to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy

____________________________________________________________

The soul is your innermost being. The presence that you are beyond form. The consciousness that you are beyond form, that is the soul. That is who you are in essence.

Eckhart Tolle

_____________________________________________________________

OCTOBER 2015

The biggest astrological influence this month is a positive blending of the optimistic and expansive energies of Jupiter with the powerful and transformative energies of Pluto. Jupiter is in Virgo and Pluto is in Capricorn. These are both realistic earth signs. The results are likely to be practical and useful in addition to positive and inspiring. This influence will be in effect from October 1 to 25. (Jupiter trine Pluto)

In general, we are likely to feel more expansive and optimistic and also inspired to manifest practical ways of helping ourselves and others. This can encourage us to come up with new ways of looking at our problems and to develop practical solutions on how to solve them. These new perceptions can help us transform our ideas about what is possible in our lives.

This is a good time to remember that what we focus upon in our lives is where we end up going. If we focus on what we don’t want in our lives and who or what we perceive is holding us back, then we will draw more of that into our lives. If instead, we focus on what we do want in our lives, visualize that happening, and are also grateful for the positive things we already have, then more of those things will come into our lives. Even if you don’t know exactly what you want, you do know how you want to feel about your life. You can visualize and feel yourself feeling those feelings – happy, secure, safe, loving, loved, healthy, etc. Do this everyday and your life will change for the better. This is a natural law of the Universe.

It’s not what happens that is important;

it’s how we feel about it that matters.

Even when we are going through difficult times, there will be positive things for which we can be grateful. We may be surrounded by abundance and benefits that we don’t notice or that we take for granted – e.g. the beauty and magnificence of nature; the love and kindness of friends, families or strangers; smiles and laughter (our own or others); the inspiring actions of others; our own resilience and the fact that we’re still breathing.

We will have opportunities to improve our lives this month by utilizing the positive energies of the Jupiter/Pluto trine. Whether we make big changes or small changes, the positive seeds of optimism that we plant now will bring beneficial results in the future. The dates in October when these positive energies are the strongest are noted below with the notation: (Inspiring).

Dates to Note in October

 

October 1 to 9 – Mercury is Retrograde and has been since September 17. During this period we will focus on getting our lives in balance and completing projects. Double check communications and travel plans, as there could be some mix-ups. It will also be a good time to make our surroundings more pleasing and to pay attention to our relationships. Mercury will go Direct on October 10. – Want more information? See: What is Mercury Retrograde?

October 4: (Inspiring) The afternoon will be a good time to visualize and actually feel what it will be like to live the life you want. Also be grateful and aware of the blessings you have in your life right in the present moment.

October 5-6: At this time, we may become aware of where improvements in our lives need to be made, but it is not the time to try to make something happen. It will be better to observe and see what needs to be changed, whether it is a situation with others, our own thinking and attitudes or both. There could be a feeling of low energy or confidence on October 6. Others may not be who we thought they were or plans could turn out to be disappointing. Rest the evening of October 6.

October 9: (Inspiring) This will be a very good day to focus on our aspirations for the future. Spend some time during the afternoon visualizing. Be open to opportunities.

October 10: People are likely to be serious today and not especially social. This is a day of more work and less play. We may feel lonely or just want to be alone. Relationships could be cool. We could tend to be hard on ourselves and others. Problems are likely to feel more serious than they really are. Even though it is Saturday night, it is not a good time for social occasions. These heavy energies will lift by tomorrow.

October 11: (Inspiring) Jupiter will exactly trine Pluto today and their inspirational energies will be at a high. We could feel uplifted and expansive. There will also be a feeling of change, independence, restlessness and the unexpected in the air. The urge to reform and take action will be strong. This should be an interesting day that could be a wake-up call for many people. For some this could bring an “aha” moment. Others may feel impatient or argumentative. Keep that in mind when communicating and driving. Stay cool and avoid those who may be looking for a fight.

October 12-13: The NEW MOON occurs on October 12 in the harmonious and relationship oriented sign of Libra. (6:06 pm, MDT) The New Moon is a new start each month and this one could indicate a new start in a relationship, in understanding others or in bringing peace and balance into our lives. This evening or the next morning would be a good time to set our intentions for the next 30 days or so. See: New Moon Ceremony

October 14 to 19: (Inspiring) This entire period will activate the Jupiter-Pluto energies. Emotions are deeply felt and inspirational the evening of October 14. The evening of October 15 has very idealistic, compassionate and spiritual energies which are also grounding and practical. During October 15-to 18, the energies will provide us with enthusiasm, vitality and insights. This can help us take positive, practical and dynamic action in order to bring about transformation and improvement our lives. October 19 will be a good day to put our ideas and insights into action.

October 22: There could be some frustrations regarding communications, transportation or technology. Be open minded about the views of other people. This is not a good time to try to force our ideas and opinions on others. However, it could be a good time for inner exploration and realizations. We may discover something that has been hidden within ourselves that brings us new insights about ourselves or others. This could also be a positive time for studies pertaining to the mysterious or hidden side of life.

October 23-25: (Inspiring) During this time we can learn about the power of LOVE, not just romantic love, but all kinds of love, especially the unconditional kind. We could feel like our minds are racing and scattered on October 25. It will be best to make a conscious effort to slow down and focus. Information may come to us that is surprising or unusual. We may get sudden ideas and insights that are quite revealing. Take note of these, but avoid being impulsive and making major changes. Wait a day or two.

October 27: FULL MOON in Taurus at 6:05 am, MDT. The energy of Taurus is down-to-earth, stabilizing and realistic. This should be a pleasant Full Moon that brings awareness of the spiritual connections between mankind and Mother Earth. There may be a need to make some adjustments in our thinking regarding new technologies or cutting edge inventions. In our personal lives, there may be a need to reconcile practicality and stability with the quest for independence and being open to the new and unusual.

October 30-31: Over these two days the energies will be spiritual, compassionate, idealistic and inspirational. It could be a time of increased intuition and psychic sensitivity and a greater connection to the Universal Love that surrounds us. This would indicate it will be a magical and mysterious Halloween.

A Merry Mystical October to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy

______________________________________________________________

“Your destiny is to fulfill those things upon which you focus most intently. So choose to keep your focus on that which is truly magnificent, beautiful, uplifting and joyful. Your life is always moving toward something.”

Ralph Marston

“Acknowledging the good that you already have in your life is the foundation for all abundance”

Eckhart Tolle

____________________________________________________________

 

Would you like to know more about your own birth chart?

I will be happy to send you a FREE COPY OF YOUR BIRTH CHART wheel with a listing of the signs, houses and aspects of the planets in your horoscope. See Sample

Email me with the following information and your chart will be emailed to you:

  • Name
  • Month – day – year
  • Time of day (exact, approximate, or unknown)
  • City, state, country

For those who would like to learn a little more about astrology, I have added some basic information on planets, signs, houses and aspects on my website. Click here to view

______________________________________________________________________________

Order your own 80 to 100 page Personalized One Year Forecast Report.

See sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report

Pertinent Astrological Aspects for this month are listed below. Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off.

Oct 4: Moon in Cancer sextile Jupiter and opposite Pluto.

Oct 5-6: Sun square Pluto, 8:12 am, 13° Libra/Capricorn. Mercury Sta. Rx sextile Saturn, 5:00 pm, 2° Libra/Sagittarius. Mars opposite Neptune, 8:53 pm, 7° Virgo/Pisces.

Oct 9: Mercury Direct, 8:58 am, 1° Libra. Moon in Virgo conjunct Jupiter and trine Pluto.

Oct 10: Venus square Saturn, 6:31 pm, 2° Virgo/Sagittarius.

Oct 11: Jupiter trine Pluto, 5:37 pm, 13° Virgo/Capricorn. Sun opposite Uranus, 9:49 pm, 19° Libra/Aries.

Oct 12: NEW MOON, 6:06 pm, 19° Libra.

Oct 13: Mercury sextile Saturn, 3:55 am, 3° Libra/Sagittarius.

Oct 14: Moon in Scorpio sextile Mars, sextile Pluto and sextile Jupiter.

Oct 15: Mars trine Pluto, 9:31 pm, 13° Virgo/Capricorn.

Oct 16: Venus opposite Neptune, 8:54 pm, 7° Virgo/Pisces.

Oct 17: Moon in Sagittarius trine Uranus in Aries, 2:40 pm. Mars conjunct Jupiter, 4:40 pm, 14° Virgo.

Oct 19: Moon in Capricorn trine Venus, conjunct Pluto, trine Jupiter and trine Mars.

Oct 22: Mercury square Pluto, 3:20 pm, 13° Libra/Capricorn.

Oct 23: Venus trine Pluto, 1:40 am, 13° Virgo/Capricorn. Moon in Pisces sextile Pluto, opposite Venus and opposite Jupiter.

Oct 25: Venus conjunct Jupiter, 2:03 pm, 16° Virgo. Mercury opposite Uranus, 4:59 pm, 18° Libra/Aries.

Oct 27: FULL MOON, 6:05 am, 4° Taurus. In orb: Sun trine Neptune and Moon sextile Neptune; Sun sextile Pluto and Moon trine Pluto; Venus quincunx Uranus.

Oct 30: Sun trine Neptune, 3:06 pm, 7° Scorpio/Pisces.

Oct 31: Moon in Cancer trine Neptune in Pisces and trine Sun in Scorpio.

 

 

 

SEPTEMBER 2015

Times shown below are Mountain Time (Zone 7), either Standard or Daylight time, as appropriate. See pertinent astrological aspects for the month at the end of this Forecast.

We Aren’t in Kansas anymore, Toto

The astrological patterns in September 2015 suggest this will be a month when many of us will shift direction and refocus our energies. There are several reasons for this.

Reason #1: A SOLAR ECLIPSE AND LUNAR ECLIPSE OCCUR IN SEPTEMBER Eclipses happen about every six months and indicate a time of shifting circumstances. We will have a Solar Eclipse/New Moon on September 13 and a Lunar Eclipse/Full Moon on September 27. The last eclipses were a solar eclipse on March 20, 2015 and a lunar eclipse on April 4, 2015. In general, shifts in circumstances that started earlier this year at the eclipses in March and April have now played themselves out and we are due for another shift in circumstances in September. See more information in the Day to Day September Forecast below.  

Reason #2: THREE PLANETS CHANGE DIRECTION Venus, Mercury and Pluto all change direction this month (retrograde to direct or vice versa). This indicates a shift in how we will experience their planetary energies. When a planet is retrograde (moving backwards), it is time to stop and go back over an area in our lives that may need adjustment or reconsideration. When the retrograde phase is over, the planet resumes its normal direct motion (forward) and we can then move on with a better understanding of what we want to do next.

Venus has been retrograde in Leo since July 25, 2015. Venus represents what we love, value and enjoy. Since that time, we have had an opportunity to reevaluate our priorities and think about what we really love, value and enjoy in life. Venus goes direct on September 6, 2015. Now it’s time to move on with a clearer understanding of those values. Click Here for Venus Retrograde explanation.

Mercury, the planet of communication, mental attitudes, commerce and transportation, is currently in Libra, the sign of harmony and relationships, and will go retrograde on September 17. Mercury goes retrograde about three times a year and is part of a natural cycle that gives us an opportunity to stop, catch up and clear out. Time to get our lives in balance and complete projects over the next three weeks. Double check communications and travel plans. It will also be a good time to make our surroundings more pleasing and to pay attention to our relationships. Mercury will go direct on October 10. Want more information? See: What is Mercury Retrograde?

Pluto has been retrograde in Capricorn since April 16, 2015. Pluto will end its retrograde phase and will go direct on September 24. Pluto’s energies are extremely powerful, intense and transformative. We can go for many years without Pluto interacting strongly with our birth chart, but when it does, we will go through a major turning point on our life path. Because Pluto moves very slowly, those times can bring at least two to three years of intense transformative experiences and major karmic clearing. We won’t be able to fully comprehend just how much our life is changing while it is happening. It may be years later before we have a clear perspective on the impact it had on us during of that period in our life. Exactly how Pluto’s energies manifest for each of us depends on our birth chart and our past and present choices.

When Pluto turns direct on September 24, it will be time to slowly move forward on our transformative path. Whether we consciously realize it or not, we have completed a deep inner processing that began around mid-April of this year. This will be most noticeable for the following birth dates: Capricorn – January 3 to 8; Aries – April 2 to 6; Cancer: July 4 to 8; Libra; October 5 to 9.

If you are familiar with your birth chart, take note of planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 12 to 16° of Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn. These parts of you are currently undergoing a transformation. The house in your chart that holds 12 to 16° of Capricorn is the area in your life in which the transformation is occurring. Note: The planets are not actually moving backwards. It just looks that way from our viewpoint on earth. However, as a planet moves (transits) back and forth over a particular area in our birth chart, its energies last longer and consequently have more of an impact in that part of our life. The effects will vary for each individual depending on their birth chart. Some may hardly notice it. For others, it can indicate a major turning point.

Reason # 3: SATURN CHANGES SIGNS Last, but certainly not least, Saturn will finally leave Scorpio and will enter the sign of Sagittarius on September 17. The energies of Saturn are very powerful and are associated with lessons, tests and karmic conditions in our lives. Saturn’s ultimate goal is to bring us wisdom and mastery, but it won’t come easily. We have to earn it. The energies of Saturn are often felt as a relentless pressure bearing down upon us until we acquiesce to whatever lesson or test is happening in our lives. Resisting the lesson takes tremendous energy. Once we cooperate with the Saturnian energies, and face whatever it is we need to do, it becomes much easier.

Saturn moved into Scorpio in October 2012. The sign Saturn is in shows how it will manifest its tests, karmic lessons and challenges. Scorpio is a powerful and determined sign with deep and intense energy, Scorpio is also associated with transformation, power, death and rebirth. That means that Saturn’s lessons, tests and karmic challenges have been particularly deep and intense during its transit of Scorpio. The last three years have been a powerful and transformative time for many people, but especially those born with their Sun Sign or Ascendant in Scorpio, Taurus, Leo or Aquarius. Those of us with planets or the Midheaven in Scorpio, Taurus, Leo or Aquarius have also been strongly affected.

Saturn briefly moved into Sagittarius from December 23, 2014 to June 13, 2015, but it didn’t really completely leave Scorpio. Saturn returned to Scorpio on June 14, 2015 for its summer grand finale. Since then Saturn has been focusing intently on completing its transformative mission in Scorpio. On September 17, 2015 Saturn will move into Sagittarius and won’t be back in Scorpio until 26 years later on November 11, 2041.

All of us have been dealing with Saturn in Scorpio’s karmic challenges to some extent in our lives since October 2012. You might take a moment to think about what has happened in your life over the last three years regarding tests, lessons and releasing karmic patterns or relationships in your life. Recognize and honor the progress you have made.

SATURN IN SAGITTARIUS September 17, 2015 to December 19, 2017

Over the next 27 months Saturn’s challenges, karmic lessons and tests will manifest through the Sagittarian desire to seek the truth and explore religious, spiritual, philosophical and other belief systems. The law, higher education, travel, other cultures, and dealings with foreign countries are also associated with Sagittarius and could also be of great importance during this period. What is morally “right” or “wrong” is likely to be an issue. This might be a time when we need to reexamine our beliefs and our adherence to them. What is it we believe in and why? Time to walk the talk.

If your Sun Sign or Ascendant is in the sign of:

Sagittarius, Gemini, Virgo or Pisces The next 27 months will be significant ones in your life. You are likely to have more work and responsibilities, either because of projects you initiate or because of events outside of your control. Be patient and focus on the tasks at hand. Much of what you accomplish now will be done on your own. That is part of the test. It will be important to persevere and do your best. Even if it seems like no one is noticing and it is taking way longer than you anticipated, your efforts will pay off in the long run. The challenges that arise on your path at this time are there to provide you with an opportunity to evolve and mature. When you are older and look back at this time in your life, you will be able to see how significant it was, how much you accomplished, and most importantly, what you learned and how it changed you.   Aries or Leo Saturn in Sagittarius is likely to be a harmonious influence for you and will help bring stability, maturity and patience into your life. You will be able to use your natural enthusiasm to successfully manifest whatever you set out to do. The hard work you have done in the past may be rewarded now.

Taurus or Cancer Saturn in Sagittarius may bring challenging changes, extra work and new responsibilities into your life that require adjustment, discipline and doing things differently than usual. Be open to new ideas and plans.

Libra or Aquarius Saturn in Sagittarius can bring you opportunities for success. These opportunities are not likely to drop into your lap. The key to achieving your desires will be initiative, personal effort, patience and focus. You are likely to find that others are supportive of your goals and willing to help you achieve them. In general, this can be a time when things go smoothly in your life and steady progress is made.

Scorpio or Capricorn Saturn in Sagittarius will be a mildly positive influence for you. This is a good time to finish projects, clear up loose ends and get your priorities in order. Use this time get ready for a new and dynamic cycle that will occur for you in 2018, 2019 and 2020.  

SEPTEMBER 2015 DAY TO DAY FORECAST

  September 1-6

September 1: Take care of routine tasks rather than starting something new. September 2-3: Good days for activities that are grounding, down to earth and practical. September 4: Brainstorm and imagine, but hold off on making major decisions, as we could be prone to unrealistic expectations on this day. September 5: A fortunate day to get something accomplished and to understand life on a deeper level than usual. Social activities can be fun and interesting. September 6: Venus turns Direct. Refer to Reason #2 in opening section above.

September 7 – 10

September 7: Labor Day Holiday. We may be feeling more emotional and intense than usual. Drive carefully. September 8: New and unexpected experiences that turn out to be quite positive. Be open to the surprising and unusual.

September 9: Some information could be revealed or discussed that causes strong feelings and possibly a major difference of opinion. In either case, there will be a need to get more information before jumping to conclusions. It will be important to do some in-depth investigation and to keep an open mind. These or similar issues may turn up again even more strongly on September 24. It could take until October 23 before they are fully resolved. We are most likely to see this difference of opinion manifest in the outside world, but the following birth dates may be affected more personally: Aries –April 2 to 4; Cancer – July 4 to 6; Libra – October 5 to 7; and Capricorn – January 3 to 5. (The USA’s birthday is July 4, indicating this could be an issue we will hear about on the news.) This aspect will also affect those individuals with planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at the following degrees: 12 to 14° Aries, Cancer, Libra or Capricorn. (Astrological aspect on September 9: Mercury square Pluto. Normally, this would be a passing aspect, but because Mercury will go retrograde on September 17, it will end up squaring Pluto again on September 24-25 while it is retrograde. After Mercury resumes its forward motion, it will square Pluto for third time on October 22. Because this square occurs three times, its affect is likely to be longer lasting and stronger than usual.)

September 10: This is likely to be a day of high energy and exciting action. The general mood will be enthusiastic and optimistic.

September 11 to 20

Starting on September 11: From September 11 to 20: Proponents of opposing political, religious, humanitarian and ideological beliefs could reach a standoff in the outer world. Some of us may find conditions in our personal lives to be unclear or confusing. This is not a time to be swept up in over idealistic or unrealistic schemes. It can be a very spiritual time, but better to let things develop inwardly rather than to try to apply them to the outer world at this point. If something sounds too good to be true, it probably is. Wait until after September 22 when a clearer perspective returns. (Astrological aspect: Jupiter in Virgo opposite Neptune in Pisces. This aspect is exact on September 16-17, but will be felt over this entire 11 day period.)

September 12: Clean up and clear out clutter and focus on practical matters. September 13: The New Moon/ Solar Eclipse in Virgo at 12:41 am, MDT, indicates something is taking root now that will bring shifting circumstances over the next 3 to 6 months. This New Moon could direct our attention to issues involving health, healing and the environment. September 14-15: A good time to look at the condition of our surroundings and relationships to determine what we want to work on during the Mercury retrograde phase that starts on September 17. September 16: See “Starting on September 11” above.

September 17: The energies are shifting. First, Mercury goes Retrograde in Libra. Then Saturn moves out of Scorpio and into Sagittarius where it will stay until December 19, 2017. Refer to Reason #2 and #3 in opening section above. September 18: Get your projects done in the morning, as the afternoon could present some challenges. September 19: A day when our optimistic or idealistic urges could lead us to go overboard and end up doing or promising too much. Slow down, breathe and do something grounding. September 20: An upbeat day and a good time to think about how to make our lives more positive. Better yet, go do something fun and positive!  

September 21 to 30

September 21: Pluto seems to stop and then stand still for the next four days as it completes its retrograde phase and very slowly begins to move forward again (goes Direct) on September 24-25. This will make Pluto’s energies of transformation very concentrated and powerful this week. See Reason #2 above in opening section. September 22: The morning hours could bring some tense communications or technical glitches. The issues that arise at this time are likely to be even stronger on September 24. The evening is another matter. We will feel like having fun and could be drawn to do something out of the ordinary. Stimulating, exciting and unusual social activities, entertainment or romance could be on the agenda. September 23: The Autumnal Equinox occurs as the Sun moves into Libra at 2:21 am, MDT. A careful and focused attitude along with a balanced and positive outlook can be very helpful and lay the groundwork for the future. This positive energy will be needed because the next five days could be challenging. September 24: Mercury turns retrograde and forms a challenging aspect (square) to Pluto on the same day that Pluto changes to direct motion. Both energies are very strong at this time, but Pluto will always win in a test of strength. This is the second time in September that Mercury squares Pluto. The first time occurred on September 9. Please refer to that date. September 25: We may feel blocked and frustrated which could lead to anger, depression, irritation or criticism. We may not be sure what kind action to take. Be patient and careful. Take one step at a time. Do not try to force something to happen, as that will only make matters worse. This energy will fade out by the end of the next day. September 26: This day is best suited for inner contemplation, relaxation, imagination, creativity and spiritual pursuits. September 27- 28: The Full Moon/Lunar Eclipse occurs on September 27 in Aries at 8:50 pm, MDT. Since this is an eclipse, it indicates more shifts in circumstances. The Aries Moon energy is adventurous and ready to go, but there are indications that doubts or unclear information could hold things up through September 28. September 29-30: There could be some disruptions or power struggles out in the world that make us uneasy around this time. However, most of us will not be affected personally. This will be good days to get out in nature or do something very down to earth and practical. Emotions will be strong and deep the evening of September 30.

Love & Light to All You Beautiful Souls,

Judy Joyce

AUGUST 2015 FORECAST

Times shown below are Mountain Time (Zone 7), either Standard or Daylight time, as appropriate. See pertinent astrological aspects for the month at the end of this Forecast.  

AUGUST 2015 OVERVIEW

Where Do We Go From Here?

During August many of us will come face to face with the necessity of clarifying our values and priorities in order to make some important decisions and changes in our lives. A choice may need to be made between new opportunities and risks versus staying in restrictive current situation or continuing our current direction in life. For some of us, this could be fairly easy and could involve minor readjustments and rearrangements. For others, this could involve major life decisions such as relocating, changing jobs, changing life direction, beginning or ending a relationship or combination of the preceding.

This re-evaluation is partly due to Venus Retrograde in Leo which began in July and was discussed in last month’s newsletter. Click Here to review that information. From July 29 through August 8 a very strong planetary influence will interact with Venus, resulting in a strong energetic combination that is likely to speed up the re-evaluation process. This is due to a challenging pattern formed by a square (90° angle) between Jupiter in Leo and Saturn in Scorpio. A square means the energies of each planet and the sign they are in are at odds with each other. Something has got to give.

Jupiter and Saturn by nature are very different energies. Leo and Scorpio are also very different from each other. Jupiter’s energies bring a confident outlook and a desire to expand and improve. Leo is spirited, enthusiastic, generous and optimistic. Jupiter in Leo says, “Of course you can make positive changes in your life. Go for it – and do it in a BIG way while you’re at it!” Saturn’s energies are very serious and focused on responsibilities and practical matters. Scorpio is deep, intense and very private. Saturn in Scorpio says, “Forget all that silliness. Don’t upset the apple cart. Stay focused on your responsibilities, keep plugging along, and for heaven’s sake don’t talk about it!”

In addition, both Venus and Mercury in Leo and will join Jupiter in Leo during the first week of August. This will increase the desire to improve our lives. However, that means Venus and Mercury will also square Saturn. Saturn is in a very powerful position as August begins. It seems to be standing still as it prepares to turn Direct on August 1. That makes Saturn’s energies of responsibility and seriousness very concentrated and strong from July 26 to August 9.

We may feel like an impasse has been reached between expansion and contraction. Jupiter wants us to open up and take chances. Mercury (our mental outlook and communication) and Venus (our desire for love, enjoyment, and harmony) are in tune with Jupiter and are helping us picture a better life. However, Saturn’s energies could bring worries that safety, stability, security and the status quo are being threatened by these wild ideas. We may be afraid to change. We could decide to pull in, hunker down and pull the covers over our head. That strategy is very unlikely to work. The need to face reality will be too strong to ignore.

Making big changes in our lives can be scary, but it is also exciting and liberating. Although the energies of Jupiter and Saturn are quite different, they really need each other for a healthy balance. Too much Saturn energy can result in fearfulness, over caution, pessimism, and staying stuck in a bad situation with no hope of escape. Too much Jupiter can result in over-optimism, over doing and underestimating practical considerations. When each viewpoint is honored, the best of both can be used to make positive, responsible and practical changes that bring improvement and new energy into our lives. This is a periodic cycle in life and it is an important time when we can grow and mature and learn to balance these energies.

You may have already started making changes in your life or are thinking about doing so. However, don’t dismay if you are feeling blocked or confused and are currently hiding out in a dark room eating an entire package of Oreos. If this feels like a major turning point for you, here are a few questions you can ask yourself to help you use the best qualities of Saturn, Scorpio, Jupiter, Venus, Mercury and Leo to make your desired decisions and changes:

  1. Take inventory: Where am I now? Where do I want to go? How can I make it happen?
  2. What do I love and value most in life? What do I really want?
  3. If I keep doing what I’m doing now, where am I going?
  4. Am I on a path that seemed right when I started, but now seems going nowhere? Do I feel stuck and depressed? Am I following this path only because of pride, guilt or an over-developed sense of obligation?
  5. Am I willing to face my fears honestly and directly and see what is holding me back? Am I willing to expose these fears to the light of day and deal with them in a mature and responsible way?
  6. Instead of focusing on limitations, can I expand my perception of what is possible in my life, change my focus to positive outcomes and consider new options that I haven’t thought of before?
  7. Am I willing to do the work necessary to change my direction? Can I look realistically at what it will take to make these changes? Can I be patient and focused on building a new future?

The following birth dates are likely to feel the energies from August 1 to 8 quite strongly: Taurus -May 18-21; Leo – Aug 5-23; Scorpio – Nov 19-22; and Aquarius – Feb 16-18.

If you know your chart, look for the houses that contain 27-29° of Leo and Scorpio. Those are the areas in your life that are undergoing the re-evaluation. Also note planets, Ascendant or Midheaven at 27-29° of any sign, but especially those at 27-29° of Aquarius, Taurus, Leo or Scorpio.

Note: Some important changes and new challenges in the world may occur from July 27 to August 8 that will need to be addressed. This is likely to be a very significant period for the USA and President Obama. Would you like a free copy of your birth chart? I will be happy to send it to you. Please see the information at the end of this forecast. You will also find a link to a Planets, Signs, Houses and Aspects Handout for those who would like to learn more about astrology.

August 2015 week by Week Forecast  

July 29 to August 8 

July 29-31: At this point, we may realize that some changes and decisions in our lives need to be addressed over the next two weeks. We will have to find a way to balance expansion and growth in our lives with responsibility and practicality. The FULL MOON in Aquarius occurs on July 31 at 4:43 am, MDT. This full moon may bring us a new awareness of the significance the month of July has had on our lives. Perhaps some realizations and breakthroughs occurred in July that we didn’t fully understand until now. August 1-8: This entire period will be one of ups and downs. There will be great hopes for the future along with big doses of reality. This will be a good time to take stock of our lives and to see where we are now, where we want to go in the future, and what we need to do to make it happen. Try to be as realistic as possible. We will need a clear and honest picture of our life before we can make good decisions about our future. See the list of questions in the section above. On August 4 – 5 what we truly love and value may be quite obvious. We will have the energy and the will to pursue our desires at this time. On August 6 -7 communications will be lively and fast paced, but could meet with some resistance or the need for further information and thought. Good ideas and solutions to problems can occur suddenly and in surprising ways.  

August 9 to 15

August 9: This should be a lighthearted and busy day with lots of conversations and interesting ideas. August 10: A pleasant day that is favorable for activities related to home, family, nurturing and being with loved ones. August 11: Jupiter leaves Leo and moves into the practical and earthy sign of Virgo where it will stay until September 20, 2016. This is good news for Virgos. The next 13 months could bring you a surge of optimism, self-confidence and opportunity. You may feel an expanded sense of what is possible for you in life. No matter what our sun sign is, we can all benefit from the Jupiter in Virgo energy. The next year will be a favorable time for focusing on being useful, practical and helpful to others. It will also be a good time to improve our health, daily habits and routines. Clearing clutter, sorting and putting our surroundings in order will be very beneficial. If you know your chart, locate the house or houses that contain the sign of Virgo. This is where you can grow and expand over the next year by getting that part of your life reorganized and improved. August 12: This is likely to be a favorable day for imagination and dreaming. Gather information and ideas today, but hold off on making important decisions. We may be over optimistic, idealistic or a little fuzzy minded, and neglect to read the fine print. August 13-14: This is a time of enthusiasm, creativity and innovation. The NEW MOON in Leo occurs on August 14 at 8:53 am, MDT. This new moon will be a good time to plant seeds in our lives for positive, innovative changes. Think about doing something new and different while keeping in mind the work required to make it happen. August 15: A good day for being with others, especially if we are doing something helpful and productive. We may be able to perceive something more deeply and clearly today. Those insights could help us reach to a turning point in our quest to prioritize our values.  

August 16 to 22

August 1617: These are favorable days to get our surroundings organized, cleaned up, sorted and put into their proper place. August 18-19: The morning of August 18 will be a good time finish up our work projects. Our efforts are likely to be productive and effective. Starting that afternoon and through August 19, we are likely to be involved with others. This will be a favorable time for social occasions and fun. Exciting or surprising interactions with others are possible. Try doing something different and entertaining. Play now because the next three days will have a much more serious tone. August 20-22: Time for work and focus. We may have to work harder than we want to and could still feel like progress is slow. This is not a good time to challenge authority. Be patient, this is just a temporary situation. It is definitely not the best time to have a party.

August 23 to 31

August 23-24: These two days could bring some surprises that could spur us into action. We may feel the need to get away from work and duties and have some freedom. Keep schedules flexible so changes can be easily accommodated. August 25-26: Activities will be more settled and organized during this time. Work will proceed smoothly. Positive practical solutions to problems can be found. August 26 will be a favorable day to plan for the future and to start new ventures (but wait until after 9:30 am, MDT). August 27-28: These are favorable days for activities involving friends, group activities, social issues, humanitarian concerns and technology. We will be more open to innovation and cutting edge ideas at this time. August 29-31: This three day period will be a good time for imagination, creativity and visualizing. The FULL MOON in spiritual Pisces occurs on August 29 at 12:35 pm, MDT. This full moon could make us more aware of the mystical side of life. Emotions will be closer to the surface. Dreams and imagination are likely to be more vivid than usual. Compassion, intuition and the awareness that we are All One may be stimulated. Love in all its aspects will be very strong on August 31. This could take the form of anything from a personal romance to a general feeling of love for all mankind. No matter what, it will be a good time to think about the nature of Love.

Sending My Love to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy Joyce

  ______________________________________________________________  

Once you make a decision, the universe conspires to make it happen.

Ralph Waldo Emerson

_____________________________________________________________    

Would you like to know more about your own birth chart? I will be happy to send you a FREE COPY OF YOUR BIRTH CHART and a listing of the signs, houses and aspects of your planets in your horoscope. See Sample Email me with the following information and your chart will be emailed to you:

  • Name
  • Month – day – year
  • Time of day (exact, approximate, or unknown)
  • City, state, country

For those who would like to learn a little more about astrology, I have added some basic information on planets, signs, houses and aspects on my website. Click here to view ______________________________________________________________________________ Order your own Personalized One Year Forecast Report. See sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report Pertinent Astrological Aspects for this month are listed below. Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off.

Aug 1: Moon in Aquarius square Saturn in Scorpio and opposite Jupiter and Venus in Leo, 28°, Noon to 5 pm. Saturn Sta. Direct, 11:53 pm, 28° Scorpio. Aug 2: Mercury trine Uranus, 8:50 am, 20° Leo/Aries. Aug 3: Jupiter Square Saturn, 4:47 am, 28° Leo/Scorpio. Aug 4: Venus Rx conjunct Jupiter, 3:47 pm, 28° Leo. Uranus opposite Mars/Pluto midpoint, 20° Aries/Libra. Aug 5: Venus Rx square Saturn, 9:08 am, 28° Leo/Scorpio. Moon in Aries trine Venus and Jupiter in Leo, 3-6 pm, 28-29°. Pluto square Jupiter/Saturn midpoint, 13° Capricorn/Libra. Aug 6: Mars trine Saturn, 2:29 am, 28° Cancer/Scorpio. Mercury conjunct Venus Rx, 8:25 am, 28° Leo. Mercury square Saturn, 2:19 pm, 28° Leo/Scorpio. Aug 7: Mercury conjunct Jupiter, 1:09 am, 29° Leo. Mercury into Virgo 1:15 pm. Moon in Taurus square Venus in Leo, opposite Saturn in Scorpio and square Jupiter in Leo, 5 – 11 pm, 28-29°. Aug 8: Mercury opposite Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 2° Virgo/Pisces. Moon square Neptune, 2-4 pm, 9° Gemini/Pisces. Mars into Leo, 5:33 pm. Aug 9: Moon in Gemini sextile Uranus in Aries (12:30 pm) and Venus Rx in Leo (10:46 pm). Aug 10: Moon in Cancer sextile Mercury in Virgo (4:10 pm) and trine Neptune in Pisces (10:52 pm). Aug 11: Jupiter into Virgo, 5:13 am. Moon in Cancer opposite Pluto in Capricorn (7:16 am) and square Uranus in Aries (8:27 pm). Aug 12: Mercury opposite Neptune, 7:12 pm, 9° Virgo/Pisces. Moon in Leo conjunct Mars, 8:00 pm. Aug 13: Sun trine Uranus, 4:27 am, 20° Leo/Aries. Aug 14: NEW MOON, 8:53 am, 22° Leo. Aug 15: Sun conjunct Venus Rx, 1:22 pm, 22° Leo. Mercury trine Pluto, 1:54 pm, 13° Virgo/Capricorn. Aug 16: Moon in Virgo Aug 17: Moon sextile Saturn in Virgo, then Void of Course from 11:16 am to 2:22 pm. Moon into Libra 2:23 pm. Aug 18: Moon in Libra all day, square Pluto in Capricorn 5:30 pm. Aug 19: Venus Rx trine Uranus, 10:44 am, 20° Leo/Aries. Jupiter opposite Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 2° Virgo/Pisces. Aug 20: Moon in Scorpio square Mars in Leo and trine Neptune in Pisces, 6 – 10 pm. Aug 21: Sun square Saturn, 5:40 pm, 29° Leo/Scorpio. Moon in Scorpio square Venus in Leo, 19°, 4 – 6 pm. Aug 22: Moon in Scorpio conjunct Saturn and square Sun in Leo, Noon – 2 pm. Saturn opposite Venus/Neptune midpoint, 29° Scorpio/Taurus. Aug 23: Sun into Virgo, 4:38 am. Moon in Sagittarius trine Mars and Venus in Leo. Aug 24: Moon in Sagittarius square Mercury in Virgo, 3 – 5 pm. Sun opposite Uranus/Pluto midpoint. Aug 25: Moon in Capricorn sextile Neptune in Pisces and conjunct Pluto in Capricorn. Aug 26: Mercury sextile Saturn, 10:08 am, 29° Virgo/Scorpio. Sun conjunct Jupiter, 4:02 pm, 3° Virgo. Aug 27: Mercury into Libra, 9:45 am. Aug 28: Moon in Aquarius sextile Uranus in Aries, 10 am – noon. Mercury conjunct N. Node of Moon, 2° Libra. Aug 29: FULL MOON, 12:35 pm, 6° Pisces. Moon conjunct Neptune on Pisces. Aug 30: Moon in Pisces. Aug 31: Sun opposite Neptune, 9:39 pm, 8° Virgo/Pisces. Venus Rx conjunct Mars, 11:04 pm, 15° Leo.

JULY 2015 FORECAST

JULY 2015 OVERVIEW

The continuing radical restructuring energies are likely to stir up events and emotions in the world quite strongly in July. That is because the Sun, Mercury and Mars in Cancer will form challenging aspects to Uranus in Aries and Pluto in Capricorn off and on for most of the month. We may feel this in our personal lives, too. However, if we are already aware of changes that need to be made in our lives, July may bring us an opportunity to liberate ourselves and actually start making progress on those changes. This “opportunity” may arrive in the form of a disruption, an unexpected event or a confrontation/realization which results in an important shift in our life path. See the week by week forecast below for more information. Some of us will feel this much more than others. The following birth dates are likely to be the most strongly affected: Aries- born April 2 to 11; Cancer- born July 4 to 13; Libra- born October 5 to 14; and Capricorn- born January 3 to 12. If you have planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 12 to 21 ° of Aries, Cancer, Libra or Capricorn, you will also be likely to feel the energies of change in your life very strongly in July. The houses that contain 12 to 21° of Aries, Cancer and Capricorn are the areas in your life where the action will occur. The best way for all of us to use this energy productively is to be flexible, open to change and willing to do the work necessary to make changes happen. It will also be very helpful to tune in to the present moment, breathe deeply and slow down. On another note……

Let’s talk about the Goddess of Love:

Venus Retrograde July 25 to September 6, 2015

Whether we are male or female, the planet Venus, aka the goddess of love, is in charge of many things that are very important to us in life. Venus rules relationships, love, romance, money, possessions, values, social life, artistic and creative talents, enjoyment of life, beauty, balance and harmony. As July begins, Venus will seem to slow down in her path through the heavens. That’s because Venus is getting ready to go retrograde on July 25. Every 18 months Venus is retrograde for about a six week period. During those six weeks, we are given an opportunity to reconsider and re-evaluate all the areas that Venus rules in our lives. How Venus expresses her charms is colored by the nature of the sign through which she is traveling. Venus goes retrograde on July 25 at 0° of Virgo. By July 31, Venus will move out of Virgo and back into Leo, where she will stay until October 8. The Venus in Virgo Goddess enjoys expresses her love, creativity and values through down to earth matters, and is modest, hardworking, humble, health oriented, analytical, efficient, practical, and seeks purity and perfection. The Venus in Leo Goddess enjoys expressing her love, creativity and values through self expression, and is fiery, warm, spirited, dramatic, enthusiastic, generous, joyful, self-assured, fun loving, and does things in a big way with flair and imagination. Since Venus retrograde quickly moves out of Virgo back into Leo for the rest of the retrograde period, we may find ourselves putting practical down to earth matters (Virgo) on hold in order to reconsider and re-evaluate the side of our life that has to do with expressing our love through self expression, having fun, and a spirited enjoyment of life (Leo). During this Venus retrograde period from July 25 to September 6, we may ask ourselves, “Am I having fun yet? Am I joyfully expressing who I am? Are my values and priorities in life set up to enable me to fully live my life as a creative spirit? Am I fully expressing my Love?” Some may experience the Venus retrograde energy as a very subtle and mild influence. Others will find it to be much stronger. If your birth date is August 5 to 23, this Venus retrograde cycle could be very significant for you. In addition to the questions in the above paragraph, you may also ask yourself, “Am I embodying all the qualities of Leo that are the true heart of who I am?” For all: If you know your chart, look for the House(s) that contains 14 to 29 °Leo. This will be the area of your life that you are re-evaluating. Any planets you have at 14 to 29 Leo will also be part of this re-evaluation. The aspects that Venus makes to the other planets in your chart during the retrograde period are also likely to be important. Houses and planets with 0 to 1° of Virgo will be affected, too, but mainly because that part of us may have to be put on hold until Venus returns to Virgo on October 8, 2015.

July 2015 Week by Week Forecast

July 1 to 5 July 1: The “radical restructuring” energies are likely to be activated out in the world at this time. Some of us may tune into these energies and experience a generalized unsettled feeling. The Full Moon in Capricorn on July 1 will bring to a head situations that have been brewing for some time. Although the Full Moon occurs at 8:20 pm (MDT), we will feel its affects all day. This Full Moon will also bring us positive energies of compassion, intuition and spiritual understanding. Realizations and insights can suddenly occur. July 2 -5: A clash between the old and the new is indicated as the radical restructuring energies continue to be stirred up. Even though there are tensions, our outlook in general is likely to be positive. Many people will be excited about their ideas and plans for the future. On July 4, the USA’s birthday, the Moon will be in Aquarius, the same sign the Moon was in when the USA was “born” on July 4, 1776. The Moon’s sign in the chart of a country represents the people and the population as a whole. The Aquarian characteristics of freedom, individuality, equality and human rights are concepts held dear by the American people and are likely to be the focus during Fourth of July celebrations. (By both sides of the political spectrum) July 6 to 12 July 6: This could be a day of intense interactions with others. Something may be revealed that had been hidden. This could result in a transformative experience. Some of us may be able to make big changes in our lives at this time – if we use this powerful energy for the highest and best good for ourselves and others. July 7-8: The urge to move forward quickly will be strong. Avoid rushing into something headfirst without thinking things through. Constructive and caring activities that help others are likely to be successful. July 9-10: Practical, stabilizing and down-to-earth activities are favored over this two day period. We could also enjoy being out in nature during this time. July 11: We may find that we have to wait for something we wanted. This could start us thinking about what really is most important to us in life. July 12: Sudden changes that take us by surprise could occur. Used positively, this can be a time of breakthroughs and liberation. Whatever happens, it is likely to feel a bit like being on an emotional rollercoaster ride. The prevailing energies (Sun square Uranus) also suggest that some people will be feeling rebellious, angry, impatient and impulsive. Not a good combo. Drive defensively and keep in mind that some will be easily provoked. July 13 to 19 July 13: Communications are likely to be lively, positive and empathetic. Imaginative ideas could be the result. By evening, we may turn inward and do some serious thinking about our relationships and priorities. We could be getting a preview of some of the things we may re-evaluate and reconsider during the Venus retrograde cycle this summer as discussed in the July 2015 Overview above. July 14-15: Many of us could be feeling more emotional, sentimental and sensitive than usual over this two day period. The astrological influences (Mars opposite Pluto, Mercury opposite Pluto and Mercury conjunct Mars) suggest this may be a time when we feel we need to “circle the wagons” and form a secure and protected area around us. The radical restructuring energies are greatly stimulated. Our past efforts may have now reached a culmination and made way for positive and transformative changes to enter our lives. Our energy is high and we are willing to work hard to achieve our aims. Investigating and uncovering the truth may be very important now, but avoid getting obsessed with something. There is a possibility that some of the information we receive may have been manipulated to use as propaganda. Adopt a wait and see attitude. The New Moon in Cancer occurs on July 15 at 7:24 pm, MDT. At this time we could become aware that some major changes and decisions will need to be made in our lives over the next four weeks. We don’t have to figure it all out right now. What this involves will unfold and become clearer over the weeks ahead. July 16-17: This will be a good time to get out and do something fun, social or recreational. Experience the joy of being alive. Dance. Sing. Be silly. July 18: The tempo is likely to be fast paced, mentally stimulating and possibly nerve-wracking on this day. (Mercury square Uranus) Information can come out that is new and exciting. However, some people may be overstimulated and feel stressed, argumentative, rebellious or restless. For that reason, it’s probably not the best day to try to convince others to go along with your viewpoint or to work on a cooperative project. It is also a day when driving defensively and avoiding confrontations with crazy people is recommended. July 19: Take some time to rest and daydream for the first half of the day. The rest of the day will be a good time to get organized, clean house and take care of your health. July 20 to 26 July 20-22: These are favorable days for communicating with others and getting things accomplished. Practicality can blend easily with imagination and intuition. This can be a stabilizing time when we can be patient, responsible and think things through. By the afternoon of July 22, the energies start to speed up and we may sense a shift in tempo. July 23-26: The radical restructuring energies will have one more dust-up for the month during this time. July 23 is a mixed day. Communications and interactions with others can be pleasant and productive for most of the day, but by late evening we may find that things have taken a challenging and contrary turn. On July 24-26 we could have some positive ideas that are both imaginative and realistic. At the same time, we may sense the challenging astrological influence (Mars square Uranus) lurking in the wings and wonder what will happen next. It is possible something may erupt suddenly and surprisingly out in the world. This may not affect us personally, or if it does it may just be part of our ongoing transformational process. If we have been working on making changes in our life for quite awhile, this could be the push we need to go to the next step. If we have been resisting a needed change, then the pressure to change could increase dramatically at this time and the change may be thrust upon us. This is a particularly unstable influence and it will be helpful to realize that some people will not be able to handle it well. Use caution in driving and interactions with others. Venus will turn retrograde on July 25. See information in July Overview above. July 27 to 31 July 27-28: The general collective mood should be lighter by now and these two days can be inspirational, exciting and cooperative. July 29-31: At this point, we may realize that some changes and decisions in our lives need to be addressed over the next two weeks. We will have to find a way to balance expansion and growth in our lives with responsibility and practicality. For some of us, this will be fairly minor, for others, it will be a major turning point. We may be getting some hints during the last few days of July about what these changes and decisions will involve. More about this will be in next month’s forecast. The Full Moon in Aquarius occurs on July 31: at 4:43 am, MDT. Because it is the second Full Moon in the same month, it is also called a Blue Moon. At this time we may have a greater awareness of the significance that the month of July has had on our lives. Perhaps some new realizations and breakthroughs have occurred. This would be a good time to meditate on our lives and to see where we are now, where we want to go in the future and what we need to do to make it happen. Sending Love and Good Wishes to All You Beautiful Spirits! Judy Joyce

Love is a force more formidable than any other.

It is invisible – it cannot be seen or measured,

yet it is powerful enough to transform you in a moment,

and offer you more joy than any material possession could.

 

Barbara de Angelis  

__________________________________

Would you like to know more about your own birth chart? I will be happy to send you a FREE COPY OF YOUR BIRTH CHART and a listing of the signs, houses and aspects of your planets in your horoscope. See Sample Email me with the following information and your chart will be emailed to you:

  • Name
  • Month – day – year
  • Time of day (exact, approximate, or unknown)
  • City, state, country

For those who would like to learn a little more about astrology, I have added some basic information on planets, signs, houses and aspects on my website. Click here to view Pertinent Astrological Aspects Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off. July 1: Venus conjunct Jupiter, 1:51 am, 22° Leo. Sun trine Neptune, 3:10 pm, 10° Cancer/Pisces. FULL MOON, 10° Capricorn, 8:20 pm, Moon opposite Sun Capricorn/Cancer. Full Moon square Mars/Pluto midpoint. July 2: Mercury sextile Uranus, 6:54 pm, 20° Gemini/Aries. July 3: Mercury sextile Jupiter, 6:54 pm, 22° Gemini/Leo. July 4: Moon in Aquarius sextile Uranus in Aries, opposite Jupiter in Leo, trine Mercury in Gemini, and opposite Venus in Leo, 2 – 11 pm. July 5: Mercury sextile Venus, 2:19 am, 24° Gemini/Leo. Saturn opposite Mars/Uranus midpoint. July 6: Sun opposite Pluto, 9:36 am, 14° Cancer/Capricorn. July 8: Mercury into Cancer, 12:52 pm. Mars trine Neptune, 4:43 pm, 10° Cancer/Pisces. July 9: Moon in Taurus sextile Mercury in Cancer, 4-6 pm, 2°. July 10: Moon in Taurus sextile Neptune, sextile Mars, trine Pluto, and sextile Sun, from 5 am to 11 pm. July 11: Moon in Taurus square Venus in Leo and opposite Saturn in Scorpio, Noon to 4 pm, 27-29° Leo/Scorpio. July 12: Sun square Uranus, 8:53 pm, 20° Cancer/Aries. July 13: Mercury trine Neptune, 1:14 pm, 10° Cancer/Pisces.   July 14: Venus Square Saturn, 12:48 am, 28° Leo/Scorpio. July 15: Moon conjunct Mars, opposite Pluto, 1-3 am, 14° Cancer/Capricorn. Mars opposite Pluto, 8:08 am, 14° Cancer/Capricorn. Moon square Uranus, 1-3 pm, 20° Cancer/Aries. Mercury opposite Pluto, 5:38 pm, 14° Cancer/Capricorn… NEW MOON, 7:24 pm, 23° Cancer Moon conjunct Sun. Mercury conjunct Mars, 10:14 pm. July 18: Venus into Virgo, 4:38 pm. Mercury square Uranus, 7:07 pm, 20° Cancer/Aries. July 21: Sun trine Saturn, 5:08 am, 28° Cancer/Scorpio. July 22: Mercury trine Saturn, 11:51 am, 28° Cancer/Scorpio. Sun into Leo, 9:31 pm. July 23: Mercury into Leo, 6:15 am. Sun conjunct Mercury, 1:24 pm, 1° Leo. Moon in Scorpio square Sun and Mercury in Leo, 9 pm to midnight, 1° Scorpio/Leo. July 25: Venus sta. Retrograde, 3:29 am, 0° Virgo. Mars square Uranus, 3:42 am, 20° Cancer/Aries. July 26: Uranus sta. Retrograde, 4:38 am, 20°30′ Aries. July 27: Moon in Sagittarius trine Uranus in Aries, 6-8 pm. July 28: Moon in Sagittarius trine Jupiter and Venus in Leo, 7 am to 2 pm. Sun square Jupiter/Pluto midpoint. July 29: Sun sesquiquadrate Saturn/Pluto midpoint. July 31: FULL MOON, 4:43 am, 8° Aquarius, Moon opposite Sun, Aquarius/Leo. Venus retrogrades back into Leo, 9:27 am. Jupiter square Mercury/Neptune midpoint. Saturn opposite Mercury/Neptune midpoint.

 

JUNE 2015  Overview  Sun with sunglasses

 

OPPORTUNITY KNOCKS:

Jupiter Trine Uranus – All Month

This is the major theme in June and it’s a very positive one. The Jupiter in Leo energies of expansion, good fortune and optimism will be flowing (a trine) with the Uranus in Aries energies of excitement, initiative and breakthroughs. The nature of this formation is fiery, inspiring and enthusiastic. Through the entire month of June and into the first week of July there could be opportunities that help us make improvements in our lives and free us from restrictions. This desire to make some beneficial changes is not likely to be brand new. It has probably been percolating in our minds since September 2014. It is important to know that we will need to take the initiative ourselves to fully realize the potential of this energy pattern. Otherwise, it may be experienced as a pleasant and exciting time, but the larger opportunity for improvement and expansion could pass us by without being fully developed. All signs will all benefit from this energy, but some of us will feel it more than others. See your sign below. Note the dates in parentheses. These are the birthdates that will receive the strongest positive influence. Aries (Apr 7 to 14), Leo (Aug 9 to 16), and Sagittarius (Dec 9 to 16): This fiery energy will be exciting, expansive and right up your alley. There could be a tendency to just sit back and enjoy. An outside stimulus from an event or another person may be needed to motivate you into taking full advantage of your opportunities. Gemini (Jun 7 to 14), Libra (Oct 10 to 17), and Aquarius (Feb 6 to 13): This is likely to be very stimulating time with lots of ideas and inspiration. Others may offer you an opportunity, but it will ultimately be your personal initiative that makes things happen. Taurus (May 8 to 15), Cancer (Jul 9 to 16), Scorpio (Nov 9 to 16), and Capricorn (Jan 8 to 15): Some sort of event or new situation involving your home, family, work or health may motivate you to make changes and improvements in your life. Virgo (Sep 9 to 16) and Pisces (Mar 8-15): Some adjustments and changes may need to be made in your life in order to take advantage of new opportunities. If you know your chart, look for the houses that contain 17-24° of Aries and Leo. These are the areas in your life in which these opportunities are likely to occur. Also look for planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 17-24 ° of any sign. (See signs above to see how your personal planets/angles at 17-24° in each sign will experience the Jupiter- Uranus energies.)

CLEAR UP AND CLEAN UP:

Mercury Retrograde – June 1 to 12

Mercury Retrograde in Gemini will continue from last month. It will end its retrograde phase and go Direct on June 11. We should be able to make good progress June 1 to 11 related to completing or revising projects, repairing and general cleaning and clearing. It may take until June 24 to completely finish. Be patient. Since Mercury is still retrograde, be sure to double check communications and travel arrangements. What is Mercury Retrograde?

INNER TRANSFORMATION:

Saturn Returns to Scorpio – Jun 14 to Sep 17, 2015

Saturn is often referred to as the Great Teacher or the Lord of Karma. It takes 29½ years to make a complete circle through all the signs in the Zodiac, spending about 2½ years in each sign. As Saturn transits each sign, it coincides with tests and lessons in our lives that pertain to the houses in our birth chart that contain the sign Saturn is transiting, and to the aspects transiting Saturn makes to the planets in our birth chart. These experiences and our reaction to them ultimately bring us greater maturity, wisdom and strength of character. The lessons and tests may be big or small, depending on the individual chart, each soul’s karma and their level of consciousness. Saturn went into Scorpio on October 5, 2012. We all have the sign of Scorpio somewhere in our birth chart. This is an area of our life (house) in which we feel things deeply and intensely. It is also where we like our privacy and keep our secrets. It is a place where we connect powerfully to psychic energies and where we are likely to experience intense transformations in our lives. So when the “Lord of Karma” passes through, it can be a time of major intense and inner karmic clearing on a deep inner level. Saturn moved out of Scorpio and into Sagittarius on December 23, 2014. At that time we might have thought we were done with our Scorpio lessons. We would be wrong. Saturn is currently retrograde and will move back into Scorpio from June 14 to September 17, 2015. (Late in the evening of September 17, Saturn will reenter Sagittarius, where it will stay until December 2017.) This means we will experience the finishing phase of Saturn in Scorpio in our lives over the summer months (June 14 to September 17). For many of us, this may manifest as a reminder rather than a new challenge. We may think, “Oh yes, now I remember why I felt this way last year.” For others, it could be the confirmation they need to move forward. And for some, it could be the final realization that connects all the dots and becomes just the catalyst they need to complete their inner transformation. Much depends on the choices we have made in the previous two years. As stated above, for most of us, this summer could be a reminder or a confirmation of the lessons we have learned since October 2012. However, for those of us born in the last few days of our sun sign, this summer could be the final and major step of a deep inner transformation. While there still may be a few more challenges, this summer could also be a time of achievement and a feeling of moving up a level in consciousness. Many people will be very happy to release the old and move on. The list below shows how Saturn’s lessons and tests are likely to have affected your sun sign since October 2012. If you know the sign of your Ascendant, be sure to read it, too. Scorpio, Taurus, Leo and Aquarius:  These are the signs that have been the most strongly affected by Saturn’s transit in Scorpio. Major changes in life are indicated. Outer events and inner changes involving self realizations, physical challenges, relationships, home, family or career/life path may have resulted in inner transformations. Aries: Inner transformation through experiences involving power issues, intimacy, shared resources, financial obligations, inheritances, dealing with mysteries and secrets. Gemini: Inner transformation due to adjustments needed involving health, healing, work issues and daily routines. Cancer: Inner transformation due to experiences involving love, creative self expression, children and enjoyment of life that resulted in a deepening of emotions. Virgo: Inner transformation due to changes in thinking, new information, perceptions, mental outlook, attitudes and communications. Libra: Inner transformation due to changes in financial situation, self worth, security, values, talents and resources. Sagittarius: Inner transformation due to karmic clearing, spiritual studies, contemplation and service to others. Capricorn: Inner transformation involving goals and aspirations for the future, friends, kindred spirits, groups and humanitarian interests. Pisces: Inner transformation involving spiritual beliefs, religion, the search for meaning, foreign countries, other cultures, laws, morals and ethics. If you know your chart, locate the house or houses that contain the sign of Scorpio. This is the area in your life in which your inner transformation has been occurring over the past two years. , Also look for planets, the Ascendant or Midheaven at 27-29 ° of any sign. These parts of your chart will be interacting with Saturn this summer. (See signs above to see how your personal planets/angles at 27-29° in each sign will experience Saturn’s influence.)  

June 2015 Forecast

JUNE 1 to 15

June 1 to 3: The FULL MOON occurs in the enthusiastic and optimistic sign of Sagittarius on June 2 at 10:19 am, MDT. The Jupiter/Uranus trine will be activated. Ideas and inspiration for positive changes in our lives could lift our spirits and help us see the Big Picture. Pay attention to sudden insights and write down ideas when they occur. June 4 to 5: The Moon is in realistic and organized Capricorn during this two day period. Now we can start to focus on the nitty-gritty of how to make our aspirations a reality. Enthusiasm and creativity are high. We can work well with each other and get quite a bit accomplished. Communications and thinking will be lively and stimulating. June 6 to 7: Both days can be a good time to plan for the future, either on your own or with friends and colleagues. June 6 is favorable for discussions about possibilities and future plans. Our energy and excitement can help us move beyond our doubts. We may wake up on the morning of June 7 with lots of ideas. It will be a good day for visualizing, creating and imagining, but let ideas develop and expand inwardly today, rather than taking action out in the world. June 8 to 11: This may be quite a positive and active four day period. The energy and motivation to make things happen will be strong. Mercury will go Direct on June 11, which suggests that this entire week will be strongly influenced by communications, travel, technology and possibly the media. June 12 to 14: There could be a bit of a shift during this three day period. Our enthusiastic desire to start new projects and put our ideas into action may come up against a few obstacles on June 12-13. If that occurs, don’t try to force something to happen. Be patient. There is also a slight possibility that events in the world could put a damper on things in general for about a week.

JUNE 15 to 30

June 15 to 18: Enthusiasm returns the evening of June 15 with lively communications and exciting ideas. On June 16 the NEW MOON in the mentally active and clever sign of Gemini occurs at 8:05 am, MDT. This suggests that exchanging ideas and information will be very important over the next four weeks. Many of us may consolidate our plans and put our ideas into action. If there are any obstacles that are delaying things, the situation should start to improve after June 20. The Summer Solstice occurs on June 21 at 10:38 am as the Sun moves into the intuitive and nurturing sign of Cancer. Jupiter trine Uranus reaches exactness on June 22 at 7:43 am. The positive effects of this trine will stay with us through the first week in July. Communications may be a little fuzzy on June 23. It could be a good day for dreaming, imagining and spiritual pursuits, but it is not the best time for important communications or practical decisions. Wait until the next day when things are clearer. June 25 may bring lots of positive interaction with others. Relationships are likely to be fun and also full of surprises, with a possible unexpected turn of events that afternoon. The afternoon of June 26 through the afternoon of June 27 could be a good time to share positive feelings privately with someone. Emotions, inspiration and creativity will be strong. June 28 may bring unusual, sudden or unexpected social connections and inspirations. New relationships or creative projects could begin now that will continue and grow through July 1. The Jupiter/Uranus energies of expansion and optimism are strong on June 2930. We may be a little idealistic and over optimistic on June 29. However, June 30 should be an excellent time to launch a new project or to at least take some kind of action that improves our lives.

Go for it!

Sending Love to All You Beautiful Spirits! Judy Joyce

When opportunity knocks,

Answer the door!

__________________________________

Pertinent Astrological Aspects Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off. June 2: FULL MOON, 10:19 am, 12° Sagittarius. Moon trine Jupiter in Leo and trine Uranus in Aries. June 3-4 Moon in Capricorn sextile Neptune in Pisces and conjunct Pluto in Capricorn. June 5: Venus into Leo, 9:33 am. Mars sextile Jupiter, 5:38 pm, 17° Gemini/Leo. June 6: Venus trine Saturn, 12:23 am, 1° Leo/Sagittarius. June 6: Moon in Aquarius trine Mercury, 8:35 am. June 7: Moon in Aquarius trine Sun in Gemini, opposite Jupiter in Leo, trine Mars in Gemini, and sextile Uranus in Aries, 2 am to 9 am. Moon in Aquarius void of course starting at 8:30 am and continuing all day. June 8: Sun sextile Jupiter, 3:56 pm, 18° Gemini/Leo. June 9: Mars sextile Uranus 1:29 am, 20° Gemini/Aries. June 10: Mercury Rx sextile Venus, 6:52 am, 5° Gemini/Leo. Sun sextile Uranus, 3:30 pm, 20° Gemini/Aries. June 11: Moon in Aries trine Jupiter in Leo and conjunct Uranus in Aries, 11 am – 3 pm. Mercury Stationary Direct, 4:33 pm, 5° Gemini. June 12: Neptune Stationary Retrograde, 3:09 am, 10° Pisces. June 13: Mars and Sun in Gemini opposite Saturn/Pluto midpoint at 23° Sagittarius. June 14: Sun conjunct Mars, 23° Gemini. Saturn Rx into Scorpio, 6:38 pm. June 15: Moon in Gemini sextile Jupiter in Leo and sextile Uranus in Aries, 8 pm – midnight. June 16: NEW MOON in Gemini, 8:05 am, 25° Gemini. June 20: Saturn 29° Scorpio semisquare Pluto 14° Capricorn, approx. 7 am. Moon in Leo conjunct Jupiter in Leo and trine Uranus in Gemini, 1 pm – 4 pm. June 21: SUMMER SOLSTICE, 10:38 am, Sun enters Cancer. June 22: Jupiter in Leo trine Uranus in Aries, 7:43 am, 20°. June 23: Mercury square Neptune, 12:09 pm, 10° Gemini/Pisces. June 24: Mars into Cancer, 7:33 am. June 25: Moon in Libra sextile Venus in Leo, opposite Uranus in Aries and sextile Jupiter in Leo, 10 am to 6 pm. June 26: Moon in Scorpio trine Mars in Cancer, 2-4 pm. Moon in Scorpio trine Sun in Cancer, 9 -11 pm. June 27: Moon in Scorpio trine Neptune in Pisces, 6 – 8 am. Moon in Scorpio sextile Pluto in Capricorn, 3 – 5 pm. June 29: Venus in Leo trine Uranus in Aries, 12:26 am, 20°. Moon in Sagittarius square Neptune in Pisces, 1 – 5 pm June 30: Moon in Sagittarius trine Uranus in Aries, trine Venus in Leo and trine Jupiter in Leo, 20-22°, 8 am to 1 pm. July 1: Venus conjunct Jupiter, 1:51 am, 22° Leo. Sun in Cancer trine Neptune in Pisces, 3:10 pm, 10°. FULL MOON, 8:20 pm, 10° Capricorn.

 

MAY 2015  Flower lilac

Overview

For many of us a project or plan we have been working on or contemplating for quite some time will come to a head in May. We may find that there still is some work to be done this month before we can wrap things up. Maintaining  a patient and focused attitude and being willing to do what is needed in May will result in a successful outcome in June and July. There are two main reasons indicating this a time of revision and completion.

1. Mercury will be retrograde in Gemini from May 18 to June 11.

Since Mercury is the ruler of Gemini, this retrograde period is likely to be a strong one. Even though Mercury doesn’t turn retrograde until May 18, we may to start feeling its influence around May 5.

Here are some tips for using the influence of Mercury retrograde in the most positive way:

  • Most importantly: Mercury retrograde is not something to worry about. It is a natural cycle that occurs about three times a year. It is a time to turn inward and focus on the things in our life that need to be completed, revised, reorganized or repaired. It is an influence that can be used successfully. Many positive things can happen when Mercury is retrograde. They may just be a little different than what you expected. A sense of humor is always helpful.

 

  • This is not the time to begin something brand new. It is a time to pause and finish up things already started. It is also a favorable time to clean, organize and clear out things that may be cluttering up your life.

 

  • Mercury rules communication,  mental activities, transportation, travel and commerce. It also affects technology and equipment such as vehicles, computers, printers, machinery and telephones. It doesn’t mean all these things will go awry. However, it will be wise to be more vigilant than usual. Always double check verbal and written communications to catch any misunderstandings, miscalculations, mistakes, lost messages or delays. Don’t  assume others are perceiving things the same way you are. Be focused and aware while driving, walking, bicycling or operating equipment.

 

  • Understanding its influence can save you from mix-ups and misadventures and unnecessary stress. Be flexible and open to change. This can be a serendipitous time, when fun, surprising and exciting events happen.

 

  • Phases of the Mercury retrograde cycle: May 18 to May 29: We may become aware of and assess what needs to be completed, re-evaluated or revised in our lives. May 30 to June 11: May 30 is a major turning point when we can see more clearly what needs to be done and are ready to take action to do so. From then through June 11 is the time to finish whatever we have decided needs to be done. The things we put in motion during this period will reach their full potential around July 23.

 

  • The effect of Mercury retrograde will vary from person to person, depending on their personal birth chart. For some, it could have a very minor effect and may not even be noticed. For others, it can be a time of a major re-alignment in their life. This Mercury retrograde will be strongest for those born on the following dates: Gemini: May 24 through June 4. Pisces: February 22 through March 5. Virgo: August 26 through September 6. Sagittarius: November 25 through December 6.

 

  • For those born under any sign: If you know your chart, look for the house that holds 3 to 14° of Gemini. This is the area of life in which Mercury retrograde will operate. Natal planets, the ascendant or Midheaven at 3 to 14°of Gemini in your birth chart will also be involved.

 

  • The Mercury Retrograde influence will be particularly strong on: May 5, 9, 12, 18, 25, 27, 28, 30, 31. See details in the Week to Week Forecast below.

 

2. Saturn in Sagittarius will be opposed by Mercury, Mars and the Sun in Gemini.

This is another strong indication that something is coming to a head involving a project or plan that we have been working on for quite some time. Saturn’s influence may mean a temporary  delay because more work is required or we must wait for some other reason. If that should happen, do not worry. Do what is necessary. Patience and perseverance now prove to be worth it in the long run. This can be an important turning point in your life.

The Saturn aspects will be strongest for those born on the following dates:

Sagittarius: November 22 through November 26

Gemini: May 21 through May 25

Virgo: September 23 through August 27

Pisces: February 19 through February 23

If you know your chart, look for the house that holds 0 to 4° of Sagittarius. This is the area of your life being influenced by Saturn. Natal planets, the ascendant or Midheaven at 0 to 4°of Sagittarius , Gemini, Virgo or Pisces in your birth chart will also be involved.

Saturn’s influence will be the strongest on: May 2, 14, 15, 22. See details in the Week to Week Forecast below.

 

May Week to Week Forecast

*Days with a Mercury retrograde or Saturn influence are indicated in purple.

*Days with the most positive and easiest energies are indicated in blue.

MAY 1 to 9

May 1: Our interactions with others are likely to be friendly and productive in the morning, but may become a bit unstable and surprising that afternoon and evening. Be flexible.

May 2: Relax or catch up on routine duties in the morning. By afternoon, as Mercury begins to oppose Saturn, we may find we need to do some serious thinking and focus our attention on facts and a realistic approach. If reality turns out to be a lot less charming than you had hoped, don’t waste time feeling negative about it. Instead, make any necessary changes and move on.

May 3-4:  These two days bring a wave of positive and optimistic thinking and  good feelings about the future. The FULL MOON in Scorpio occurs on May 3 at 9:42 pm, MDT. Transformative and positive ideas, conversations and actions that began April 18-24 may now be manifesting. We are likely to strongly feel there is a brighter future ahead. This will be based on positive thinking and observable and actual facts. This is a time when blending optimism with practicality works very well.

May 5: The elation of the previous day needs to be tempered with good sense today. Mercury is not retrograde yet, but its influence will be strong on this day. Thinking may be fuzzy and  communicating or making decisions about important matters is not advised. Information may be unclear or incorrect. Do not make major decisions today. Wait until tomorrow. We may be a little more clumsy or distracted than usual Use extra awareness while moving about.

However, it will be a good day to dream, imagine, visualize, listen to music, do something creative or go to a sci-fi movie.

May 6: This is apt to be a very upbeat, positive day with lots of ideas, and even opportunities, for improvement in our lives. It won’t be wishful thinking, we are likely to have good reasons for optimism about the future. This is a good day to take some kind of action, whether large or small, that will improve our lives.

May 7-8: These are good days to focus on practical matters, planning and organizing. Ideas and actions designed to restructure our lives are favored.

May 9: The morning hours are dominated by idealistic, creative, and mostly likely, unrealistic thinking. Mercury (thinking) is squaring (challenging) Neptune (idealism, emotion, imagination). Good for creating and being inspired, but not for practical decisions. This will happen three times over the next six weeks. May 9 is the first time. The second time will be on May 28 when Mercury is retrograde. The third time will be June 23.

Be inspired today, but don’t sign papers, or make definite decisions and be careful in communications. Especially don’t believe everything you hear. What we do now may have to be redone when Mercury goes retrograde.

 

MAY 10 to 16

May 10: A lovely day for Mother’s day. The general mood is happy, friendly, open minded and optimistic.

May 11: Take care of routine tasks during the day rather than starting something new. That evening the general tempo of life may begin to speed up. This could amp up our nervous energy and we may feel more scattered, restless or impulsive than usual.

May 12: This day may be similar to May 9 (see above), but not as strong. It is more likely to be a dreamy unfocused sort of energy that will fade out by late afternoon (MDT). Again, avoid signing papers or making important decisions.

The evening hours are likely to be much more productive. At that time we can use our imagination  and come up with inspired ideas that are also practical. This would be a good time to visualize how we can transform our lives in realistic down-to-earth ways.

May 13: This should be a positive day, especially in the morning when the energies are very favorable for harmony and balance.

May 14: This day has mixed energies. Mars will oppose Saturn late this evening which means there may be extra work to be done today and some possible delays, which can be frustrating. We can overcome  our frustration with patience, focus and perseverance. The good news is that the energetic and enthusiastic energies of the Moon in Aries will also be providing us with a “can do” attitude.

May 15: Today is likely to be focused on continuing and completing whatever we started on May 14, but perhaps without quite as much enthusiasm.

May 16: This should be a very nice day in general. It will be a favorable day for social events, friendships, entertainment, fun and romance. The energies are loving, compassionate, imaginative, creative and caring. We will be more willing to help those in need and more understanding of others. Beauty will be inspiring and being out in nature can be very uplifting.

 

MAY 17 to 23

May 17: Another excellent day to commune with nature with down to earth activities that stimulate our five senses – vision, hearing, smell, taste and touch. Dig in the dirt, smell a flower, listen to the birds, gaze at a tree, eat a yummy meal – do some thing physical and grounding. The NEW MOON in Taurus occurs this evening at 10:13 pm, MDT, and sets the tone for the next four weeks. The energies of this New Moon bring a blend of practicality and optimism that can lead to a better future. We may have to make some adjustments to achieve our goals. Whatever changes we need to make are likely to be obvious.

May 18: Mercury goes retrograde starting today will continue through June 11. Stick to routine tasks today and stay low key. Thinking may be faulty at this time and information could be misleading. (See the meaning of Mercury Retrograde in the May Overview located at the beginning of this forecast)

May 19: The morning hours are inventive, lively and fun. By afternoon we may feel more like playing than working.

May 20-21: The focus is likely to be on home, family, nurturing and security matters. We may feel more emotional and sensitive than usual. Relationships could be intense on May 21.

May 22: The Sun is opposing Saturn today indicating another time when we might be temporarily blocked or delayed. Be patient and focused. (See more information on Saturn in the May Overview at the beginning of this forecast.) Even though there may be some challenges and frustrations, there are also other positive influences at this time that will help us deal with and get past any obstacles we may encounter.

May 23: The general outlook will be optimistic, enthusiastic, generous, outgoing and fun-loving. Another good day for social occasions, romance and entertainment. Get out and have some fun!

 

MAY 24 to 31

May 24: This will be a good day to rest up from all the fun we had yesterday. Take care of routine tasks, take the day off, play or lay around like a cat napping on a sunny windowsill.

May 25: This is Memorial Day and many people will be traveling. Try not to be one of them. If you are on the road, be aware that this is one of those possibly problematic Mercury Retrograde days mentioned in the overview for May located at the beginning of the forecast. It does not mean there will be problems, but be prepared for delays or changes in plans just in case.

There may also be a tendency today for some people to take unwise actions. Especially don’t try to cut corners or do anything secretive. Be wary of anyone who seems shady or has a deal “too good to be true”. If you don’t have to go out, stay home and let the world go by.

May 26: This will be a calmer day and a favorable time to get organized and attend to details. It will also be a good time for cleaning and  focusing on healthy habits.

May 27-28: These two days may bring some Mercury Retrograde challenges. Mercury will be squaring Neptune for the second time (see May 9). Fortunately, the Moon in harmonious Libra will be providing some positive influences, which will be helpful and could help things to go more smoothly. Again be inspired, but don’t sign important documents or make big decisions during this two day period.

May 29: A quieter day. Rest and focus on beauty, harmony and balance.

May 30-31: May 30 is the turning point in the Mercury retrograde cycle. At this time we may feel inspired and start to see how we can make progress on the desired revisions, re-alignments or completions in our lives. The astrological  influences during these two days are sensitive, inspirational, spiritual, compassionate, creative and imaginative. Feelings are deep and strong. We could have an opportunity to connect emotionally and spiritually with others at this time. We may also be inspired to create art, poetry or music.

We are also likely to be somewhat over idealistic and impractical at this time. This is a time for realizations rather than taking immediate action. If there is something you decide to do, wait until the afternoon of June 1 to initiate your plans. Your head will be clearer and that is also a more favorable time.

Until next time…..

 

Sending Love to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy Joyce

 

 

 

I have just three things to teach:

simplicity, patience, compassion.

These three are your greatest treasures.

 

Lao Tzu

 

__________________________________

 

 

 

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off.

May 1: Moon sextile Jupiter, 9-noon, 13°Libra/Leo. Moon square Pluto and opposite Uranus, 1-9 pm, 15-17° Libra/Capricorn/Aries.

May 2: Moon trine Venus, 7-9 am, 23° Libra/Gemini. Moon Void of course in Libra, 8:03 am to 7:47 pm.

May 3: Mercury opposite Saturn, 2:35 am, 3°Gemini/Sagittarius. FULL MOON, 9:42 pm, 13° Scorpio. Full Moon Sun and Moon square Jupiter, 13°Taurus/Scorpio/Leo. Full Moon Sun and Moon trine/sextile Pluto at 15° Capricorn (2° orb).

May 4: Sun Square Jupiter, 3:02 am, 14° Taurus/Leo.

May 5: Moon in Sagittarius conjunct Saturn in Sag, opposite Mercury in Gemini, and square Neptune in Pisces, 8 am – 11pm, 3-9°.

May 6: Sun trine Pluto, 1:08 am, 15° Taurus/Capricorn. Moon trine Jupiter and trine Uranus, 5 am – 4 pm, 14-18° Sagittarius/Leo/Aries.

May 7: Moon opposite Venus, 9 am – noon, 29° Sagittarius/Gemini. Venus into Cancer, 4:52 pm

May 8: Moon conjunct Pluto, trine Sun and square Uranus, 2 – 10 pm, 15-18° Capricorn/Taurus/Aries.

May 9: Mercury square Neptune, 10:09 am, 10° Gemini/Pisces. Moon trine Mars, 1 – 4 pm, 28° Capricorn/Taurus. Moon sextile Saturn, 8 – 11pm, 3° Aquarius/Sagittarius.

May 10: Moon trine Mercury and opposite Jupiter, 9 am – 7 pm, 10-14° Aquarius/Gemini/Leo.

May 11: Moon void of course in Aquarius until 8:52 pm. Mars into Gemini, 8:40 pm. Moon into Pisces, 8:53 pm. Moon square Mars,  8:54 pm, 0° Pisces/Gemini.

May 12: Moon conjunct Neptune, and square Mercury, 10 am – 6 pm, 10-11° Pisces/Gemini. Moon sextile Pluto, 9-midnight, 15° Pisces/Capricorn.

May 13: Moon sextile Sun, 9 am – noon, 22° Pisces/Taurus.

May 14-15: May 14- Moon sextile Mercury, trine Jupiter, 6 pm – midnight, 1° Aries/Gemini/Leo. May 15- Mars opposite Saturn, 12:03 am, 2° Gemini/Saturn. Moon square Pluto, 12 – 1 am, 15° Aries/Capricorn.

May 16: Venus trine Neptune, 12:49 pm, 10° Cancer/Pisces. Moon sextile Neptune and sextile Venus, 3 – 7 pm,  10° Taurus/Pisces/Cancer.

May 17: NEW MOON, 10:13 pm, 27° Taurus.

May 18: Moon opposite Saturn and conjunct Mars, 5 am – noon, 2-5°, Gemini/Sagittarius/Gemini. Mercury Sta Retrograde, 7:50 pm, 13° Gemini. Moon square Neptune, 6-9 pm, 10° Gemini/Pisces.

May 19: Moon sextile Jupiter and sextile Uranus, 4 -noon, 15-19° Gemini/Leo/Aries.

May 20-21: Moon in Cancer, no exact aspects on may 20. May21-Sun into Gemini, 2:45 am. Moon conjunct Venus, opposite Pluto and square Uranus, 10am – 7 pm, 15-19° Cancer/Capricorn/Aries. Venus opposite Pluto,  7:54 pm, 15° Cancer/Capricorn.

May 22: Moon sextile Sun and trine Saturn, 5 – 8 pm, 2°Leo/Gemini/Sagittarius. Sun opposite Saturn, 7:35 pm, 2° Gemini/Sagittarius.

May 23: Moon sextile Mars, sextile Mercury and conjunct Jupiter, 6 am – 11 pm, 8-15° Leo/Gemini/Gemini/Leo.

May 24: Moon in Leo void of course all day.

May 25: Venus square Uranus, 1109 am, 19° Cancer/Aries. Moon square Sun, 10-noon, 4°Virgo/Gemini. Mars square Neptune, 5:39 pm, 10° Gemini/Pisces. Moon opposite Neptune and square Mars, 8pm -midnight, 10° Virgo/Pisces/Gemini.

May 26: Moon trine Pluto, 8-11 am, 15° Virgo/Capricorn. Moon sextile Venus, 6 – 9 pm, 20° Virgo/Cancer.

May 27: Mercury conjunct Mars, 4:37 am, 11° Gemini. Moon sextile Saturn, 4-7 pm, 1° Libra/Sagittarius.

May 28: Moon in Libra trine Sun, Mercury, and Mars all in Gemini, 4 am – 5 pm, 7-11°. Moon square Pluto and sextile Jupiter, 8 pm – midnight, 15-16° Libra/Capricorn/Leo.

May 29: Moon square Venus, 1-4 pm, 23° Libra/Cancer. Moon in Libra void of course 2:20 pm for rest of the day.

May 30: Sun conjunct Mercury, 10:56 am, 9° Gemini. Moon trine Neptune, 8 pm – midnight, 10° Scorpio/Pisces.

May 31: Sun square Neptune, 7:08 am, 10° Gemini/Pisces. Moon sextile Pluto and square Jupiter, 7- 10 am, 15-17° Scorpio/Capricorn/Leo.

 

APRIL  2015bicycle and tree

FORECAST

 

OVERVIEW APRIL 2015

There are likely to be some shifts in direction in April for several reasons. First, although the last square between Uranus and Pluto took place in March, we will still feel the radical restructuring energies strongly, especially during the first half of April. This will likely be most apparent in outer world events. However, if we need to make some changes in our personal lives, we could get a not-so-subtle push, or a surprising breakthrough, that enables us to get on with it, ready or not!

Second, a total Lunar Eclipse will occur on April 4, furthering the shifting circumstances that began at the Solar Eclipse last month on March 20. These shifting circumstances will unfold from now through summer.

Third, Jupiter will change from Retrograde to Direct motion on April 8. This indicates we can begin to move forward on plans to improve and expand our lives. This could relate to something we have been thinking about or working on since September 2014.

Fourth, Pluto turns retrograde on April 16 and will stay that way until September 25, 2015. Pluto’s almost five month retrograde period suggests this spring and summer will be a time of going underground and of delving deeper into understanding what has occurred in our lives since January 2014.

 

APRIL 1 to 11

Blending practical plans with optimism and enthusiasm can bring positive rewards on April 1-2. April 1 will be the best day to start something important. April 2 is better for relaxing and enjoying, rather than trying to make something happen.

We will start to feel the energies building on April 3 as we approach the FULL MOON total LUNAR ECLIPSE on April 4 at 6:05 am MDT. The eclipse will be visible over a wide area of earth, but not in Europe or Africa. In our local area (Boise, Idaho), the partial eclipse will begin at 4:16 am MDT. The total eclipse phase will only last about six minutes, beginning at 5:58 am and ending at 6:03 am, MDT. The partial eclipse ends at 7:45 am, MDT.

This lunar eclipse is in the sign of Libra and will be opposing Uranus and squaring Pluto, which means the radical restructuring energies will be stirred up and swirling. We could have some sudden realizations, or something that has been hidden could be revealed that ultimately results in a shift of direction.

April 4 to April 8 is likely to be a very active and unsettled time and world events could reflect this. The Sun and Mercury in Aries will conjunct Uranus in Aries and square Pluto in Capricorn. This will add more energy and power to the urge for sudden change and transformation in the world. A crisis point could arise involving world leaders, terrorism, communications, technology, financial systems, commerce or transportation.

In our personal lives, we may find this a liberating time, although it probably will be somewhat of a roller coaster ride during the process.

Even though these are challenging influences, there is also likely to be excitement and hope for the future. A feeling that positive changes are a possibility could start around April 8 when Jupiter in Leo ends its retrograde phase and slowly starts to move forward. Jupiter in Leo wants to expand, uplift and improve the Leo qualities of creativity, enthusiasm and generosity. Pay attention to the inspiring ideas and feelings that are calling to you in April. As Joseph Campbell advised, “Follow your bliss.”

If you are familiar with your birth chart, look for the house, or houses, that contain 12-29 degrees of Leo and also look for any planets or angles at those degrees. These will be the areas of your life that are likely to expand and improve from now through August 10.

April 9 should be a positive, energetic and exciting day. If you want to start something on April 9, set it in motion before 11:40 am MDT. Then play and relax for the rest of the day.

April 10-11 will be a time to focus on realistic and practical matters. The evening of April 10 can be a caring time to spend with loved ones. Even though we would rather be playing on Saturday, April 11, it is likely to be a somewhat hectic day. We may have to attend to duties and other down-to earth matters instead of just relaxing and having fun.

 

APRIL 12 to 18

Pluto is sitting still in the heavens (from our view on earth) as it gets ready to turn retrograde on April 16. This makes the Plutonian energies of transformation seem very heavy, very strong and very intense this entire week. We may feel an increased pressure bearing down upon us, without knowing where it is coming from. This feeling is natural, so don’t be alarmed if it occurs. It will start to fade by the following week. Because the Plutonian energies are so powerful during this period, there could be a surge in radical restructuring energies out in the world. The good news is Pluto will start to move away from its close square to Uranus.  The radical restructuring energies could ease up a bit in the months ahead.

The influences on April 12-13 suggest a pleasant outlook and feeling thankful for the blessings in our lives.

On April 14 we may have to face some facts about ourselves or our relationships with others that are not fun. Or, we may have to set aside something pleasant in order to deal with duties and obligations. Or, we may feel lonely and overly serious. Or, we just filed our taxes and sent all our money off to the IRS. In other words, this is not a good day to throw a party! The general mood is likely to be serious or gloomy – pretty much of a downer for social occasions.

Things should be brighter on April 15. Creative and inspired ideas can occur if we trust our intuition. Pluto turns retrograde on April 16, as mentioned at the beginning of this section. April 17 will be a high energy day and that energy will need to be expressed. We could feel like what the heck – let’s just throw caution to the wind and have some fun. However, there is a strong possibility of going overboard and wearing ourselves out.  Avoid the temptation to take on more you can handle.

The NEW MOON in Aries occurs on April 18 at 12:57 pm, MDT. This is likely to be a demarcation in April when one phase ends and a new phase begins. The energies for the rest of this month are more positive than they have been in quite some time. We may begin to feel a little lighter.

 

APRIL 19 to 25

Our thoughts and feelings are likely to be compassionate, imaginative and idealistic on April 19. This would be a good day to get outside and enjoy the natural world.

April 20 is a favorable day to think about making plans to improve our lives and expand our options. However, wait to actually start any new projects until April 21.

The energies are very beneficial on April 21. This would be an excellent time to launch a new project or to open our minds to new perspectives and options. We can make substantial progress in transforming our lives now. Communications are likely to be positive and uplifting. Imaginative ideas for the future and ways to make them happen can result.

April 22 is also a very positive day, but better suited to continuing yesterday’s discussions, relaxing and having fun rather than beginning a new project.

April 23 is another good energy day with an emphasis on family, emotions and compassion.

The very early morning of April 24 could be a little hectic, but soon settles down. Communications are caring and practical later that morning. The afternoon will be a good time to finish up things and attend to routine duties rather than trying to make something happen.

April 25 would be a good day to think about ways to improve our lives and make some plans for the future. In doing so, we may become aware of some subconscious blockages that have been keeping us from achieving our goals.

 

April 26 to 30

The ideas we had on April 25 could blossom and grow on April 26. Creativity, optimism and a sense of fun are likely to be strong. Do something imaginative, social or entertaining.

April 27 is another one of those days when it is best to finish up things and attend to everyday tasks rather than starting something new.

On April 28-29 inspired and caring actions can be very helpful to others. Pursuits involving creativity, imagination or spirituality are also favored at this time.

We could wake up in a good mood on April 30 with a feeling that something has been successfully completed, even if we don’t know what it is. This will be a pleasant day in general and work should proceed smoothly and efficiently. That evening our minds become more active and our curiosity begins to stir. We start to wonder what is coming in May…..

 

Much Love to All You Beautiful Spirits!

Judy Joyce

 

Live in the sunshine,

swim in the sea,

drink the wild air.

 

Ralph Waldo Emerson

 

__________________________________

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Time, either Standard or Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off.

Apr 1: Moon trine Pluto, 6-8 pm, 15° Virgo/Capricorn.

Apr 2: Mercury trine Saturn, 6:21 am, 5° Aries/Sagittarius. Sun trine Jupiter, 11:20 am, 13° Aries/Leo. . Moon in Virgo Void of Course all day.

Apr 3: Moon sextile Saturn, 9-11am, 5° Libra/Sagittarius. Moon opposite Mercury, 3-5 pm, 7° Libra/Aries.

Apr 4: Full Moon Lunar Eclipse, 6:05 am, 14° Libra. Moon square Pluto and opposite Uranus, 5 am to 10 am, 15-16° Libra/Capricorn/Aries.

Apr 5: Sun square Pluto, 9:05 am, 16° Aries/Capricorn.

Apr 6: Mercury trine Jupiter, 7:26 am, 13° Aries/Leo. Sun conjunct Uranus, 8:08 am, 16° Aries.

Apr 7: Mercury square Pluto, 6:05 pm, 16° Aries/Capricorn. Moon in Scorpio Void of Course from 2:42 pm through rest of the day.

Apr 8: Mercury conjunct Uranus, 6:20 am, 17° Aries. Jupiter Sta. Direct, 10:58 am, 13° Leo.

Apr 9: Moon in Sagittarius trine Uranus, Mercury and Sun, 5 am to noon, 17-19° Aries. Sun conjunct Mercury, 10:01 pm, 20° Aries. Moon in Sagittarius Void of Course from 11:42 am through rest of the day.

Apr 10: Moon in Capricorn trine Mars and sextile Neptune, 7 to 11 pm, 8-9° Taurus/Pisces.

Apr 11: Venus into Gemini, 9:29 am. Moon conjunct Pluto and square Uranus, 9 am- 1pm, 16-17° Capricorn/Aries. Moon square Sun  8 to 10 pm, 22° Capricorn/Aries.

Apr 12: Mars sextile Neptune, 11:23 am, 9° Taurus/Pisces.

Apr 13: Moon in Aquarius opposite Jupiter and trine Uranus, 8 am to 5 pm, 13-17° Leo/Aries.

Apr 14: Mercury into Taurus, 4:52 pm. Moon in Pisces square Venus and Saturn,  8 to 10 pm, 4° Gemini/Sagittarius. Venus opposite Saturn, 10:25 pm, 4° Gemini/Sagittarius.

Apr 15: Moon in Pisces sextile Mars and sextile Pluto, 7 am to 4 pm, 11-16° Taurus/Capricorn.

Apr 16: Pluto Sta. Retrograde, 9:51 pm, 16° Capricorn.

Apr 17: Mars square Jupiter, 6:29 pm, 13° Taurus/Leo. Moon trine Jupiter, 10 am to noon, 13° Aries/Leo. Moon in Aries square Pluto and conjunct Uranus, 3 to 7 pm, 16-17° Capricorn/Aries.

Apr 18: NEW MOON, 12:57 pm, 28° Aries.

Apr 19: Mercury sextile Neptune, 1:13 am, 9° Taurus/Pisces. Venus square Neptune, 4:30 am, 9°Gemini/Pisces. Moon in Taurus sextile Neptune, conjunct Mercury, square Jupiter, conjunct Mars and trine Pluto, 6 am to 6 pm.

Apr 20: Sun into Taurus, 3:42 am. Mercury square Jupiter, 10:16 pm, 13° Taurus/Leo. Moon in Taurus Void of Course until 5:28 pm.

Apr 21: Mars trine Pluto, 3:31 pm, 16° Taurus/Capricorn. Moon in Gemini conjunct Venus and sextile Jupiter, noon to 5 pm, 12-13° Gemini/Leo. Moon sextile Uranus, 10 pm – midnight, 17° Gemini/Aries.

Apr 22: Mercury trine Pluto, 7:25 am, 16° Taurus/Capricorn. Venus sextile Jupiter, 12:41 pm, 13° Gemini/Leo. Mercury conjunct Mars, 5:04 pm, 16° Taurus. Moon in Gemini Void of Course all day until 10:25 pm.

Apr 23: Moon trine Neptune, 2 to 5 pm, 9° Cancer/Pisces.

Apr 24: Moon in Cancer sextile Mars and square Uranus, 6 am to 8 am, 17° Taurus/Aries. Moon sextile Mercury, 10 am to noon, 20° Cancer/Taurus. Moon Void of Course from 11:04 am through rest of the day.

Apr 25: Moon trine Saturn, 1-3 pm, 4° Leo/Sagittarius. Moon square Sun,  5-7 pm, 5° Leo/Taurus.

Apr 26: Venus sextile Uranus, 3:31 pm, 18° Gemini/Aries. Moon conjunct Jupiter 7-9 am, 13° Leo. Moon in Leo trine Uranus, sextile Venus and square Mars, 5-10 pm,  18-19° Aries/Gemini/Taurus.

Apr 27: Moon Void of Course in Leo until 7:07 pm.

Apr 28: Moon in Virgo trine Sun and opposite Neptune, 10 am -3 pm, 8-9° Taurus/Pisces.

Apr 29: Sun sextile Neptune, 5:11 pm, 9° Taurus/Pisces. Moon in Virgo square Venus and trine Mars, noon – 3 pm,  21° Gemini/Taurus.

Apr 30: Moon trine Mercury, 5 am- 8 am, 29° Virgo/Taurus. Moon sextile Saturn, 1-4 pm, 3° Libra/Gemini. Mercury into Gemini, 8:00 pm.

 

FORECAST Tulips 3

MARCH          

2015

Overview

The square (90° angle) between Uranus and Pluto which has produced the radical restructuring energies in the world and in our personal lives over the past 7-8 years will reach its seventh and final exact square on March 16, 2015. During March and through the first week of April these energies are likely to reach peak intensity. It is possible that there will be a last big surge in disruptive energy, but because the world is already in such a volatile state, it may just seem to be more of the same.

These unsettling energies will still be strong through 2015, but the good news is their unrelenting and pressing nature should begin to weaken over the next few months. However, we can’t realistically expect that the turmoil in the world will magically disappear. Change and transformation will be with us for several years as we deal with the repercussions of the volatile energies that have been released into the world over the past 7 to 8 years.

March will be a turning point of some kind – as yet to be determined…..

 

MARCH 1 to 7

Although March will be a month of very intense and challenging energies, there will be positive and exciting energies, too, especially March 1-6. Our sense of what is possible could be awakened and expanded. We could also be inspired by scientific news, especially relating to space exploration. The potential exists for innovative peace plans or overtures out in the world. It is likely to be quite challenging to reach agreement between conflicting factions, but it is an opportunity to at least make some progress.

Whether these opportunities manifest in the world or not, as individuals we can use these energies to open ourselves to new and stimulating ideas regarding own future plans and possibilities. Take some time to explore and imagine your future with out thinking, “Yes, but…”

The Full Moon occurs on March 5 in the practical and efficient sign of Virgo (11:05 am MST). Seeds that were planted last month around the New Moon on Feb 18 will now be in full bloom. This full moon has the potential for transformations that can have a real and tangible effect in our lives. Attention to detail and being organized will bring positive results at this time.

By the end of the day on March 7, we may intuitively feel a shift as the radical restructuring energies gain strength and become more intense and unpredictable.

 

MARCH 8 to 21

It will be a good idea to proceed slowly during this two week period and to avoid starting any major projects, if possible. There are three main reasons for this:

 

(1) Saturn turns Retrograde on March 14, 2015

Saturn, planet of tests, discipline, reality and responsibility, will slow down and seem to stop around March 8 as it prepares to turn retrograde on March 14. Then it very slowly begins to move backward and retrace its path. This means Saturn will seem to be standing still in the heavens (as seen from earth) from March 8 to 20. During this period we will experience Saturn’s energies as even heavier and more concentrated than usual.

As Saturn makes this shift in direction, it will be in a challenging pattern with Mercury, the planet of communication, transportation, technology and thinking. Saturn will also be in a challenging aspect with Neptune, planet of sensitivity, compassion and idealism. This indicates that information, communications and the general mental outlook at this time are apt to be overly critical, worried or pessimistic. There could be delays or misinterpretations that adversely affect communications and transportation. In general, things could be unclear, confusing or blown out of proportion. Not the right conditions to start something important in our lives if we can avoid it.

What we individually can do this week is stop, step back and see if there is a part of our life that is in need of focus, organization or revision. Hint: (A) You really would rather not do it because it seems too hard. (B)  It is probably something that is going to take more work than you planned. (C) You are going to have to do it anyway.

Even though this may seem like a daunting task, the work and attention you put in now will pay off later. This re-working phase is likely to take until the end of July 2015. The completion phase will be August 1 to November 8, 2015. Some will find this relatively easy to do. Others will be more challenged. Here is some motivation: the more challenging it is, the more there is to be gained in the long run.

You are likely to be strongly affected by Saturn’s retrograde phase if:

  • Your birthday is November 18 to 28; February 15 to 25; May 17 to 27; or August 18 to 29.
  • You have planets or angles in your natal chart at 26 to 29° of Scorpio, Taurus, Leo or Aquarius; or at 0 to 6° of Sagittarius, Gemini, Virgo or Pisces.

If you know your chart, check to see which house contains 26° Scorpio through 6° of Sagittarius. This is the area of your life in which you will be focusing on responsibilities and getting your ducks in a row.

 

(2) Final Uranus /Pluto Square on March 16, 2015

 (The Radical Restructuring Energies)

The square occurs on March 16, but will be in effect the entire month. The peak in intensity will likely be March 8 to 21. There is a strong possibility of increased aggression or military action in the world that may be sudden and shocking. There may be a release of pent up energy. There could also be a breakthrough of some sort. Many people may feel more agitated, impatient or assertive than usual. Slow down and be extra careful in general, especially while driving.

As individuals, this could be a time when we push through obstacles to finalize personal changes and transformations in our lives that have been building for quite some time, possibly for years.

You are likely to be strongly affected by this final Uranus Pluto square if:

  • Your Birthday is January 3 to 9; April 2 to 8; July 4 to10; or October 5 to 11.
  • You have planets or angles in your natal chart at 12 to 18° of Capricorn, Aries, Cancer or Libra.

If you know your chart, check to see which houses contain 12-18° of Aries and Capricorn. These are the areas of your life in which the radical restructuring energies of change and transformation are occurring.

 

(3) Total Solar Eclipse at 29 degrees of Pisces on March 20, 2015

Solar eclipses happen about twice a year and indicate a time of shifting circumstances. Sometimes an eclipse brings a crisis which precipitates the shift. The effects can last for three to six months.

Where the shadow of the solar eclipse falls indicates which parts of the world will be most affected by the eclipse. The total eclipse path only passes over very high Northern latitudes. The only populated area that will experience totality will be Svalbard, Norway and the Faroe Islands. However, a partial solar eclipse will be experienced in Europe, northern and eastern Asia and northern and western Africa. We will not be able to see the eclipse in the United States.

As discussed in last month’s forecast, this eclipse is particularly interesting and significant because it is at the last degree (29°) of the last sign in the zodiac (Pisces). This indicates a time when something is finishing. A cycle is ending. A new cycle will begin, but the ending phase will probably be more visible at this time. It may take three to six months to complete. The effects of the eclipse are very strong ten days before and after it occurs. So we each should get some indication from March 10 to 30 as to how, or if, this eclipse will bring shifting circumstances into our life.

You are likely to be strongly affected by this Solar eclipse if:

  • Your Birthday is March 18 to 22; Jun 18 to 22; September 20-24; and December 20 to 23.
  • You have planets or angles in your natal chart at 28-29 ° Pisces or 0-1°Aries; 28-29° Gemini; 0-1° Cancer; 28-29° Virgo; 0-1° Libra; 28-29° Sagittarius; 0-1° Capricorn.

If you know your chart, check to see which house contains 29° Pisces. This is where you will be completing something in your life over the next three to six months.

The March 20 Solar Eclipse occurs at 3:36 am, MDT at 29° of Pisces, the last sign of the zodiac, followed 13 hours later at 4:45 pm by the Spring Equinox as the Sun enters 0° Aries, the first sign of the zodiac. This is a powerful symbol of the ending of one cycle and the beginning of another.

We will have a Lunar Eclipse on April 4, 2015. More about that next month…..

 

MARCH 22-31

Although the intense energies mentioned above are still with us, whether we realize it or not, we have just moved into a new phase. March 22 to 23 will be a good time for a realistic assessment of current conditions and to focus on practical and concrete issues. Activities related to security and stability are favored.

On March 24 we will need to face some facts that may seem a little disappointing. That feeling fades away on March 25 as new ideas and enthusiasm bring positive and practical plans for the future.

The morning of March 26 will be best suited to attending to routine duties rather than beginning something new. Catch up on neglected chores or better yet, take the morning off to visualize and daydream.

On March 27 the morning hours should be pleasant, but the radical restructuring energies will be stirred up that afternoon and evening. People may be feeling a bit prickly, over sensitive or emotional. There will also be a tendency to go overboard on socializing or spending money.

Focus on matters pertaining to home, family and domestic life on March 28.

March 29 will be a positive and optimistic day and a good time for social events, romance or getting together with friends.

We may not feel much like working on March 30 and it could be hard to get things moving then and the morning of March 31. However, by the afternoon of March 31, the energy shifts and the focus will be on practical matters and getting organized.

 

We made through March! Even if it’s not clear yet, we have passed a significant point in our development. See you in April….

 

Happy Spring to All You Beautiful Spirits, Judy Joyce

     Tulips 3

 

 

 

When a great ship is in harbor and moored,

it is saved, there can be no doubt.

But that is not what great ships are built for.

 

Clarissa Pinkola Estes

 

__________________________________

Pertinent Astrological Aspects:

Times shown are Mountain Standard Time or Mountain Daylight Time, as appropriate. Degrees have been rounded off.

Mar 1: Mercury sextile Pluto, 8:55am, 15° Aquarius/Aries. Mercury opposite Jupiter, 2:15 pm, 15° Aquarius/Leo.

Mar 2: Moon in Leo, trine Saturn in Sag, trine Venus, Mars and Uranus in Aries and conjunct Jupiter in Leo, 1 am to 11 pm.

Mar 3: Jupiter trine Uranus, 5:27 am, 15° Leo/Aries.

Mar 4: Venus trine Jupiter, 8:14 am, 15°Aries/Leo. Venus conjunct Uranus, 11:46 am, 15° Aries. Venus square Pluto, 8:15 pm, 15° Aries/Capricorn.

Mar 5: FULL MOON, 15° Virgo 11:05 am, Moon trine Pluto, 11:36 am, 15° Virgo/Capricorn. Sun sextile Pluto, 5:16 pm, 15° Pisces/Capricorn.

Mar 7: Moon opposite Uranus, 11:49 pm,

Mar 8: Moon square Pluto, 12:27 am.

Mar 9: Uranus square Mercury/Saturn midpoint. Pluto conjunct Mercury/Saturn midpoint.

Mar 10: Mars trine Jupiter, 14° Aries/Leo

Mar 11: Mars conjunct Uranus, 10:06 am, 15° Aries. Mars square Pluto, 4:37 pm, 15° Aries/Capricorn.

Mar 12: Mercury enters Pisces. Mercury conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 0° Pisces.

Mar 13: Mercury semisquare Mars/Uranus midpoint and conjunct Mars/Pluto midpoint.

Mar 14: Saturn stationary retrograde, 5° Sagittarius. Sun conjunct Mercury/Uranus midpoint and semisquare Mercury/Pluto midpoint.

Mar 15: Sun semisquare Saturn/Uranus midpoint and square Saturn/Pluto midpoint. Moon in Capricorn square Uranus, conjunct Pluto, and square Mars.

Mar 16: Mercury square Saturn, 3:41 am, 5° Pisces/Sagittarius. Uranus Square Pluto, 7:50 pm, 15° Aries/Capricorn. Venus into Taurus, 4:15 am.

Mar 17: Sun semisquare Neptune/Pluto and conjunct Uranus/Neptune.

Mar 18: Mercury conjunct Neptune, 2:49 am, 8° Pisces. Moon in Pisces square Saturn in Sag, and conjunct Neptune and Mercury in Pisces, 10 am to 8 pm.

Mar 20: NEW MOON/ SOLAR ECLIPSE, 3:36 am, 29° Pisces. Spring Equinox, 4:45pm, Sun into Aries.

Mar 21: Moon in Aries square Pluto on Capricorn and conjunct Uranus and Mars in Aries, 4 am to 6 pm.

Mar 22: Mercury sextile Pluto, 2:25 pm, 15° Pisces/Capricorn. Moon in Taurus conjunct Venus in Taurus and sextile Neptune in Pisces, 2pm to 7 pm.

Mar 23: Moon in Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn and sextile Mercury in Pisces, 5 am to 10 am.

Mar 24: Venus sextile Neptune, 12:26 am, 8° Taurus/Pisces. Moon in Gemini opposite Saturn and square Neptune, 2 pm to 11 pm.

Mar 25: Sun trine Saturn, 1:25 pm, 5° Aries/Sagittarius. Moon in Gemini sextile Jupiter in Leo and sextile Uranus in Aries, 5 am to 1 pm.

Mar 26: Moon in Gemini void of course until 1:45 pm.

Mar 27: Moon in Cancer trine Neptune in Pisces and sextile Venus in Taurus, 4 am to 2 pm. Venus square Jupiter, 8:11 pm, 13° Taurus/Leo. Moon in Cancer square Uranus in Aries and opposite Pluto in Capricorn, 5 pm to 9 pm.

Mar 28: Moon in Cancer trine Mercury in Pisces and square Mars in Aries, 2 pm to 9 pm.

Mar 29: Moon in Leo trine Saturn in Sagittarius and trine Sun in Aries, 7 am to 7 pm.

Mar 30: Venus trine Pluto, 1:45 am. Moon void of course in Leo all day. Mercury into Aries, 7:44 pm.

FEBRUARY 2015 FORECAST

infinity

 

General Forecast February 2015

The radical restructuring energies of Uranus square Pluto are likely to expand in the world as we approach the final Uranus Pluto square on March 16. We could see escalating tensions, upsets, instability and possibly military actions.

Change and transformation will be occurring in our personal lives, too. It could be somewhat challenging, but it could also result in positive breakthroughs and new plans for the future.

 

Week of February 1 to 7

All week:

Mercury is Retrograde until February 11. This is a good time for revisions, to catch up on projects, clear up and clean-up. However, mix-ups and delays can occur involving communication and transportation. Double check information and travel details. Drive extra carefully. Need more information? Click here: What is Mercury Retrograde?

Feb 1-2: There are some helpful influences for us as the week begins. Compassion, understanding, caring, imagination and innovation can blend together and lift our spirits. This is a good time to bring positive change and liberation into our lives, even if only in a small way.

Feb 3-4: The Full Moon in Leo occurs at 4:09 pm, MST, on Feb 3. This Full Moon will bring expansive, uplifting, creative and positive energies. We may realize that improvements have occurred in our lives over the previous two weeks. This is likely due to our actions and thoughts around the last New Moon on Jan 20. At that time we planted seeds that are now blooming. Be open to sudden insights and to looking at life with a new perspective. This is a good time to update our ideas and revise projects. We will be able to see what needs to be done in order to achieve our objectives. And, even more importantly, we will have the focus and discipline to do it.

Feb 5-7: Clearer thinking and deeper emotional connections with others can be transforming during this two day period.

 

Week of February 8 to 14

Things to keep in mind all week:

  • Mercury goes direct on Feb 11. The retrograde effect is often very strong about 3-4 days before and after it ends. This means the entire week of February 8 will be subject to a strong Mercury retrograde influence. Be extra aware while driving. Double check information, communications and travel plans. Finish up projects, repairs and reorganizing.
  • As tensions in the outer world mount, we can focus on maintaining our balance and making our individual lives as peaceful as possible this week. Tune in to what is really important and tune out the constant barrage of mass media static. This is a good time to focus on and be grateful for the things that make our hearts sing and give us energy, as opposed to what we think we “should” be doing.

Feb 8-9: The afternoon of Feb 8 could bring up some relationship challenges, but by that evening we can resolve any differences. Overall, this is a good time to be with friends and loved ones. It can help us appreciate the importance of having positive connections with others in our lives.

Feb 10-11: We can become more aware of the deeper spiritual meaning behind every situation at this time. Look beneath the surface. Bravely face what is hidden in the shadows. Take back your power.

Feb 12-13: Search for the positive meaning in each situation and keep an optimistic outlook. Look at the “Big Picture”. Get outside in nature. Do something fun and playful. Laughter is healing.

Feb 14: Recognize the pattern and structures in your life that provide you with security and a solid base. Be grateful for the work and effort that you and others have done to make your life stable and reliable.

 

Week of February 15 to 21

Feb 15: This will be a good day to focus on duties, responsibilities and re-organization. If there is something that needs to be transformed in your life, it is likely to come to your attention today.

Feb 16: Get up early to take advantage of the pleasant, creative, romantic and friendly energies that are in affect today. Spend time with pleasant companions. This would be a good day to invite someone you like out to lunch.

Feb 17: The energies today are innovative, imaginative and exciting. Think about what you want for yourself in the future. Think big.

Endings and Beginnings…….

Feb 18: New Moon in Aquarius at 4:46 pm, MST. This New Moon is at the 29th degree of Aquarius (29° is the last degree in each sign) suggesting something is ending and something else is beginning.

The 29th degree is a very important degree in astrology. Besides signifying the end of something, it is a time of finalizing our accomplishments before we move on to a new area. We could compare it to taking our finals and demonstrating our mastery of what we have learned in order to graduate. There can be a sense of urgency to complete something before we move on to the next phase.

This particular new moon is even more interesting because 29° Aquarius is also the current midpoint of transiting Uranus and Pluto. The Feb 18 New Moon will conjunct the Uranus/Pluto midpoint. That indicates a strong urge to complete something pertaining to the radical restructuring energies will be stimulated both in the outside world and in our personal lives.

Even the Uranus/Pluto midpoint in Aquarius will be changing signs. The midpoint of Uranus/Pluto has been in Aquarius during six squares between Uranus and Pluto that occurred in 2012, 2013 and 2014. The Uranus/Pluto midpoint will change from 29 Aquarius to 0 Pisces on March 8, 2015. That means at the 7th and last square of Uranus and Pluto on March 16, 2015, the Uranus /Pluto midpoint will be at 0° Pisces. It is possible that this could reflect something completing in February and something else beginning in March regarding the Radical Restructuring energies.

Here is something else to consider for next month. The New Moon on March 20 will be at 29 degrees of Pisces. Another ending – an even bigger one because it will also be a total Solar Eclipse. Plus, 29 degrees of Pisces is the last degree of the last sign in the zodiac. So it is really the ultimate “ending” phase.

Exactly what will be ending during February and March remains to be seen. The next question is, “What will be starting?” We shall watch the world with interest.

Some of us will also feel this strongly in our personal lives in February and March. If we have been dragging our feet on making some necessary changes in our lives, we may feel a strong urge to finally get on with it.

If you know your birth chart, locate the houses where 29° of Aquarius and 29° of Pisces are located. These are the areas of your life in which you are likely to be completing something. This is where you will be demonstrating your mastery before moving to the next phase. Also look for any aspects that 29° Aquarius or 29° Pisces make to your natal planets, Ascendant or Midheaven for more information. Be sure to look for 0° too. This is where the new phase will be occurring. The impact of the above will be mild for some of us and very strong for others, depending on how the individual birth chart is affected.

If you wouldn’t know your birth chart from a pepperoni pizza, just pay attention to what is occurring in your life in February and March and especially to how you are thinking and feeling. See if you can identify where something is completing and something new is beginning for you personally.

Feb 19: Now we can finalize some plans and ideas we have been working on since January. By evening we are likely to be feeling more assertive and confident and willing to take more chances than usual.

Feb 20-21: This is a lively two day period and favors creativity, romance, energy and fun. Be prepared for the possibility of unexpected events on the afternoon of Feb 21 which could be startling. People are likely to be feeling outgoing, friendly and enthusiastic that evening. Romances can start quickly now and will be fiery and passionate.

 

Week of February 22-28

Feb 22-25: Reality is likely to rudely insert itself into our lives without an invitation during this period. We may need to face some facts that could leave us feeling uncertain and cause our imagination to go overboard on worse case scenarios. Instead of succumbing to negative thinking, we can use this opportunity to clear out the cobwebs and be willing to deal with whatever is in front of us. Fortunately, there will also be some positive influences during this time that can help us overcome worries and imagined problems by providing us with the imagination, courage and optimism to come up with practical solutions.

Feb 26: This will be a good day to tie up loose ends and attend to routine tasks rather than beginning something brand new. Catch up on correspondence and reading.

Feb 27-28: We are likely to be feeling more emotional, sensitive and nurturing than usual. We may want to feel safe and sound, stay home, have our favorite foods and curl up in a comfy chair with a soft blankie. The term “snug as a bug in a rug” comes to mind.

 

Much Love to All You Beautiful Spirits,

Judy Joyce

 

 

Life is simple.

Everything happens for you, not to you.

Everything happens at exactly the right moment,

neither too soon or too late.

You don’t have to like it…

it’s just easier if you do.

 

Byron Katie

 

 

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Standard Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

 

Feb 1: Venus conjunct Neptune, 10:36 am, 6° Pisces.

Feb 2: Sun sextile Uranus, 5:29 am, 13° Aquarius/Aries.

Feb 3: FULL MOON, 4:09 pm, 15° Leo. Moon conjunct Jupiter, 10:31 pm, 18° Leo. In orb: Moon trine Uranus, Sun sextile Uranus, Mercury sextile Saturn.

Feb 4: Sun semisquare Mars/Uranus midpoint, 7:26 pm.

Feb 5: Mercury Rx sextile Saturn, 4:40 am, 4° Aquarius/Sagittarius. Sun 16° Aquarius conjunct Mars/Pluto midpoint.

Feb 6: Sun opposite Jupiter, 11:20 am, 18° Aquarius/Leo.

Feb 7: Venus sextile Pluto, 10:51 pm, 14° Pisces/Capricorn. Jupiter opposite Mars/Pluto midpoint, 18° Leo/Aquarius.

Feb 8: Moon in Libra opposite Uranus and square Pluto, 2 to 6 pm. Moon sextile Jupiter, 10:45 pm, 17° Libra/Leo. Jupiter sesquiquadrate Mars/Uranus midpoint.

Feb 9: Moon trine Sun, 4:58 am, 20° Libra/Aquarius.

Feb 10: Moon trine Neptune, 1:15 pm, 7° Scorpio/Pisces.

Feb 11: Mercury Stationary Direct, 7:57 am, 1° Aquarius. Moon in Scorpio. Mars semisquare Saturn/Uranus midpoint.

Feb 12: Moon in Sagittarius. Mars square Saturn/Pluto midpoint, 24°Pisces/Sagittarius. Uranus square Sun/Saturn midpoint, 14° Aries/Capricorn.

Feb 13: Moon in Sagittarius trine Uranus and trine Jupiter, 10 am-5pm, 14-17° Sag/Aries/Leo. Mars conjunct Uranus/Neptune midpoint, 25° Sag/Pisces. Pluto conjunct Sun/Saturn midpoint, 15° Capricorn.

Feb 14: Moon enters Capricorn, 3:24 pm. Mars semisquare Neptune/Pluto.

Feb 15: Moon square Uranus and conjunct Pluto, 1 to 5 pm, 14-15° Cap/Aries/Cap.

Feb 16: Moon sextile Venus and Mars, 8 am to 2 pm, 25-27° Capricorn/Pisces.

Feb 17: Moon in Aquarius sextile Uranus and opposite Jupiter, 2 to 8 pm, 14-16° Aquarius/Aries/Leo.

Feb 18: NEW MOON, 29° Aquarius, 4:47 pm. Sun and Moon conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 29° Aquarius. Sun into Pisces, 4:50 pm.

Feb 19: Mercury sextile Saturn, 6:06 am, 4° Aquarius/Sagittarius. Venus and Mars conjunct March 20, 2015 Eclipse point at 29° Pisces. Mars into Aries, 5:12 pm.

Feb 20: Venus into Aries, 1:06 pm. Moon conjunct Venus and Mars, 3 to 6 pm, 1° Aries.

Feb 21: Moon conjunct Uranus and square Pluto, 2 to 5 pm, 14-15° Aries/Aries/Capricorn. Moon trine Jupiter, 5:36 pm, 16° Aries/Leo. Venus conjunct Mars, 10:13 pm, 2° Aries.

Feb 23: Sun square Saturn, 5:51 am, 5° Pisces/Sagittarius.

Feb 24: Venus trine Saturn, 7:58 am, 5° Aries/Sagittarius. Jupiter trine Uranus 1° orb begins, 14-15° Leo/Aries.

Feb 25: Moon square Sun and square Neptune, 9 am to noon, 7° Gemini/Pisces/Pisces. Mars trine Saturn, 8:09 pm, 5° Aries/Sagittarius. Sun conjunct Neptune, 9:55 pm, 7° Pisces.

Feb 26: Moon void of course in Gemini.

Feb 27: Moon in Cancer square Mars in Aries, trine Neptune in Pisces, square Venus in Aries, trine Sun in Pisces, 4 pm – midnight.

Feb 28: Moon in Cancer square Uranus and opposite Pluto, 8 to 11 am, Cancer/Aries/ Capricorn.

General Forecast January 2015

 

January 1-11:

January 1: It will be important to have realistic expectations today. We could be feeling so enthusiastic that we over estimate what we can actually accomplish and end up feeling overwhelmed by the end of the day.

January 2-11: Emotions will run high as the Full Moon in Cancer nears on January 4. A crisis or climactic situation could occur for some. Change and transformation in our personal lives will be stimulated. Many people could take the next step in their own individual transformation.

* This transformative energy will be particularly strong for those with the following birthdays:

January 1 to 7; February 16 to 18; March 31 to April 6; July 2 to 8; October 3 to 9.(Note: USA’s birthday is July 4.)

(This will also affect those who have planets or angles in their birth chart at 10-16° of Aries, Cancer, Libra or Capricorn; or 27-29° Aquarius, Taurus, Leo or Scorpio.)

January 3-5: This will be a good time to think about and discuss practical and innovative ways to make our lives better. Be open to new and different ideas and affiliations. We also need to be patient; it is likely to take about two months to complete the desired changes.

January 6-7: Lots of talking and a sharing of ideas may be bounced around with others on January 6. This could lead to positive new insights on January 7.

January 8-11: The radical restructuring energies may be stirred up by those with over aggressive attitudes or fanatical beliefs during this period. We, or others around us, could push ideas, beliefs and opinions too hard, which could result in a stalemate or hard feelings. People may be feeling critical and pessimistic the evening of January 8. Wait for a more receptive time to express your ideas. On January 9-10 our attention is likely to be drawn to practical solutions and realistic thinking. This is also a productive time to clean, organize and take care of our health. On January 11 we may find ourselves pondering the meaning of recent information or events.

 

January 12-17

January 12-14: A shift in tactics can occur. Don’t try to make something happen out in the world during this time. We may decide (or find it necessary) to take a different approach in order to accomplish our goals. On the positive side, we could have some ideas and insights that are eye-opening and exciting. This could start us thinking about trying something new and different. Energy levels may be low on January 14 and there could be a tendency to feel blocked, discouraged or tired. Don’t worry, this will pass.

January 15: Insights and practical ideas in the afternoon can cheer us up.

January 16: We may be over idealistic or unmotivated in the morning, but intuition, insights and high energy will surge that evening.

January 17: The morning should be positive and enlivening. This afternoon and evening will be a good time to kick back, relax and enjoy.

 

January 18-24

Mercury is slowing down and will turn retrograde on January 21. Double check communications and drive extra carefully over the next four weeks.  What is Mercury Retrograde?

January 18: A good day to be creative. The most satisfaction will come from manifesting a physical creation that is practical and useful. Something you can see, hear, touch, smell or taste.

January 19: A day when inspirational, creative and compassionate feelings are strong, but it may be challenging to use them wisely and effectively. We could be unrealistic about what we can actually accomplish or feel a strong desire to act in accordance with our spiritual beliefs, and at the same time, feel too tired to do much of anything. It will be better to wait rather than rushing in to “save” someone. Write down your insights and rest.

January 20: The New Moon in Aquarius occurs at 6:15 am, MST. This will be an excellent day to focus on becoming more optimistic, innovative and open to change. With a willing attitude, we can release the old and begin to perceive our life in a new way.

January 21 to February 11: Mercury will be Retrograde in Aquarius. Time to stop and take stock of where we are and to refine the ideas and projects we have already started rather than beginning new projects. During the retrograde period we can go back over our plans and make any necessary adjustments or preparations.

January 22: Blend inspirational ideas with practical know-how for good results today.

January 23: Rest or attend to routine maintenance.

January 24: A positive and high energy day. Do something active and fun.

 

January 25-31

January 25:  The energies of January 24 will carry forward into today. Be inventive, play, enjoy.

January 26: Focus on practical and security matters. There could be a tendency for people to be stubborn this evening. Don’t try to force an issue. It will only be met with more resistance.

January 27: Mercury Retrograde is likely to be in evidence today and tomorrow. Pay extra attention while communicating, driving and traveling. Positively, it is a time when we can get new insights on projects or ideas that began around January 13-14. We can now make some needed improvements and revisions.

January 28: A good day to attend to duties and routine matters. Avoid discussing philosophical or spiritual subjects this evening as people may be oversensitive and more negative than usual.

January 29: If you want to communicate your ideas today, have your discussion by early afternoon. People are likely to have a more skeptical outlook as the day goes on.

January 30: The most successful actions will be compassionate, helpful and practical.

January 31: A good day to enjoy and nurture (and be nurtured by) your family, loved ones, home and domestic life.

 

 

Love and Joy to You in These Transformational Times!

Judy Joyce

 

I must be willing to give up

what I am

in order to become

what I will be.

 

Albert Einstein

 

 

 

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Standard Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

 

 

Jan 1: Mars opposite Jupiter, 12:49 pm, 22° Aquarius/Leo

Jan 3. Sun square Uranus, 1:40 am, 13° Capricorn/Aries. Venus into Aquarius, 7:48 am. Sun conjunct Pluto, 4:32 pm, 13° Capricorn.

Jan 4: Venus sextile Saturn, 7:15 am, 1° Aquarius/Sagittarius. Mercury into Aquarius, 6:08 pm, Moon square Uranus, 6:18 pm, 13° Cancer/Aries. Moon opposite Pluto, 7:34 pm, 13° Cancer/Capricorn. FULL MOON, 15° Cancer, 9:53 pm.

Jan 5: Mercury sextile Saturn, 3:21 pm, 1° Aquarius/Sagittarius.

Jan 6: Moon opposite Mercury, 8:53 am, 3° Leo/Aquarius. Moon opposite Venus, 11:52 am, 4° Leo/Aquarius.

Jan 7: Moon trine Uranus, 5:10 am, 13° Leo/Aries. Moon conjunct Jupiter, 10:07 pm, 21° Leo.

Jan 8: Mercury activates Mars/Uranus midpoint and Mars/Pluto midpoint. Moon opposite Mars, 10:04 am, 27° Aquarius. Moon square Saturn, 7:19 pm, 2° Virgo/Sagittarius.

Jan 9: Mars conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 5:10 pm, 28° Aquarius. Moon trine Pluto, 7:20 pm, 13° Virgo/Capricorn. Mercury activates Saturn/Uranus midpoint and Saturn/Pluto midpoint.

Jan 10: Moon trine Sun, 8:45 am, 20° Virgo/Capricorn.

Jan 11: Moon sextile Saturn, 8:46 am, 2° Libra/Sagittarius. Mercury activates Uranus/Neptune midpoint and Neptune/Pluto midpoint.

Jan 12: Mars into Pisces, 3:21 am.

Jan 13: Venus sextile Uranus, 1:12pm, 13° Aquarius/Aries.

Jan 14: Mercury sextile Uranus, 3:25 am, 13° Aquarius/Aries. Moon square Mercury, 6:30 pm, 13° Scorpio/Aquarius. Mars square Saturn, 11:11 pm, Pisces/Sagittarius.

Jan 15: Moon sextile Sun, 4:52 pm, 26° Scorpio/Capricorn.

Jan 16: Moon conjunct Saturn, square Mars and square Neptune, 4 am – noon, 2-6° Sagittarius/Pisces. Moon trine Uranus, 11:50 pm, 13° Sagittarius/Aries.

Jan 17: Moon sextile Venus, 7:53 am, 18° Sagittarius/Aquarius. Moon trine Jupiter, 12:25 pm, 20° Sagittarius/Leo.

Jan 18: Moon sextile Mars and Neptune, noon- 4 pm, 5-6° Capricorn/Pisces.

Jan 19: Venus opposite Jupiter, 6:44 am, 20° Aquarius/Leo. Mars conjunct Neptune, 5:09 pm, 6° Pisces.

Jan 20: Sun into Aquarius, 2:44 am. NEW MOON, 0° Aquarius, 6:24 am.

Jan 21: Mercury Retrograde, 8:54 am, 17° Aquarius.

Jan 22: Moon conjunct Neptune and Mars, 2 pm- 8 pm, 6-8° Pisces. Sun sextile Saturn, 10:24 pm, 3° Aquarius/Sagittarius.

Jan 23; Moon in Pisces void of course all day.

Jan 24: Moon trine Saturn and sextile Sun, 10 am – 3 pm, 3-4° Aries/Aquarius/Sagittarius.

Jan 25: Moon sextile Mercury Rx and trine Jupiter, 7 am – 3 pm, 15-19° Aries/Aquarius/Leo.

Jan 26: Moon in Taurus. Moon square Sun, 9:48 pm, 7° Taurus/Aquarius.

Jan 27: Venus into Pisces, 8 am. Moon square Mercury Rx, 9:55 am, Taurus/Aquarius. Mercury Rx sextile Uranus, 10:03 pm, 13° Aquarius/Aries. Mercury Rx conjunct Mars/Pluto midpoint.

Jan 28: Mercury activates Mars/Uranus midpoint. Moon void of course in Cancer until 3:36 pm. Moon square Venus and opposite Saturn, 5-10 pm, 1-3° Gemini/Pisces/Sagittarius.

Jan 29: Moon trine Sun, trine Mercury and Sextile Uranus, 8 am – 4 pm, 9-13° Gemini/Aquarius/Aries. Moon square Mars, 4 – 6 pm, 14° Gemini/Pisces.

Jan 30: Venus square Saturn, 1:23 am, 3° Pisces/Sagittarius. Sun conjunct Mercury Rx, 6:45 am, 10° Aquarius. Mars sextile Pluto, 6:36 am, 14° Pisces/Capricorn.

Jan 31: Moon trine Venus and trine Neptune, 8 am – 1 pm, Cancer/Pisces.

 

 

December 2014 Christmas Tree in the Snow

Week by Week 

 

December 1-6

This is a week when we will be called upon to balance our wish for familiarity and stability with new methods and activities. We may miss our comfort zone, but it is time to try something new. On December 1-3, our endeavors can be successful as long as we merge our desire for action and change with patience, realistic expectations and careful consideration.

December 4, 5, and 6 will be a favorable time for social events that are light hearted and fun. It will be an especially interesting time for conversations and exchanging information. Sudden insights and innovative ideas could occur. Be open to changes and new ideas. Shopping could be successful on December 5-6, but there could be a tendency to overspend.

The FULL MOON on December 6 could bring us new information and perceptions about old situations. We may become aware of how karmic conditions have been playing a continuing role in our lives, which can help us begin a spiritual releasing and healing process. What these karmic situations might be can be revealed by paying attention to whom and what are occupying our thoughts on December 5-6.

 

December 7-13

This week we will be feeling the radical restructuring energies building as we approach the exact square of Uranus and Pluto which will occur on December 14-15. We have been experiencing this energy for quite some time and many people have noticed a feeling of being unusually “amped up” from time to time. It feels kind of like drinking a pot of espresso. Some have had trouble sleeping at night. Pets may get agitated and race around for no apparent reason. Children can feel this energy too, and may need some extra cuddles and reassurances. This energy is likely to get stronger the first half of December.

This particular week will not a very good time to start a brand new project because the intense and fluctuating energies will make it difficult to maintain a stable foundation. However, most people will be busy with the typical things we do during the holiday season – shopping, social events, traveling, visiting with friends and family. December 7 will be a good day to focus on home, family and loved ones. We may need to slow down a bit and readjust our plans on December 7-8-9, but the changes will turn out to be beneficial in the long run.

Getting together with friends and social events on December 10-11 are likely to be fun, exciting and entertaining. December 12-13 will be a positive blend of practicality and fun. This would be a good time for organizing, attending to details, or finding the perfect present for that hard -to-buy-for person.

 

December 14-20

The energies of change and transformation will reach a peak on December 14-15. Knowing this, we can observe how we are feeling and how others are behaving in a new light. It certainly doesn’t mean that something will happen on those specific days. We may not even notice a difference since the power of this influence has basically been on high since November and will continue straight through to the final square in March 2015. However, the significance of having passed a key point in our worldwide transformative journey is worth noting.

Although the world is likely to continue in turmoil, we will be able to feel enthusiastic and hopeful in our personal lives. Relationships and social events of all kinds may experience some challenges, however, this can be helpful by helping us clear up any misunderstandings. Our interactions with others will be particularly meaningful on December 14-15-16.

December 17-18 will be a good time to focus on work, duties and getting organized. December 19-20 will be an interesting and potent mix of stimulating influences: compassion, excitement, enthusiasm, strong feelings, impulsiveness, unpredictability and a sense of adventure. Relationships that start now are likely to be very intense.

 

December 21-27

On December 21 the WINTER SOLSTICE occurs at 4:03 pm, MST, quickly followed by the NEW MOON in Capricorn which occurs at 6:36 pm, MST. Uranus also turns Direct on the same day, which makes the Uranian energies of change, surprise, upsets, liberation and innovation very strong. This will be a powerful New Moon, and one that we can use to make liberating changes. We can free ourselves of something that has been holding us back or has outlived its usefulness, whether large or small. Plant some seeds of freedom and innovation and watch them grow. See New Moon Ceremony for ideas.

December 22 has the potential for finding good values in both gifts and friendships. Keep plans flexible, as there is a strong possibility of shifting circumstances.

Shopping for special gifts is not favored on December 23, as it is not likely to yield the desired results. Instead, take care of routine duties and maintenance, or sit back and relax with a cup of something soothing and good friend, a good book or good movie.

It is likely to be hectic on December 24. Travel, weather and communications could be challenging. Be prepared for changing and unexpected conditions, just in case.

Christmas Day, December 25, will be more peaceful. It will be a good time to take it easy and enjoy each moment and each other. December 26-27 will be very pleasant days characterized by caring, creative and compassionate feelings.

 

December 28-31

On December 28-29 we are apt to be feeling much more active and assertive. Try not to rush. Avoid a tendency to make impulsive purchases or decisions.

December 30-31 are both positive days. There could be a tendency to go overboard from late afternoon to early evening on December 31, so keep the New Years Eve festivities within reason. As long as we do that, that evening should be a very pleasant way to welcome 2015.

 

What lies ahead? Stay tuned……

 

Love and Happy Holidays to All!

Judy Joyce

 

We are what we think…

All that we are

arises with our thoughts.

With our thoughts

we make our world.

 

the Buddha

 

 

See more articles at www.JudyJoyceAstrology .com

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Standard Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

 

Dec 1: Mars sextile Saturn, Noon, 27º Capricorn/Scorpio, Moon in Aries square Pluto and conjunct Uranus, 2-5 pm, 12-13º Aries/Capricorn.

Dec 3; Saturn Sesquiquadrate Uranus, 3:46 am, 28º Scorpio/ 13º Aries.

Dec 4: Venus trine Jupiter, 12:11 pm, 13º Sagittarius/Leo. Sun trine Uranus, 3:30 pm, 13º Sagittarius/Aries. Mars enters Aquarius, 4:57 pm.

Dec 5: Mercury trine Uranus, 8:44 pm, 13º Sagittarius/Aries.

Dec 6: FULL MOON, 5:27 am, 14º Gemini. Sun and Moon square Chiron, 13-14° Sagittarius/Gemini/Pisces. Moon’s final aspect: Moon opposite Venus, Dec 7, 2:52 am.

Dec 7: Moon in Cancer.

Dec 8: Moon opposite Pluto and square Uranus, 8am-Noon, 12-13° Cancer/Capricorn/Aries. Jupiter Stationary Retrograde, 1:41 pm, 23° Leo.

Dec 9: Moon trine Saturn, 3-6 pm, 28° Cancer/Scorpio.

Dec 10: Venus enters Capricorn, 9:42 am. Moon in Leo Trine Uranus, 13° Leo/Aries, 7-10 pm.

Dec 11: Moon trine Sun, Moon trine Mercury, Moon conjunct Jupiter, 9 am-7pm, 20-23° Leo/Sagittarius/Leo.

Dec 12: Mercury trine Jupiter, 4:24 am, 23° Sagittarius/Leo. Moon enters Virgo, 8:19 am. Moon trine Venus, 11 am-3pm, 3° Virgo/Capricorn. Moon Opposite Neptune, 4- 7 pm, 5° Virgo/Pisces.

Dec 13: Moon trine Pluto, 7 – 11 am, 13° Virgo/Capricorn.

Dec 14: Sun trine Jupiter, 8:56 am, 23° Sagittarius/Leo. Venus sextile Neptune, 9:55 am, 5° Capricorn/Pisces. Moon into Libra, 9:05 pm. URANUS SQUARE PLUTO, 11:14 pm, 13° Aries/Capricorn.

Dec 15: Moon square Venus, Moon trine Mars, 7 am – 3pm, 8-9° Libra/Capricorn/Aquarius. Moon opposite Uranus, Moon square Pluto, 8-11 pm, 13 ° Libra/Aries/Capricorn.

Dec 16: Moon sextile Jupiter, 3-6 pm, 23° Libra/Leo. Mercury enters Capricorn, 8:53 pm. Moon sextile Sun, 8-11 pm, 25° Libra/Sagittarius.

Dec 17: Moon enters Scorpio, 7:52 am.

Dec 19: Moon final aspect, Moon conjunct Saturn, 2:11 pm, 29° Scorpio. Moon enters Sagittarius, 2:55 pm. Moon square Neptune, 10-midnight, 5° Sagittarius/Pisces.

Dec 20: Mercury sextile Neptune, 2:31 am, 5° Capricorn/Pisces. Venus square Uranus, 10:08 am, 13° Capricorn/Aries. Moon sextile Mars and trine Uranus, 11 am -1pm, 13° Sagittarius/Aquarius/Aries. Venus conjunct Pluto, 2:07 pm, 13° Capricorn. Mars sextile Uranus, 8:47 pm, 13° Aquarius/Aries.

Dec 21: Uranus stationary Direct, 3:45 pm, 13° Aries. Sun into Capricorn, WINTER SOLSTICE, 4:03 pm. NEW MOON: 6:36 pm, 0° Capricorn.

Dec 22: Moon in Capricorn. Moon conjunct Mercury, 8-10 am. Moon square Uranus and Conjunct Pluto 1-5 pm, Capricorn/Aries. Moon final aspect, Moon conjunct Venus, 8:17 pm.

Dec 23: Saturn enters Sagittarius, 9:33 am. Moon in Capricorn void of course all day until 7:51 pm. Moon enters Aquarius and sextiles Saturn in Sagittarius, 7:52 pm.

Dec 24: Mercury square Uranus, 6:31 pm, 13° Capricorn/Aries. Mercury conjunct Pluto, 11:52 pm, 13° Capricorn. Moon conjunct Mars, 7-10 pm, 16° Aquarius.

Dec 25: Moon in Aquarius void of course until 9:06 pm. Moon into Pisces, 9:07 pm.

Dec 26: Sun sextile Neptune, 7:11 pm, 5° Capricorn/Pisces. Moon sextile Pluto and Mercury, 5 pm -midnight, Pisces/Capricorn.

Dec 27: Moon sextile Venus, 7 – 10 am. Moon in Pisces void of course, 8:44 am- 11:34 pm.

Dec 28: Moon square Sun, 10 am -1 pm, Aries/Capricorn. Moon conjunct Uranus and square Pluto, 7-11 pm, Aries/Capricorn.

Dec 29: Moon square Mercury, 9-11 am, Aries/Capricorn. Moon trine Jupiter, noon-2 pm, Aries/Leo. Moon final aspect square Venus, 5:46 pm, Aries/Capricorn.

Dec 30: Moon sextile Neptune, noon -2 pm, Taurus/Pisces. Moon trine Sun, 7-9 pm, Taurus/Capricorn.

Dec 31: Moon square Mars and Jupiter, 4-8 pm, Taurus/Aquarius/Leo. Moon trine Mercury, 10 pm – midnight, Taurus/Capricorn.

Jan 1, 2015: Mars opposite Jupiter, 12:49 pm, 21° Aquarius/Leo.

November 2014 Forecast

GENERAL OUTLOOK

World: As discussed many times in previous forecasts, our current world challenges are part of an eight year period of worldwide change, transformation and evolution that started in 2008 and will last through 2015. Even after that, these energies will stay with us in a weaker form until 2024. To learn more, please see links above under Notes (1).

We are about to enter a very critical time in the above cycle.

The six month period of November 2014 through April 2015 will be a turning point. The final two squares (out of seven) of Uranus and Pluto, aka the radical restructuring energies, will occur on December 14, 2014 and on March 16, 2015, respectively. There is likely to be one last spurt of collective transformation and evolution as they head for the finish line. This could possibly be the time that the greatest breakthroughs and transformations will occur. We can help by sending Love and Light to the world and the collective consciousness to help this occur as peacefully as possible.

Individuals: This can be a time of breakthroughs and spiritual evolution for us individually. Many of us have found that our lives have gone through great change and transformation since 2008. The next six months could be the completion of those changes.

Fortunately, as individuals we have control of how we choose to react to, and deal with, the changes in our lives. One way to handle the heavy and fearful energies out in the world, and our own personal worries about what “might” happen in our lives, is to consciously stop giving them our constant attention. We can shake off the mantle of doom that is floating over and around us. We can focus on the present moment, look around and become aware of the positive and loving energies that are actually occurring right now.

There is always something to remind us of the Light and Beauty in our lives. It can be found in nature, in laughter, in love, in friendship, in generosity, in kindness, in compassion, in a friendly wave, in a smile and in a million other places.

The world will continue to be tumultuous and unstable, but that doesn’t mean we have to be.

 

NOVEMBER 2014 WEEK BY WEEK

 

November 1-9

November 1-3: there are several positive influences over this three day period. We will have an optimistic outlook and feel clearer regarding our plans for the future. We will also be more willing to make meaningful connections with both friends and lovers. This can bring about a deeper understanding of ourselves and others and have a transformative effect upon our lives. It is also a time when practical ideas can blend successfully with imaginative, creative and compassionate actions. Additionally, this will be a good time to get organized and make improvements in our lives. We can each take advantage of this opportunity to improve our lives in some way.

The energies on November 4 are likely to be intense and contentious. It will be wise to think carefully before speaking or taking action. Take care of mundane tasks the morning and early afternoon of November 5. By that evening the energies of the approaching Full Moon will begin to stimulate our imagination and our psychic sensitivity.

The Full Moon in down-to-earth Taurus will occur on November 6 at 3:23 pm, MST. The need to be focused and responsible will be highlighted. It may be tempting to skip over some pesky details, but that could result in an unfortunate outcome.

November 10-16

This week will be very active, fast paced and challenging. The radical restructuring energies will be highly charged and active in the world. November 10-12 is likely to be quite intense. Many people could be feeling irritable, argumentative, and more likely than usual to act impulsively. Power struggles can emerge. Drive carefully and don’t rush, as this could be an accident prone period.

On the other hand, although it may be uncomfortable, changes that occur now can ultimately be liberating and help us see new ways of doing things. The best approach will be to be aware of the energies, but not to be swept up in them. This is not a time to force our ideas or actions on others. Be open to new ways of dealing with old situations. Proceed with focus, discipline and hard work.

New projects and ideas can bring excitement and optimism on November 13. Before jumping in the deep end, it will be important to be realistic about what it will actually take to achieve our desired results. We don’t need to give up on our plans, but we do need to be aware that we may be over-estimating the ease of their accomplishment.

Things may not run smoothly on November 14. Avoid scheduling important meetings or discussions then, as it will be hard to reach agreement. No one will be willing to budge an inch.

The morning of Saturday, November 15, will be a good time to rest, dream, create and imagine. Later that afternoon and on Sunday, November 16, our focus will shift to projects that require attention to detail and practical matters. Intellectual pursuits, cleaning, organizing, and activities pertaining to health and healing will be favored. By Sunday afternoon, we will feel like having some freedom. Get outdoors or do something that is playful, just for the fun of it.

November 17-23

On November 17-19 Reality with a capital R will be staring us in the face. If we have underestimated our ability to achieve our plans, we will find out about it now. No matter what, it is time for work, not play. We may feel a strong urge to organize, plan and put our surroundings in order. However, it is also a time when unexpected events can disrupt our plans, leading to frustration. Be flexible and ready to switch gears, if necessary. November 20 will be a day for creativity and compassion, though there could be a tendency to be a bit over idealistic.

A blend of strong feelings and mental clarity can come together successfully the morning of November 21. It is likely to be a busy time. Our heightened perception and intuition can get to the heart of the matter quickly and come up with solutions. This will be a good time for insightful and practical discussions or ideas. These insights, ideas and solutions will be valuable that afternoon and evening, when we once again face the need to balance expansive plans with the reality of our current obligations.

The New Moon occurs in optimistic and free wheeling Sagittarius on November 22 at 5:32 am, MST. The urge for freedom and the lure of distant horizons will be strong. November 22-23 will be a good time to think of how we can improve our lives and widen our view of what is possible. Again, it will be very important to balance a positive outlook with practical considerations. Both will be needed for success.

November 24-30

Thanksgiving week will be a good time to seek closeness and comfort with family and friends. This can help counter balance the uncertainty in the world around us. Serious and focused thinking and discussions may be necessary on November 24-25. Activities that require concentration and precision are favored, but future planning is not. That is because we are likely to be feeling more cautious, critical, worried and negative than usual and not able to see the big picture. The energies are mixed on November 26 – one minute we could feel happy and excited, and the next moment, over-sensitive, doubtful about our own lives, and concerned about the state of the world.

November 27, Thanksgiving Day, will be a fortunate day for social activities. The astrological energies indicate it will be a time of warm and open feelings and enjoying the company of family and friends. Community activities are also favored.

We may feel a bit like we are stuck and drifting in a fog on November 28-30. It could be the result of too much pumpkin pie, but more likely it will be caused by unclear information and communications that are vague, confusing or misleading. This leads to doubt and uncertainty. Instead of trying to make sense of the outside world, turn within and let things be. The fog will clear soon.

On December 1 careful planning and wise actions will disperse the fog and bring back stability and focus. Objectives will be clear. The willingness, energy and discipline to achieve our goals will be strong. It will be the start of a new and dynamic month.

 

Many Blessings and a Happy Thanksgiving to All!

Judy Joyce

 

In the midst of movement and chaos, keep stillness inside of you.

Deepak Chopra

 

 

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects for November 2014

Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

Nov 1:  Mercury sextile Jupiter, 6:44 am, 20º Scorpio/Leo. Venus sextile Pluto, 5:07 pm, 11º Scorpio/Capricorn. Mars sextile Neptune, 5:44 pm, 5º Capricorn/Pisces. Moon conjunct Neptune and sextile Mars, 5-7 pm.

Nov 2: Moon in Pisces trine Sun in Scorpio, sextile Pluto in Capricorn, trine Venus in Scorpio, 1 am-6 pm.

Nov 3: Sun sextile Pluto, 3:48 pm, 11º Scorpio/Capricorn

Nov 4: Moon in Aries square Pluto and conjunct Uranus, 6-11am. Saturn semisquare Mars/Pluto midpoint, 24º Scorpio/9º Capricorn.

Nov 5: Moon sextile Neptune, 10:49 pm, 5º Taurus/Pisces.

Nov 6: FULL MOON, 3:23 pm, 14º Taurus.

Nov 7: Final aspect of Full Moon: Moon opposite Saturn, 9:17 am, 25º Taurus/Saturn.

Nov 8: Mercury into Scorpio, 4:09 pm.

Nov 9: Venus square Jupiter, 1:41 pm, 21º Scorpio/Leo.

Nov 10: Mars conjunct Pluto, 4:03 pm, 12º Capricorn. Moon opposite Pluto and Mars, 10 pm- midnight, 12º Cancer/Capricorn.

Nov 11: Moon square Uranus, 2:52 am, 13º Cancer/Aries. Mercury trine Neptune, 8:59 pm, 5º Scorpio/Pisces.

Nov 12: Venus conjunct Saturn, 6:02 pm, 25º Scorpio. Mars square Uranus, 6:29 pm, 13º Capricorn/Aries.

Nov 13: Sun square Jupiter, 8:05 pm, 22º Scorpio/Leo.

Nov 14: Moon in Leo conjunct Jupiter in Leo, square Sun, Saturn and Venus in Scorpio, 6 am-8 pm. Uranus square Mars/Pluto midpoint, 13º Aries/Capricorn. Venus square Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 27º Scorpio/Aquarius.

Nov 15: Moon in Virgo opposite Neptune, 10 am; sextile Mercury and trine Pluto, 8pm -midnight. Neptune Sta Dir, midnight, 5º Pisces.

Nov 16: Mercury sextile Pluto, 6:55 am, 12º Scorpio/Capricorn. Moon trine Mars, 8 am, Venus into Sagittarius, 12:04 pm.

Nov 18: Sun conjunct Saturn, 01:50 am, 26º Scorpio. Moon in Libra square Pluto, opposite Uranus, and square Mars, 10 am -midnight.

Nov 19: Sun square Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 27º Scorpio/Aquarius.

Nov 20: Venus square Neptune, 7:56 am, 5º Sagittarius/Pisces.

Nov 21; Mercury sextile Mars, 7:01 am, 20 Scorpio/Capricorn. Moon in Scorpio sextile Mars and conjunct Mercury, 10 am-noon. Moon in Scorpio square Jupiter and conjunct Saturn, 2 pm – 11 pm.

Nov 22: Sun into Sagittarius, 2:38 am. NEW MOON, 5:32 am, 0º Sagittarius. Mercury square Jupiter, 9:43 pm, 22º Scorpio/Leo.

Nov 24: Sun square Mars/Uranus midpoint, 3º Sagittarius/Pisces.

Nov 25: Moon in Capricorn conjunct Pluto and square Uranus, 5-8 am. Mercury conjunct Saturn, 7:37 pm, 27º Scorpio.

Nov 26: Venus trine Uranus, 5:22 pm, 13º Sagittarius/Aries. Sun square Neptune, 9:20 pm, 5º Sagittarius/Pisces. Mercury square Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 27º Scorpio/Aquarius.

Nov 27: Moon in Aquarius sextile Uranus and Venus, 9 am- noon. Mercury into Sagittarius, 7; 26 pm.

Nov 28: Moon square Saturn, 9am -10:30 am, Aquarius/Scorpio. Moon in Pisces square Mercury in Scorpio and conjunct Neptune.

Nov 29: Moon in Pisces square Sun and Venus in Sagittarius, 2 am-8 pm.

Nov 30: Mercury square Neptune, 9:27 pm, 5º Sagittarius/Pisces. Saturn square Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 27º Scorpio/Aquarius.

Dec 1: Mars sextile Saturn, noon, 27º Capricorn/Scorpio.

 

OCTOBER 2014 FORECAST

Notes:                                                          ???????????

(1) For more information see: Radical Restructuring article

(2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order. See a sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report

(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for October 2014 are at the end of this Forecast.

 

October 2014 Overview

October 2014 will be a month when relationships of all kinds become very important. There are several astrological energies activating relationship interactions.

First, the Sun (life giver and energizer) will be in Libra, the sign of relationships, balance, objectivity and harmony. This happens every year from September 23 to October 22*. When we think of relationships, most of us picture a romance or a marriage, but there are many other kinds of relationships – business partnerships, close friends, family interactions, business associates, customers, allies, adversaries and enemies. Whenever we interact with someone else on a one to one basis, we are having a relationship, however brief it may be.

We all have the sign of Libra somewhere in our birth chart ruling a certain area of our life. Every year at this time when the Sun is in Libra that area lights up and becomes more energized. If you are familiar with your chart, look at the house or houses that contain the sign of Libra and the types of relationships that are associated with that house to see how it will affect you. For instance, if Libra is in your sixth house (which rules work, maintenance, health and pets), relationships with your co-workers, health practitioners, repairmen, or even your pets, will be highlighted.

A second reason relationships will be emphasized in October is because the Sun in Libra will be joined by Venus, the ruler of Libra, from October 1-23. This will double up the Libra energies and amp up the desire for cooperation, harmony, pleasantness, consensus and balance.

It won’t all be sunshine and flowers. A third reason relationships will be especially important in October is because as the Sun and Venus move through Libra, they will stir up the radical restructuring energies by opposing Uranus in Aries and squaring Pluto in Capricorn from October 1-11. Maintaining the Libra desire for equilibrium is likely to be a challenge. Our interactions with others during that period will play an important role in the ongoing radical restructuring energies, not only in the world, but in our personal lives as well. Changes could occur at that time that are likely to transform relationships, either by making them stronger and more meaningful, or by dramatically changing them, or in some cases, by ending them because they are no longer valid or appropriate.

A fourth reason that relationships will be a focus in October is a total lunar eclipse in Aries at the Full Moon on October 8. At this Full Moon, the Moon in Aries will be conjuncting Uranus and the Sun in Libra will be opposing Uranus, indicating a time of surprises, changes, shocks, sudden actions and emotional ups and downs. Things are likely to happen very rapidly and bring pending situations to a head the week of October 6-12. The eclipse signals a shift in direction in relationships over the following four weeks or so. This does not mean the shift is necessarily positive or negative, just that things are changing.

Depending on our individual birth charts, this could have a relatively mild effect, or it could be an important turning point. It has the potential to be very liberating. Some of us are likely to feel this shift more intensely than others, especially those with the following birthdates: January 1-7; March 31-April 6; July 2-8; and October 3-9. By the way, this includes the USA, born on July 4. (If you know your chart, look for planets or angles at 10-16 degrees of Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn. Also affected, but not quite as strongly, are these birth dates: February 14-20; May 16-22; August 17-23; and November 17- 24.)

But wait, there’s more! A fifth reason is that Mercury will be retrograde October 4-25. It goes retrograde in the sign of Scorpio on October 4 and then retrogrades back into Libra on October 10, where it will stay until November 7. This could mean that agreements with others and relationships in general may need to be revised, discussed or re-examined. Loose ends will need to be tied up and joint projects completed. What does Mercury retrograde mean?

Even though there will be challenge in October, there will also be many favorable energies this month. The changes and revisions we make now can ultimately be very helpful and positive in our lives. See October 2014 Week by Week below.

 

October 2014 Week by Week

 

October 1-5

We may sense something stirring on October 1. By October 4, the energies of transformation will emerge. It will be important to stand up for ourselves without getting pulled into power struggles. Mercury will be Retrograde from October 4 – 25, indicating it is time to pause and take stock of where we are. We can use the retrograde period to revise or finish something that has already been started rather than trying to begin something brand new. The energy to make positive changes will be strong and many of us will feel quite daring and energetic on October 4-5.

October 6-12

This is likely to be the most challenging week of the month. The whole week will be strongly influenced by the Lunar Eclipse/Full Moon on October 8 (4:51 am, MDT, 15 º Aries). The radical restructuring energies will be active out in the world in October, and particularly this week, especially regarding allies, foes, war, attacks and conflict. It does not mean that powerful changes or upsets will occur, only that the potential is stronger than usual.

In our personal lives, the potential for change is not likely to be as extreme as that of the outside world, but we may find that some areas of our life are transforming, perhaps very quickly. Interactions with others could be intense. Emotions will be strong. Something that has been hidden could be revealed that causes big changes and a shift in direction. Even though it may be a bit like a ride on the Cyclone Roller Coaster at Coney Island, the feeling of liberation that ensues can bring a surge of positive energy and an optimistic outlook for the future.

October 13-19

Relationships will be much smoother this week. The events of the previous week hopefully have cleared the air or brought some helpful realizations. Discussions and interactions with others are likely to be successful and enjoyable. Feelings can be clarified and any misunderstandings or mix-ups can be rectified. By October 19, many of us will feel closer to those we love.

October 20-26

The energies of last week continue as the week begins. The Sun and Venus both leave Libra and move into Scorpio on October 23 just in time for the Solar Eclipse/New Moon in Scorpio  (Oct 23, 3:57 pm, MDT, 0º Scorpio). At this time seeds will be planted that will develop over the next month. The energies of the Eclipse suggest that this can be the beginning of deeper and more meaningful connections with others and the world around us. This would be a good time for us to look around and see the beauty and light in others, in nature and in ourselves. Mercury goes direct on October 25. At that time, we will start moving forward once again, even if it takes a couple more weeks to finally get things completed.

October 27-31

October 27-28 will be a good time for us to focus on creative and spiritual matters. Insights can occur in a gentle way. Pay attention to dreams, Coincidences and intuition. In addition, we could begin to see some practical and realistic ways to manifest our dreams. Write ideas down when they occur as they may be fleeting. We can picture what we want to accomplish and send our vision out to the Universe to percolate and develop.

 

Thanks for Reading and Have a Great October!

Judy Joyce

When all your desires are distilled;

You will cast just two votes:

To love more

And to be happy.

Rumi

 

 

*These dates are usually correct, but can vary a day on either end, depending on the year.

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

 

Oct 1: Moon in Capricorn conjunct Pluto in Capricorn and square Uranus in Aries.

Oct 4: Sun square Pluto, 2:03 am, 11º Libra/Capricorn. Mercury stationary retrograde, 11:02 am, 2º Scorpio. Mars trine Uranus, 10:18 pm, 15º Sagittarius/Aries.

Oct 7: Sun opposite Uranus, 2:57 pm, 15º Libra/Aries.

Oct 8: Moon conjunct Uranus, 3:52 am, 15º Aries. Lunar Eclipse/Full Moon, 4:51 am, 15º Aries. Mars (Full Moon ruler) conjunct Sat/Plu midpoint and SemiSquare Sat/Ura midpoint. Venus square Pluto, 11:31 am, 11º Libra/Capricorn. Mars trine Jupiter, 2:43 pm, 17º Sagittarius/Leo.

Oct 10: Mercury retrogrades back into Libra, 11:27 am. Sun sextile Jupiter, 5:18 pm, 18º Libra/Leo.

Oct 11: Venus opposite Uranus, 3:10 am, 14º Libra/Aries.

Oct 14: Venus sextile Jupiter, 2:33 am, 18º Libra/Leo.

Oct 15: Sun sextile Mars, 1:19 am, 22º Libra/Sagittarius.

Oct 16: Mercury conjunct Sun, 2:40 pm, 23º Libra. Mercury sextile Mars, 7:49 pm, 23º Libra/Leo.

Oct 17: Mercury conjunct Venus, 11:56 am, 22º Libra.

Oct 19: Venus sextile Mars, 11:19 pm, 25º Libra/Sagittarius.

Oct 20: Mercury sextile Jupiter, 2:38 pm, 19º Libra/Leo.

Oct 23: Sun into Scorpio, 5:57 am. Venus into Scorpio, 2:52 pm. Solar Eclipse/New Moon, 3:57 pm, 0º Scorpio.

Oct 25: Sun conjunct Venus, 1:31 am, 2º Scorpio. Mercury stationary direct, 1:17 pm.

Oct 26: Mars into Capricorn, 4:43 am.

Oct 27: Venus trine Neptune, 12:48 pm, 5º Scorpio/Pisces.

Oct 28: Sun trine Neptune, 3:50 am, 5º Scorpio/Pisces. Moon in Capricorn conjunct Mars; sextile Neptune, Sun and Venus; and conjunct Pluto.

 

SEPTEMBER 2014 FORECAST

Autumn Lane

Notes:
(1) For more information see: Radical Restructuring article
(2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order. See a sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report
(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for September 2014 are at the end of this Forecast.

 

Hello Everyone!

This will be a short newsletter because I am in the midst of my own “radical restructuring” right now. We are moving to a new home after living in our current home for nineteen years. It’s a very positive move, but it is also a major undertaking.

 

The Show keeps going on…

and on… and on…

 

As is obvious to all of us, the radical restructuring energies of the Uranus-Pluto square we are seeing at play out in the world are not only relentless, but appear to be accelerating. As individuals, it can be challenging to stay informed, compassionate and calm and not be swept up in the energies of fear, anger and emotional turmoil that are swirling around us.

It seems like all the things that need to be healed in the world have risen up from the depths and are staring us in the face. You could compare it to an illness in which poisons that were buried within the body come to the surface. That may sound gross, but the poisons (e.g. hate, fear, prejudice, resentment, revenge) have to be released and purged before the earth can heal. Fears must be faced before the transformation can occur. That is a basic Plutonian principle. The Uranian influences of disruption, rebelliousness, unexpected changes, violence, instability and shock are also part of the mix.

Although this process is unpleasant and uncomfortable, it can ultimately lead to transformation and breakthroughs. From a spiritual perspective, we can view it as part of a natural cycle in the evolution of human consciousness. The Uranus-Pluto cycle we are now experiencing lasts for 139 years. It started in the 1960’s when Uranus and Pluto came together in a series of conjunctions in Virgo and planted the seeds for the entire cycle. It will end in 2104 when a new cycle begins.

Three crisis/turning points will occur before this cycle ends: 2010-2015 (square), 2046-2048 (opposition), 2073-2074 (square). We are in the first crisis/turning point in this cycle right now (2010 through 2015). We still have a ways to go. Uranus and Pluto have two more exact squares before they finally start to separate from the square configuration. The next one is on December 14, 2014 and the last one will be on March 16, 2015. The turmoil will start to lessen in 2016, but we will still have to deal with the repercussions of our actions until 2020 when some new planetary cycles take precedence. Because the complete cycle is longer than our lifetime, it makes it impossible to see the “big picture” from our current viewpoint.

Time will have to be the judge as to what this cycle in radical restructuring ultimately means in the evolution of human consciousness. In the meantime, we are living through an historic planetary upheaval. We are here because we wanted to be on Earth at this time for our own spiritual evolution. As individuals we can help ourselves and others by maintaining a positive attitude and making our own lives as kind, loving and forgiving as possible. We are all contributing to the whole and the positive energies we send out really do help. We can be aware of our feelings and change our thinking if we find ourselves getting caught up in fear, anger, or other poisonous emotions and attitudes. It can easily happen, especially for those who are very sensitive. Take time to ground yourself and meditate. Be aware of your thoughts and your feelings. Honor your boundaries. These are all things that can help get us back to our center and in touch with the wonderful Spiritual Beings that we all are.

 

 The past has no power over the present moment.

Eckhart Tolle

 

The information below covers the most important astrological influences for September 2014.

 

September 8

FULL MOON, 16º Pisces, 7:38 pm, MDT. The sensitive, creative and compassionate energies of Pisces will flow to the surface at this time. There could be a tendency to be over idealistic or a bit too helpful. Don’t be a doormat. However, we can be stabilizing and helpful influence on ourselves and others by being responsible, realistic, careful and patient.

September 9-13

The 9-11 anniversary always brings an increased tension around this time and this will be no exception. In fact it is likely to be more tense than usual. There is a strong likelihood of escalating change and transformation during this period. Breakthroughs could occur in our personal lives, but may come through meeting challenges and tests. Communications will be very important. Strive for a balanced, reasonable and objective attitude and avoid getting swept up in arguments or power struggles.

September 19-30

There are mixed influences overlapping each other during the rest of the month.

September 19-30: Positively, it should be easier to make sweeping changes and to liberate ourselves from restrictions as Jupiter trines Uranus during this entire period. It could also be easy to get carried away and overdo things. However, this is a positive influence we can certainly use. Do something to improve your life. Be brave. Go big. Have fun.

September 20-21: Our intentions may be good, but possibly misguided. Wait a day or two before taking action.

September 22: Fall Equinox, Sun into Libra 8:29 pm, MDT. Fall begins and Pluto’s energies will intensify as it starts to move forward after being retrograde since April 14. This will be a turning point. It may be subtle at first, but it will be the beginning of a significant increase in transformational energy. See if you can sense a shift in your life over the next few days.

September 24: NEW MOON, 1º Libra, 12:14 am. The New Moon in the partnership sign of Libra will bring a cooperative energy and will be a good time to initiate relationships or any activity involving working together as a team. People will be better able to work together harmoniously and effectively. In our personal lives, this would be a good time to revitalize our close relationships.

 

Happy Fall and Thanks for Reading!

Judy Joyce

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

Sep 1: Mercury enters Libra

Sep 3: Sun trine Pluto, 10:08 am, 11º Virgo/Capricorn.

Sep 5: Venus enters Virgo

Sep 8: FULL MOON, 7:38 pm, 16º Pisces. Venus opposite Neptune (in orb), Sun sextile Saturn and Moon trine Saturn.

Sep 9: Mercury square Pluto, 4:48 pm, 11º Libra/Capricorn.

Sep 10: Venus opposite Neptune, 4:51 am, 6º Virgo/Pisces. Mercury sextile Jupiter, 12:37 pm, 12º Libra/Leo. Moon in Aries square Pluto, opposite Mercury, conjunct Uranus, 10 am – 8 pm.

Sep 11: Mars square Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 28º Scorpio/Aquarius.

Sep 12: Sun square Mars/Pluto midpoint, 20º Virgo/Sagittarius.

Sep 13: Mercury opposite Uranus, 2:16 am, 15º Libra/Aries. Mars enters Sagittarius, 3:57 pm.

Sep 14: Venus trine Pluto, 8:33 am, 11º Virgo/Capricorn.

Sep 19: Jupiter trine Uranus 1º orb begins (exact on Sep 25, lasts until Sep 30)

Sep 21: Venus sextile Saturn, 7:03 am, 20º Virgo/Scorpio. Mars square Neptune, 9:40 pm, 6º Sagittarius/Pisces.

Sep 22: Pluto Sta. Direct, 6:34 pm, 11º Capricorn. AUTUMNAL EQUINOX, 8:29 pm, Sun enters Libra.

Sep 24: NEW MOON, 12:14 am, 1º Libra. Sun and Moon sextile Mars in Sagittarius (in orb). Venus in Virgo and Mercury in Libra are in Mutual Reception.

Sep 25: Jupiter trine Uranus, 12:17 pm, 15º Leo/Aries.

Sep 27: Mercury enters Scorpio, 4:39 pm.

Sep 29: Venus enters Libra, 2:52 pm. Moon in Sagittarius trines Jupiter and Uranus in Leo/Aries, 7-10 pm.

Sep 30: Jupiter trine Uranus 1º orb ends.

 

JULY and AUGUST 2014 FORECAST 

Notes:

(1) For more information on the 2008-2015 cycle see: Radical Restructuring article

(2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order. See a sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report

(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for July and August are at the end of this Forecast.

 

DARE TO BE YOURSELF

??????????????????????????????

Jupiter in Leo: July 16, 2014 to August 10, 2015

With all the turmoil in the world brought about by the radical restructuring energies, it is nice to know that there are also some easier astrological influences. So this newsletter is going to focus on one of the most positive astrological influences – the planet Jupiter. Now is a good time to discuss the effect of Jupiter because it will change signs in July and that will bring in new energies.

Jupiter is the largest planet in our solar system and is actually has a protective influence on the Earth. Due to Jupiter’s size and gravity, it attracts asteroids and comets that might otherwise come crashing into Earth. In astrology, Jupiter’s influence is also protective and beneficial. Jupiter’s energies are associated with growth and expansion, optimism, doing things in a big way and looking at the “Big Picture”.

The astrological influence of Jupiter brings good fortune, enthusiasm, humor, confidence, faith, optimism, enjoyment, a positive attitude, a philosophical outlook and the urge to improve conditions. Jupiter is like cosmic fertilizer; it causes things to grow and expand. However, Jupiter energies can sometimes get carried away and bring over-confidence, excess and overdoing things. Balance and maturity are needed to optimize Jupiter’s energies. Most people experience the positive effects of Jupiter, but it is good to keep in mind that there really can be too much of a good thing.

Jupiter takes twelve years to move through all the signs, spending about one year in each sign. The year that Jupiter is in the same sign as your sun sign is a very important time in your personal life and often brings positive self development and improvement. It is characterized by positive thinking, growth, expansion and opportunities for personal success and happiness. Even when it’s not in your sign, Jupiter is still moving through your chart and bringing opportunities for growth and expansion in some area of your life.

Jupiter has been in the sign of Cancer since June 25, 2013. Cancer is a water sign and is associated with home, family, security, safety, emotion, sensitivity, intuition and imagination. Those were the qualities that Jupiter expanded during its stay in Cancer over the past year. For most Cancer’s this has been a very helpful influence in their personal lives. However, it wasn’t without some challenges. Jupiter in Cancer formed a difficult pattern with Uranus in Aries and Pluto in Capricorn (aka the radical restructuring energies). The effect of Jupiter in Cancer ramped up and increased the radical restructuring energies of Uranus and Pluto. A general feeling of growing unrest has been evident in world conditions over the past year. Disruptive energies expanded in the world and now seem out of control. Many things were brought to our collective attention that were unsettling.

It is now time for a shift in Jupiter’s energies. Jupiter will move from the sign of Cancer to Leo. This should help to slow down the out of control growth of  radical change, emotional reactions and disruption. We have all felt this in some part of our lives. It certainly doesn’t mean the radical restructuring energies will go away, but it should help things move in a more manageable direction.

On July 16, 2014, Jupiter will move into the fire sign of Leo and will stay through August 10, 2015. Jupiter’s influence of optimism, confidence, faith, enjoyment, fun, expansion, growth, good fortune, humor, a positive attitude will be expressed through the qualities of Leo. Leo is enthusiastic, spirited, generous, courageous, determined, confident, playful, fun, loving, creative and self expressive. A good combination! This should help us all have a sunnier outlook.

If you are a Leo or have a Leo Ascendant, the next twelve months are very likely to be positive, expansive and exciting for you. If you know your chart, look for planets in Leo, they will also receive a boost.

No matter what your Sun Sign is, Leo will be part of your chart. Your birth chart is a circle comprised of all the signs, and you have a Leo area of life. That is a naturally creative place for you, so your creative energies will be stimulated during Jupiter’s stay in Leo.

To find out where and how Jupiter in Leo will help you become more daring, creative, expressive and loving, read your Sun Sign below. If you know your Ascendant (rising sign) read that, too.

 

Aries

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected with creative self-expression, fun, entertainment, children, love, romance and speculation. This will be a period of expansion and optimism in these areas. You may become involved in the creative arts, drama, music or social events. It will be an excellent time for social activities and enjoying life in general. You will now have the confidence to express yourself creatively and socially. Children may be a positive influence in your life at this time. You can also be quite lucky during this period. Although there is could be a tendency to become over-confident. Even if it seems like it at the time, it really is not a good idea to spend all the grocery money on lottery tickets. All in all, this will be a very pleasant time when you open your heart to more joy and happiness into your life.

 

Taurus

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected with home, family, real estate, your past, your childhood, your parents and your inner foundations. This is a very positive and optimistic time for family relationships. Your family is likely to be beneficial to you during this period and you will be beneficial for them. Your family could also expand over the year ahead. You are likely to enlarge or improve your current home, or move to a better and bigger home now. You may do some creative projects in your home or yard. You will want your home to be an expression of who you are. This is usually a very favorable time for real estate matters. Your inner foundations will also feel fortified. Your inner sense of security and happiness will expand.

 

Gemini

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected with mental attributes and communication. During this period, your general mental outlook will become more optimistic, expansive and open-minded. You will have the urge to communicate more and may find yourself very busy with errands and short trips. You could become more involved with your siblings or your local community. You may help them or they may help you. The use of telephones, computers, the Internet, texting, and all forms of telecommunications will increase in your life. You also will be seeking new information and this will be a great time to take up a new study that will expand your perceptions and be of benefit to you in the future. You will have an opportunity to fully express your creative thoughts and ideas. It is a favorable time for speaking, writing and working with the media.

 

Cancer

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected with personal finances, possessions, values, self-worth and talents. Jupiter’s energies will bring opportunities to improve and expand your finances and your sense of self-worth. You will feel more optimistic about your financial situation now. You will also appreciate what you have and realize what you really value. In addition, you will likely be able to increase your income and possessions. You may also get a chance to use your natural talents in a way that is very gratifying. One caveat – You may be tempted to over-spend now. Be sure to balance your optimism, confidence and generosity with reality and your bank account.

 

Leo

Lucky you! This a very fortunate time period for you. Jupiter will be in your own Sun Sign, and will bring you opportunities to expand and enhance your true essence. During this time you will have the desire to improve the way you express yourself in the world, your appearance, your self interests and your general health. This is likely to be a very positive and successful time for you. Your self-confidence will grow and your outlook on life will become more outgoing, optimistic and expansive.

Beneficial people and opportunities will be drawn to you during this period because of the positive energy you radiate to others. Your popularity will increase and you are likely to meet many new people and expand your social life. There can be a tendency to expand your waistline, too. Keep that in mind when you are tempted to over-indulge. You may be tempted to go overboard or be over-confident at times, but for most people this will not be a big problem. All in all, this will be a very fortunate time for your personal desires and your general sense of well-being.

 

Virgo

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected to your inner self and subconscious. You may enjoy being alone more than usual and spend more time meditating, imagining, visualizing, creating and dreaming. You will feel more in tune with the Oneness of us all. Compassion, service to others and charity will appeal to you during this period. This is an excellent time to rest and renew your spirit and expand your spiritual life. It will be a good time for spiritual studies and to commune with the Universe. You may meet a spiritual teacher or be one for someone else. You will also be very compassionate now. You are laying the inner groundwork for a year of positive personal growth and success that will start for you when Jupiter enters Virgo on August 11, 2015.

 

Libra

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected to friends, associates, humanitarian interests, groups and future plans. During this period you will expand your involvement with friends and groups with whom you share common ideals and interests. You may lead a group or do a creative project involving others of like mind. You could become more involved in your community or in political or humanitarian organizations. You are likely to meet many new people during this period and some will become good friends. The friends, professional associates and groups that do come into your life will be mutually beneficial. Your future will improve because of the contacts you will make now.

 

Scorpio

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected to your career, life path, social status, public self, reputation, or any outer world pursuits. This is a very important and fortunate time for you. Opportunities to enhance your career/outer life path will increase. You could receive a promotion and recognition at work. You could begin a new career that is connected to travel, writing, teaching, creative arts, other cultures, the law, imports, exports or publishing. Powerful people could also be very beneficial to you now. If you own your own business it will expand and become more successful. You will feel confident about your abilities and others will see you as a successful person. You are likely to be in the public eye more at this time. Opportunities to be noticed may come out of the blue. Be prepared by being positive and looking your best when you are out in public.

 

Sagittarius

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected to belief systems, travel, world view, advanced studies, writing, teaching and publishing. This is a time when you will want to spread your wings and fly to faraway places or at least to somewhere new and exciting. You will feel optimistic and inspired during this period. This is a good time to explore or revive your spiritual/religious views through studying, teaching, writing or traveling. You could feel a desire to share your philosophy of life with others. You may start an advanced degree, publish a book, begin a spiritual study or embark on a major journey. This is also the area of philosophy and politics, so you could get involved in politics or expand a particular world view in which you have a strong belief.

 

Capricorn

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected to joint finances, intimacy, sexuality, power, transformation and the mysteries of the unknown. During this time you are likely to benefit through the resources of others. Other people can provide material, emotional and psychological support. Your spouse or significant other could have an increase in income. Getting a loan will be easier than usual. If you are a business owner, others will be more willing to invest in your creative ideas and plans at this time. Because Jupiter energies can be over-confident at times, be realistic when signing up for future financial commitments. You could also experience an increase in intimacy and sharing in your close relationships. This can be a time when you gain a deeper understanding of yourself through therapy and spiritual or psychic experiences. You could also find that your psychic abilities and paranormal interests are expanded over the next year.

 

Aquarius

Jupiter in Leo will benefit and improve the area of your life connected to relationships. This will be a fortunate time for you in all your one-to-one encounters. Other people will be drawn to you. Your relationship with your spouse, significant other, business partners, close friends advisors, or counselors will be very beneficial for you during this time. Relationships will improve. Previous problems with others can be solved. Even if you end a relationship now, it will be for the best.You may form an alliance with others to work on a project involving the creative arts, children or social events. Agreements and contracts are favored. This is also a good time for public relations and promotions. Others will be drawn to your warm, expansive and generous nature. Opportunities will come your way to meet many new people and your social life will be quite enjoyable.

 

Pisces

Jupiter in Leo will benefit the area of your life connected to your work, working conditions, health, pets and service to others. During this time the work you do will be very creative, enjoyable and fulfilling. If you have a job, working conditions and relationships with co-workers and your boss will improve and expand. If you have your own business, employees will be happier and more productive. If you work independently, you will be able to do what you love. The help and service you give others will not seem to be a chore and you will be happy to help. Your health should be robust at this time. You may start a positive new health regimen now. However, at times, you may over-optimistically convince yourself that pies, cakes and cookies will not cause you to gain weight. Unfortunately, that assumption will be incorrect.

 

Thanks for reading. May you enjoy the blessings of Jupiter in your life!

Judy Joyce

 

You yourself, as much as anybody in the entire universe,

deserve your love and affection.

Buddha

 

More articles on astrology can be found at: www.JudyJoyceAstrology.com

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

July 1: Mercury Direct, 6:50 am, 24º Gemini.

July 4: Sun opposite Pluto, 2:00 am, 12º Cancer/Capricorn.

July 7: Venus sextile Uranus, 12:49 am, 16º Gemini/Aries

July 8: Sun square Uranus, 10:23 am, 16º Cancer/Aries.

July 8: Sun trine Saturn, 6:29 pm, 16º Cancer/Scorpio.

July 12: FULL MOON: 5:25 am, 20º Capricorn.

July 12: Mercury into Cancer, 10:45 pm.

July 13: Venus trine Mars, 2:22 am, 24º Gemini/Libra.

July 16: JUPITER into LEO, 4:30 am.

July 18: Venus into Cancer, 8:06 am.

July 18: Mercury trine Neptune, 11:37 pm, 7º Cancer/Pisces.

July 19: Sun square Mars, 12:32 am, 26º Cancer/Libra.

July 20: Saturn Direct, 9:21 am, 17º Scorpio.

July 21: 8:53 pm, Uranus Retrograde, 17º Aries.

July 22: Mercury opposite Pluto, 12º Cancer/Capricorn.

July 22: Sun into Leo, 3:41 pm.

July 24: Venus trine Neptune, 5:10 am, 7º Cancer/Pisces.

July 24: Sun conjunct Jupiter: 2:44 pm, 2º Leo.

July 24: Mercury square Uranus, 6:07 pm, 17º Cancer/Aries.

July 24: Mercury trine Saturn, 8;11 PM, 17º Cancer/Scorpio.

July 25: Mars into Scorpio, 8:25 pm.

July 26: NEW MOON, 4:42 pm, 4º Leo.

July 28: Venus opposite Pluto, 12:37 am, 12º Cancer/Capricorn.

July 31: Mercury into Leo, 4:46 pm.

July 31: Venus square Uranus, 10:43 pm, 16º Cancer/Aries.

August 1: Venus trine Saturn, 4:22 am, 17º Cancer/Scorpio.

August 1: Mars square Jupiter, 4:47 pm, 4º Scorpio/Leo.

August 2: Mercury conjunct Jupiter, 1:33 pm, 4º Leo.

August 2: Mercury square Mars, 6:01 pm, 4º Leo/Scorpio.

August 7: Mars trine Neptune, 6:14 am, 7º Scorpio/Pisces.

August 8: Sun conjunct Mercury, 10:21 am, 16º Leo.

August 8: Mercury trine Uranus, 2:14 pm, 16º Leo/Aries.

August 8: Sun trine Uranus, 6:36 pm, 16º Leo/Aries.

August 8: Mercury square Saturn, 8:50 pm, 17º Leo/Scorpio.

August 9: Sun square Saturn, 9:11 am, 17º Leo/Scorpio.

August 10: FULL MOON, 12:09 pm, 18º Aquarius.

August 12: Venus into Leo, 1:24 am.

August 15: Mars sextile Pluto, 3:25 am, 11º Scorpio/Capricorn.

August 15: Mercury into Virgo, 10:44 am.

August 17: Venus conjunct Jupiter: 11:21 pm, 7º Leo.

August 18: Mercury opposite Neptune, 9:42 pm, 6º Virgo/Pisces.

August 21: Mercury trine Pluto, 1:19 pm, 11º Virgo/Capricorn.

August 22: Sun into Virgo, 10:46 pm.

August 25: Mercury sextile Mars, 2:46 am, 18º Virgo/Scorpio.

August 25: Venus trine Uranus, 3:38 am, 16º Leo/Aries.

August 25: Mercury sextile Saturn, 6:30 am, 18º Virgo/Scorpio.

August 25: NEW MOON, 8:13 am, 2º Virgo.

August 25: Mars conjunct Saturn, 1:30 pm, 18º Scorpio.

August 26: Venus square Saturn, 12:22 pm, 18º Leo/Scorpio.

August 27: Venus square Mars, 9:46 am, 19º Leo/Scorpio.

August 29: Sun opposite Neptune, 8:33 am, 6º Virgo/Pisces.

JUNE 2014 FORECAST

Notes:

(1) For more information on the 2008-2015 cycle see: Radical Restructuring article

(2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order. See a sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report

(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for June are at the end of this Forecast.

 

 Sun and Woman

Hello Summer!

Here are the highlights for June 2014

June – All Month: Mercury goes retrograde on June 7 and will stay that way until July 1. However, the days just before and just after the actual retrograde period can be quite intense, too. June will be a good time to clear out clutter in your home, do some repairs, catch up on chores, and for heaven’s sake, finally read or throw away that pile of magazines/articles/etc. you’ve been saving for months (years?). Focus on completing, refining or revising projects already started. Stay flexible if you are traveling and keep your schedule open. That will enable you to accommodate unexpected changes and take advantage of spontaneous opportunities. More about Mercury Retrograde

June 4-8: This will be a favorable time for pleasant social contacts and strengthening connections with others. Dare to be yourself and follow your heart.

June 12: The FULL MOON in adventurous and optimistic Sagittarius can bring a positive slant to some serious issues that could arise now. The bill is likely to come due at this time for any over spending or impractical ideas that were initiated around the last New Moon on May 29. Oh oh. Something that seems challenging may actually lead to a deeper understanding of love and commitment. Focus your attention on what is most important and worthwhile in life, whether it is material, emotional, physical or spiritual.

June 13-14: Projects or issues that began back in December 2013 now are ready for one last big push to completion now through July 25. Focus on getting some major things done during these two days. The radical restructuring energies will be strong. Energies are high and a lot can be accomplished. Keep a positive attitude and avoid power struggles.

June 17-18: Keep your ears and eyes open the morning of June 17. Be observant of the world around you. It could be very enlightening and interesting. Both days are favorable for social occasions with friends and loved ones. The general feeling is peaceful, generous and lighthearted.

June 21: SUMMER SOLSTICE is at 4:51 am, MDT, when the Sun enters the sign of Cancer. This is the time of year to embrace the fullness and sumptuousness of Mother Nature. Celebrate the life-giving rays of the Sun. Connect to your own Inner Light and let it shine!

June 23: Venus, planet of love and enjoyment, enters Gemini, the sign of communication, curiosity and lighthearted fun, where it will stay until July 17. Get out and about, have some interesting conversations and try something new just for fun.

June 24-25: This will be another two days of intense activity related to something you have been dealing with for months (see June 13-14, above). The radical restructuring energies are surging and the urge for liberation and freedom will be strong. Avoid impatience, impulsiveness and irritability. Breathe deeply and try to relax. You may finally break free of whatever has been holding you back. A breakthrough of some kind could certainly occur, but the way it happens may surprise you.

June 27: The NEW MOON is in nurturing and emotional Cancer today. Time to shift your focus to family, security and your home over the next 30 days. This would be a good time to ask yourself the following questions: What does “home” mean to you? What do you need to feel physically and emotionally safe and secure? What does it take to make you feel snug as a bug in a rug? Does your home life reflect this? If not, make some changes. If yes, enjoy!

June 28-29: Focus on caring and sharing feelings. Romance, imagination, intuition and creativity are favored at this time. Be aware that there could also be a tendency for over-idealism and some unrealistic expectations.

 

Keep your feet on the ground and your head in the stars and

Have a Great Summer!

Judy Joyce

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

June 4: Venus sextile Neptune, 7:16 am, 8º Cancer/Pisces.

June 6: Sun sextile Uranus, 5:20 am, 16º Gemini/Aries.

June 7: Mercury retrograde, 5:57 am, 3º Cancer, goes back to 24º Gemini. See July 1.

June 8: Venus trine Pluto, 7:38 pm, 13º Taurus/Capricorn.

June 9: Neptune retrograde, 1:51 pm, 7º Pisces.

June 12: Venus opposite Saturn, 10:09 pm, 18º Taurus/Scorpio.

June 12: FULL MOON, 10:11 pm, 22º Sagittarius.

June 14: Mars square Pluto, 6:34 am, 13º Libra/Capricorn.

June 17: Mercury retrogrades back into Gemini, 4:05 am. Moon in Aquarius trine Sun and Mercury in Gemini, 6 am to noon.

June 18: Venus sextile Jupiter, 3:16 am, 24º Taurus/Cancer.

June 21: Sun into Cancer, 4:51 am, SUMMER SOLSTICE.

June 23: Venus into Gemini, 6:34 am.

June 25: Mars opposite Uranus, 2:25 am, 16º Libra/Aries.

 

MAY 2014 FORECAST

Notes:

(1) For more information on the 2008-2015 cycle see: Radical Restructuring article

(2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order. See a sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report

(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for May are at the end of this Forecast.

 

Moving Forward

We made it through April and “The Big One” out in the world didn’t happen. There were many accidents, attacks, environmental/weather related incidents, etc. that were certainly radically restructuring to those involved, but no one huge event that affected mass consciousness. Yet, maybe we are being radically restructured in ways that are not so obvious.

Individually, for many people there was (and continues to be) a sense of being overwhelmed at times by a relentless pressure to make changes. This is accompanied by a feeling of great urgency to do something immediately to resolve the situation along with extreme frustration  because of either not knowing what to do, or not being able to make things happen. Then the pressure lifts and we realize there is no need to take such immediate drastic action. Things weren’t nearly as critical as they seemed. This cycle repeats itself a few days later, perhaps getting a tiny bit easier each time. Still, there is no closure. Collectively, we have seen the frustration of no closure in several situations, e.g. the missing Malaysian jet, the sinking of the South Korean ferry and the Ukraine situation.

Instead of looking outward for the Big Event that will change everything, it could be a better idea to look inward and see how we are being transformed slowly and individually. Radical restructuring is also an inside job. All the ups and downs that we have been experiencing are altering us in ways that are not yet clear. We feel the pressure intensely, and just when we think we are literally going to pop, it lets up for a few days. This is a powerful emotional, psychological, spiritual and physical experience. Could it be that each of these cycles of intensity is changing us inwardly? Are we given as much as we can take, and then offered a chance to assimilate the changes, each time with some inner restructuring being accomplished?

Even if we don’t realize it yet, decisions made and actions taken in April were pivotal, both in the world and individually. We are not done yet. It can help to realize that it is okay that we are feeling what we are feeling. It is part of the process. When we go through something so deep and intense, we are apt to be a little tender for awhile. We need to be kind and understanding toward ourselves and others.

The mark of your ignorance is the depth

 of your belief in injustice and tragedy.

What the caterpillar calls the end of the word,

the master calls a butterfly.

Butterfly coming out of cocoon

Richard Bach

Illusions: The Adventures of a Reluctant Messiah

 

May 2014

May 2: Communications will be important on May 2. This will be a day to focus on practical matters. Be accurate and clear in all interactions with others. It is good to be serious, but watch a tendency to get carried away and end up being negative and critical. Get your ducks in a row on May 2, but wait a day or so before making your decision final.

On the evening of May 2, Venus, planet of love and money, will move into the fiery and action-oriented sign of Aries. Many people will be feeling more assertive, daring and impulsive in love and money matters now through May 27.

May 3 – 4:  Confidence and a sunnier attitude will prevail. The ability to face whatever needs to be done will make changes occur more easily than usual.

May 5-6:  Positive astrological influences will bring an optimistic outlook, especially concerning security, home and family matters.

May 7:  Mercury, the planet of communication and mental outlook, will move into clever and witty Gemini, where it will stay until May 28. Communications will become fast paced and changeable during this three week period. This influence will bring increased flexibility and objectivity. Be aware and careful in all communications and don’t jump to any conclusions. Mercury will go retrograde in June. Think before you speak or push send on your computer or cell phone. What you say or write in May could come back for reconsideration in June.

May 9-10:  At this time it will be necessary to deal with reality. There could possibly be a temporary delay in plans which could be frustrating. Do what is necessary. Be patient. Trying to make things happen faster will just cause more resistance.

May 10-18:  Venus in Aries will make challenging aspects to Mars, Pluto, Uranus and Jupiter, which will rattle the radical restructuring cage. Venus rules love and money. Could this mean economic radical restructuring in the world? Possibly.

In our individual lives, be aware that there will be a tendency to be headstrong during this nine day period in love and money matters. Venus in Aries wants what she wants when she wants it, which is always right now! This could lead to impulsive purchases and relationships in order to satisfy an amped up desire for instant gratification.

Relationships can heat up. Breakthroughs can occur. This could result in passion and more closeness, a break-through, or a break-up, depending on the nature of the relationship. New relationships started at this time will be exciting and possibly transformational. Will the new relationship last? Good question.

The May 14 FULL MOON in Scorpio will also occur during this period and could reveal something serious, surprising and previously hidden. The necessity of dealing with this can put a damper on the Venus in Aries desire to do something fun, liberating and innovative. Be patient and pay attention to events/ realizations at this time, they could be quite illuminating.

Relationships and financial transactions could be fine, and are certainly likely to be quite exciting at this time. Just don’t go overboard and throw caution to the wind. Impulsiveness and rash actions could easily bring about unintended consequences.

May 19-20

This is likely to be a turning point as Mars, planet of action and initiative, ends its retrograde phase and begins to slowly move forward. Ideas and projects started in December 2013 that have been spinning their wheels since March 1 will get back on track and should be completed by the end of July.

May 20-31: The last ten days of the month are under a very positive influence that favors business agreements and other long term projects. Optimism and confidence will be balanced with practicality and organization. This helpful influence will be especially strong over Memorial Day Weekend (May 23-26).

However, be circumspect at the Gemini NEW MOON on May 28. Things set in motion on May 28-29 will set the tone for the next month. There could be a tendency to be too trusting and to overlook details that are important during this two day period. Double-check and verify information. Whatever starts at that time is likely to go through revisions in June, so allow for flexibility and changes in plans. Pay careful attention to all communications, verbal and written, to avoid problems next month. Do not go overboard on spending. Think ahead. The bills will come due around the Full Moon on June 12.

On May 28 Venus leaves fiery Aries and moves into earthy and sensual Taurus. The quest for love, money and enjoyment will slow down and be more peaceful and practical now through June 22. Mercury will also change signs on May 29 when it leaves intellectual Gemini and enters emotional Cancer. Mercury will go retrograde ion June 7 and will go back into Gemini for awhile. Be aware that communications and plans made now could change in June. Stay flexible.

May 30-31 will be positive and energetic days for action and accomplishment. Take the initiative and start moving!

 

Thanks for Reading!

Judy Joyce

 

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects

Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

May 2: Mercury opposite Saturn, 6:56 pm, 21º Taurus/Scorpio.

May 2: Venus into Aries, 7:21 pm.

May 3: Sun trine Pluto, 6:34 pm, 13º Taurus/Capricorn.

May 6: Sun sextile Jupiter, 3:54 am, 16º Taurus/Cancer.

May 7: Mercury into Gemini, 8:57 am.

May 10: Sun opposite Saturn, 12:28 pm, 20º Taurus/Scorpio.

May 11: Venus opposite Mars, 3:27 am, 10º Aries/Libra. Mercury square Neptune, 6:35 am, 7º Gemini/Pisces. Moon in Libra conjunct Mars, opposite Venus, square Pluto, opposite Uranus, and square Jupiter.

May 12: Mercury trine Mars, 10:02 am, 9º Gemini/Libra.

May 14: Venus square Pluto, 11:47 am, 13º Aries/Capricorn. FULL MOON, 1:16 pm, 24º Scorpio.

May 15: Mercury sextile Venus, 3:54 pm, 14º Gemini/Aries. Mercury sextile Uranus, 5:22 pm, 15º Gemini/Aries. Venus conjunct Uranus, 5:54 pm, 15º Aries.

May 17: Moon in Capricorn square Mars and conjunct Pluto.

May 18: Venus square Jupiter, 9:31 am, 18º Aries/Cancer. Moon in Capricorn square Uranus, square Venus, opposite Jupiter.

May 19: Mars Direct, 7:31 pm, 9º Libra.

May 20: Sun into Gemini, 8:59 pm.

May 22: Moon forms water grand trine with Jupiter and Saturn. Moon trine Jupiter, 2:14 pm, 19º Pisces/Cancer. Moon trine Saturn, 3:05 pm 19º Pisces/Scorpio.

May 24: Jupiter trine Saturn, 11:48 am, 19º Cancer/Scorpio.

May 28: NEW MOON, 12:40 pm, 7º Gemini. Sun and Moon square Neptune, 7º Gemini/Pisces.

May 28: Venus into Taurus, 7:46 pm.

May 29: Mercury into Cancer, 3:12 am.

May 31: Sun trine Mars, 2:01 am, 10º Gemini/Libra.

 

APRIL 2014 FORECAST

 

Cover 2012 Into the Future

 

Notes: (1) For more information on the 2008-2015 cycle see: Radical Restructuring article

(2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order.

See a sample report:

One Year Detailed Forecast Report

(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for April are

at the end of this Forecast.

 

April 2014: The Short Version……..

Life altering events and actions are very likely to occur in the world and in the lives of many individuals during this month. Changes and transformations that have been pending for months or years can finally move forward. April 1 to 23 will be the most active and intense period. After that, things will start to settle down and become a bit easier.  

April 2014: The Long Version…….

What in the World?

In 2008, an intense cycle of transformation and change began that has been shaking up the world’s economic, social and political systems ever since. This cycle will continue through 2015. In April 2014, it will reach a significant peak. Astrologically, these radical restructuring energies are represented by a challenging square (90 degree angle) between Uranus in Aries and Pluto in Capricorn. The energies of great change (Uranus) and total transformation (Pluto) have manifested as economic meltdowns, upsets, uprisings, revolutions, power plays, conflicts and violence in the world. The 2008-2015 radical restructuring cycle indicates that it is time to dismantle the things that aren’t working and that are outworn or corrupt. And then to build a new healthy foundation. Basically, it is a death and a rebirth. The new can’t be born as long as we are clinging to the old. April can bring us the stimulation and motivation to finally let go of the old and start on the path of rebuilding. Let’s take a look at some of the current world conditions that are in need of restructuring: Worldwide unstable economic conditions make life uncertain. Unemployment has been high and many people have found it necessary to change their lifestyle. We are experiencing the largest divide ever between the rich and the poor. The middle class is shrinking. Political infighting has reached toxic levels, stopping any real progress in fixing our problems and bringing a loss of confidence in our leaders. Conflicts regarding social issues such as gay rights, abortion rights, religious rights, minimum wage, privacy concerns and health care that have caused further turmoil and divisiveness. The USA and Europe are at loggerheads with Russia regarding Crimea, Ukraine and other issues. Worries about a new Cold War abound. Uprisings and revolutions in the Middle East seem to go on and on with no resolution in sight. Ongoing weather extremes have caused tremendous destruction and damage. Concerns about climate change and the future are building.   The astrological energies in April will bring plenty of opportunities for transformation. On April 21, Uranus and Pluto will form the fifth in a series of seven exact squares that mark the important peaks in the 2008 -2015 radical restructuring cycle. But this fifth square will be a super-peak. That’s because Uranus and Pluto will also be dynamically interacting with the energies of the Sun, Mercury, Mars and Jupiter. The combination of planets will form a rare and powerful planetary pattern called a Grand Cross. This Grand Cross will be in the action-packed cardinal signs of Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn. Issues that have been simmering are very likely to come to a boil and demand action. We will be stimulated and motivated to make long overdue changes and transformations, whether we are ready or not. Quite possibly this will be the most pivotal time in the entire eight year cycle.  Below is a chart showing the Grand Cross formation. This formation will be in place for most of April. For illustration purposes, I am using a chart for April 14, 2014 in Washington, D.C. at 6:09 am showing the Grand Cross. On that day, the Moon in Libra will become part of the Grand Cross formation. Mercury and Uranus in Aries are on the ascendant. Pluto is standing still, intensifying and concentrating its transformative power as it gets ready to go retrograde later that evening. Then, in the wee hours of April 15, a lunar eclipse occurs, which indicates a culmination and shifting circumstances. This means April 14-15 will be a particularly dynamic and important time, but not necessarily the most intense time during the month. In the illustration below, Pluto in Capricorn is at the top of the Grand Cross. On the right arm of the cross are Mars and the Moon in Libra. Jupiter in Cancer is at the bottom of the cross. On the left arm of the cross are Mercury, Uranus and the Sun in Aries.

Click on Chart to Enlarge

Chart Wheel Grand Cross Newsletter

The Grand Cross shows the dynamic and active energies as they push across and sideways against each other. Something has to give. (Did I mention it looks like April will be an eventful month?)

Who in the World?

The whole world will feel this powerful astrological influence, but some countries, leaders, institutions and systems will be directly in the crosshairs of the Grand Cross. Those with a birth date in the cardinal signs of Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn will be strongly affected, especially the following birth dates, which will be super activated.

This means it is very likely that they will go through major changes in April.

Aries – March 31 to April 5, 9-16º Aries

Cancer – July 2 to 8, 9-16º Cancer

Libra – October 3 to 9, 9-16º Libra

Capricorn – January 1 to 7, 9-16º Capricorn

The list below provides a fascinating look at just some of the countries, institutions and leaders that are likely to be affected by the Grand Cross because they were born under the signs of Aries, Cancer, Libra or Capricorn, and/or have natal or progressed planets at, or very close to, the super-activated 10-15 º of those signs. Birthdates on the super activated dates are underlined. Those who will be affected by the April 15 lunar eclipse are also noted… Degrees shown below have been rounded off. Secondary progressions are noted as sp. and solar progressions as sa.

China – Libra -October 1, 1949: Sun 8º Libra; Mercury 13º Libra; Neptune 15º Libra; sp. N Node 14 Libra. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj sa. Pluto 22º Libra; sqr Jupiter 23º Capricorn; sqr sa. Venus 24º Capricorn)

The Euro – Capricorn – January 1, 1999: Sun 10º Capricorn; sp. Midheaven 15º Cancer; sp. Asc 12º Libra; sa. Asc 15º Libra; sp. Moon 9º Capricorn; sp. Mercury 13º Capricorn. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj sp. Mars 26º Libra; opp Saturn 27 º Aries; sqr Venus 26º Capricorn; sqr sp. Sun 26ºCapricorn)

Federal Reserve –Capricorn – December 23, 1913: sp. Sun 13º Aries; sp. Midheaven 11º Cancer; sp. Ascendant 10º Libra; sa. Pluto 11º Libra. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: opp sp. Venus 25º Aries; sqr Neptune 27º Cancer; sqr Jupiter 23º Capricorn)

France – Scorpio – October 28, 1946: sp. Sun 13º Capricorn; sp. Mars 13º Capricorn.

French President – Francois Hollande – August 12, 1954 Leo: Jupiter 17º Cancer; N Node 13º Capricorn; sp. Sun 17º Libra; Moon 17º Capricorn.

Germany – Libra – October 3, 1990: Sun 9º Libra; Midheaven 11º Aries. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj sa. Venus 25º Libra)

German Chancellor Angela Merkel – Cancer – July 17, 1954: sa. Moon 13º Aries; Jupiter 12º Cancer; sp. Mercury 11 Libra; N. Node14º Capricorn; sp. Mars 9º Capricorn. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj Midheaven 22º Libra; conj sa. Pluto 21º Libra; conj Neptune 23º Libra; Sqr Sun 25º Cancer; sqr Uranus 23º Cancer; sqr Chiron 26 Capricorn)

Iran – Aries – April 1, 1979: Sun 11º Aries; sa. Moon 11º Cancer; sa. Saturn 13º Libra. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: opp sp. Mercury 23 Aries; opp sp. Mars 23 Aries; sqr sa. Neptune 25 Capricorn)

Israel – Taurus – May 14, 1948: sa. N Node 17º Cancer; sa. Pluto 16º Libra; sp. Moon 9º Capricorn; sp. Neptune 10º Capricorn. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj Asc 23º Libra; sqr Midheaven 25º Cancer; sqr sp. Sun 27º Cancer)

Israel Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu -Libra – October 21, 1949: N Node 16º Aries; Mercury 10º Libra; Neptune 16º Libra. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj Sun 27º Libra; conj sa. Pluto 23º Libra; sqr Jupiter 24º Capricorn)

North Korea – Virgo – September 10, 1948: Mercury 10º Libra; Neptune 12º Libra; sp. Venus 16º Libra; sa. Mars 9º Capricorn; sa. N Node 12º Cancer.  

Russia – Capricorn – December 25, 1991: N Node 10º Capricorn; sp. Mercury 10º Capricorn; sa. Mars 12º Capricorn; Uranus 13º Capricorn; Neptune 16º Capricorn. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: sqr sp. Sun 26º Capricorn)  

Russian President Vladimir Putin – Libra – October 7, 1952: Sun 14º Libra; sa. Venus 13º Capricorn. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: Mercury 23º Libra; sp. Neptune 23º Libra; sp. Saturn 24º Libra; sa. Pluto 24º Libra; sa. Jupiter 21 Cancer; sp. Venus 26 Capricorn)

Syria – Capricorn – January 1, 1944: Sun 9º Capricorn.

United Kingdom: Capricorn – January 1, 1801: Sun 10º Capricorn; N Node 14º Aries; Midheaven 9º Cancer.

UK Prime Minister David Cameron – Libra – October 9, 1966: Sun 15º Libra; Venus 8º Libra; sa. Mars, 15º Libra.

USA: Cancer – July 4, 1776; Sun 13º Cancer; Saturn 15 Libra. (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj sa. Moon 23º Libra; opp sp. Venus 24º Aries; sqr Mercury 24º Cancer; sqr sp. N Node 25º Cancer; sqr Pluto 27º Capricorn)

US President Barack Obama – Leo – August 4, 1961; sa. Asc 9º Aries; sp. Vertex 11º Libra; sa. Uranus 16º Libra.* (April 15 Lunar Eclipse 25º Libra: conj sp. Mars 27º Libra; conj sa. Pluto 28º Libra; opp sp. Asc 28º Aries; opp sa. Chiron 26º Aries; sqr Saturn 25º Capricorn; sqr sa. Moon 24º Cancer)

How in the World?

The Grand Cross could manifest in a variety of ways. Much depends on previous actions and choices that have led to present conditions. In general, major changes and transformations affecting existing economic, business, government and social structures could occur suddenly and with great power. There is a strong possibility of any of the following: big economic shifts, escalating conflicts, extreme environmental conditions, or startling actions from unexpected sources. Breakthroughs, discoveries and realizations that challenge existing structures and systems could occur that will shake us up and wake us up. Whatever happens, it is likely to create a stir.

How Will this Affect Our Personal Lives?

Thankfully, individuals are much more likely than countries to use this energy in a positive and effective way. Not that it won’t be challenging. In our personal lives, this can be a time when we will have the energy, courage and confidence to make breakthroughs, take chances and start making big changes. Surprising events could occur to prompt this.

Those born in the cardinal signs of Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn will be strongly affected, especially those born on (or within a couple days) of the following super-activated birth dates:

Aries – March 31 to April 5, 10-15º Aries

Cancer – July 2 to 8, 10-15º Cancer

Libra – October 3 to 9, 10-15º Libra

Capricorn – January 1 to 7, 10-15º Capricorn

Those with the birth dates or planets and angles at the degrees mentioned above, are likely to experience some life-changing events or realizations. If there are issues or projects pending in your life, April will very likely bring them to the forefront. You will find it necessary to deal with them and move on. However, you are also likely to be motivated to take action, even if it is due to events beyond your control.

No matter when we were born, all of us will feel the waves of radical restructuring in some way. If you have your own chart, look at the houses containing 10-15º of the cardinal signs and for any natal or progressed planets/angles at those degrees to see where the action is likely to occur in your life.

Here are some ways we can use these energies most effectively:

(1) Be open to change.

(2) Don’t spend all our energy resisting the changes and transformations that are pending or necessary in our lives. Focus on what kinds of positive actions we can take to move forward.

(3) Get on with it! Stay grounded and take one day at a time. Go with the flow. For some, changes will be minor. For others, this will be a time of major life direction shifts.

(4) Expect some surprises and maintain flexibility. Planning may help us feel better, but don’t take anything for granted.

(5) Be aware that the powerful energies at play in the world are affecting everyone. Keep this in mind when interacting with others.

(6) Be assured that it is all part of our path on Earth at this time. Don’t jump to conclusions. We are in the middle of a transformation and what we are becoming is not clear yet.

Quote for the month:

 My life has been full of terrible misfortunes most of which never happened.

French philosopher, Montaigne

 

General April Forecast

 

April 1-13 ~ Ladies and Gentlemen, Start Your Engines

  Apr 1-4: The enthusiastic energy of the Sun in Aries will blend its fiery energies with the radical restructuring energies. In the world, this could manifest as over-reaching, over-reacting or over-confidence which could lead to rash actions or accidents. Watch the news; it will be a harbinger of things to come later this month. In our personal lives, we may find the courage to start making big changes. Surprising events could occur to prompt this. It can be exciting, but stressful. Stay grounded and realistic.

On April 5 at 2:31 pm, MDT, Venus, planet of love and enjoyment, enters the compassionate and creative water sign of Pisces, where it will stay for the rest of the month. Venus in Pisces will be a gentle, understanding and caring influence. The public may be drawn to mystical and spiritual matters during this period. This gentle energy won’t overrule the more dynamic energies at play in April, but it could be helpful. If you get overwhelmed this month, tune in to the soothing Venus in Pisces energy, and visualize yourself relaxing peacefully by water in a beautiful and mystical place.

April 6-7 will bring a desire for taking care of home and family matters. Emotions and sensitivity will be strong. Mercury, planet of communication, moves into Aries on April 7 where it stays until April 22. This will bring lots of enthusiasm, original ideas and foresight, but also a tendency for fiery oratory, impatience and impulsiveness. April 8 is a day with lots of energy that needs to be used. People may be feeling more assertive than usual. Unresolved conflicts may come to a head. Do something that requires activity. A great deal of work can be accomplished today.

On April 9 take some time out and do something fun and entertaining, but make it an early evening. Play time will be over by 9 pm, MDT. April 10-12 will be a good time to pause and do some organizational and housekeeping duties. It could also be a time when you help out someone else. Attend to practical matters and get your ducks in a row. The next week will be a busy one. It may be hard to sleep the night of April 13. If that happens, don’t worry, you are just picking up the power building in the Grand Cross formation.

April 14-30 ~ GO!

From April 14 to 23, the radical restructuring energies will be intense. Mercury in Aries, Mars in Libra and Jupiter in Cancer join Uranus in Aries and Pluto in Capricorn to form the Grand Cross pattern.

Apr 14-16: We could have some surprises with our morning coffee. Things will most likely be happening very quickly. There could be surprising news. Some will be caught off guard. Those in power stand their ground and bear down with more pressure. At the Full Moon/ Lunar Eclipse in Libra on April 15 we realize that something is shifting. The tide is turning and events could happen rapidly. Communications will be active, assertive, and fast-paced. The possibility of accidents is increased, as many will be impatient and in a hurry. Reckless and damaging words could be spoken in the heat of passion. Possibly a “war of words” will occur out in the world.

In our personal lives, these three days are likely to be busy and hectic. We definitely could be booted out of our comfort zone. It can be a challenging time, but it can also be a time of breakthroughs. People in general are apt to be more assertive and confrontational than usual. If you find yourself in a conflict, count to ten and breathe deeply before saying something that will unnecessarily make the situation worse. Something that seems very annoying at the moment may not be important in a few days. Stay grounded and try to slow down whenever possible.

Apr 17-18 will have the potential to be a somewhat calmer and fortunate time. Openness, optimism and a friendly attitude toward others could bring positive results. The theme for these two days could be “Let’s make a Deal”. The Sun leaves fiery Aries and moves into Taurus on April 19 at 9:56 pm. This will bring in practicality and steadiness and should slow down the pace a bit.

However, the Grand Cross energies are still at the height of their power on Apr 19-23 and will continue to shake things up. This period could be a culmination of the previous two weeks. On Apr 24-27 there is a strong indication that the dust will settle and cooler heads will prevail, even if everything isn’t all settled yet. On April 24-25, the cool waters of the Moon in Pisces and Sun in earthy Taurus bring calmer conditions, empathy, stability and a focus on practical down-to-earth matters.

On April 29 the New Moon/Solar Eclipse in Taurus occurs at 12:14 am, MDT. The New Moon is a time for a new start and we will be ready for it. Since this will be a Solar Eclipse, it also indicates there will be shifting and changing circumstances that could set the tone for the next 3-6 months. This will be good time for realistic thinking, solid communications and new plans. Major changes can be made now.

Woohoo! We made through April!!  

Thanks for Reading!

Judy Joyce

* Birth information sources: Countries and The Euro:  The Book of World Horoscopes by Nicholas Campion All others: Astro Databank

Pertinent Astrological Aspects Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off.

Apr 1: Sun square Jupiter, 1:40 am, 12º Aries/Cancer.

Apr 2: Sun conjunct Uranus, 1:08 am, 13º Aries. Mercury trine Saturn, 9:02 pm, 23 º Pisces/Scorpio. Apr 3: Sun square Pluto, 3:19 am, 14º Aries/Capricorn.

Apr 5: Venus enters Pisces, 2:31 pm. Moon in Cancer trine Venus in Pisces, 3:46 pm.

Apr 6-7: Moon 12-19º Cancer conjunct Jupiter, square Uranus in Aries, opposite Pluto in Capricorn, square Sun in Aries and square Mars in Libra (in affect from 2 pm on Apr 6 to 7 am on Apr 7). Mercury enters Aries, 9:35 am.

Apr 8: Sun opposite Mars, 3:04 pm 19º Aries/Libra.

Apr 11: Venus conjunct Neptune, 8:24 pm, 7º Pisces.

Apr 14: Moon 12-17º Libra opposite Mercury in Aries, square Jupiter in Cancer, opposite Uranus in Aries, square Pluto in Capricorn and conjunct Mars in Libra (in effect from 12 am to 11am). Mercury square Jupiter, 12:32 pm, 13º Aries/Cancer. Mercury conjunct Uranus, 5:15 pm, 13º Aries. Mercury square Pluto, 10:12 pm, 14 Aries/Capricorn. Pluto Sta. Retrograde, 5:44 pm, 14º Capricorn (13º 35′).

Apr 15: Full MoonLunar Eclipse, 1:42 am, 25º Libra.

Apr 16:  Mercury opposite Mars, 5:15 am,  16º Aries/Libra.

Apr 17: Venus trine Jupiter, 7:19 pm, 13º Pisces/Cancer.

Apr 18: Venus sextile Pluto, 3:24 am, 14º Pisces/Capricorn.

Apr 19: Sun enters Taurus, 9:56 pm.

Apr 20: (Easter Sunday) Jupiter square Uranus, 1:25 am, 14 Cancer/Aries. Jupiter opposite Pluto, 5:05 pm, 14º Cancer/Capricorn. Moon 14-15º Capricorn square Uranus in Aries, conjunct Pluto in Capricorn, opposite Jupiter in Cancer and square Mars in Libra (in affect from 5 pm to 9 pm).

Apr 21: Uranus square Pluto, 12:38 pm, 14º Aries/Capricorn.

Apr 22: (Earth Day) Mars square Jupiter, 1:38 pm, 14º Libra/Cancer.

Apr 23: Mars opposite Uranus, 1:09 am, 14º Libra/Aries. Mars square Pluto, 7:47 am, 14º Libra/Capricorn. Mercury enters Taurus, 3:16 am.

Apr 24: Venus trine Saturn, 11:15 pm, 21 Pisces/Scorpio.

Apr 25: Sun conjunct Mercury, 9:27 pm, 5º Taurus Apr 26: Mercury sextile Neptune, 11:27 am, 7 Taurus/º Pisces.

Apr 27: Moon 12-14º Aries opposite Mars in Libra, square Pluto in Capricorn, conjunct Uranus in Aries and square Jupiter in Cancer  (in effect from 12 am to 6 pm). Sun sextile Neptune, 4:34 am, 7º Taurus/Pisces.

Apr 29:New Moon Solar Eclipse, 12:14 am, 9º Taurus. Moon 14º Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn and sextile Jupiter in Cancer (in effect from 7 to noon) Mercury trine Pluto, 11:29 am, 14º Taurus/Capricorn. Apr 30: Mercury sextile Jupiter, 2:32 am, 14º Taurus/Cancer.

 

March 2014 Forecast

March 2014 Forecast Notes:(1) Radical Restructuring is a phrase below to describe the profound change, upheaval and transformation  that has been affecting our world and our individual lives for the last several years. It will continue through 2015. Astrologically, these energies are represented by a square (90 degree angle) between Uranus in Aries and Pluto in Capricorn. For more information see: Radical Restructuring article. (2) Personal Forecast Reports are available to order. See a sample report: One Year Detailed Forecast Report (3) The pertinent astrological aspects for March are at the end of this Forecast.

FORECAST FOR MARCH 2014

 

 March 1-9 ~ Deciding on a Direction

This will be an important nine day period. Several planets will begin to gradually move into position for a gathering of energies that will coalesce into a powerful surge of change and transformation (radical restructuring) in April 2014. This directional shift will be reflected in both world situations and our individual lives. The shift may be subtle in the beginning, but will build during the month of March and accelerate in April. March 1 begins with a New Moon in the sensitive and imaginative sign of Pisces. The New Moon takes place every 29.53 days. It signals a time for a new beginning and brings in energy for a fresh start. This New Moon carries the seeds of imagination, intuition, creativity, optimism and compassion. The urge to improve and transform our lives will receive a boost of inspiration and positive energy. Usually the days right after a New Moon are a good time to begin something new, but be aware that things in general will be in flux this entire week, as you will see in the following paragraphs. With so much shifting, it will not the best time to lay a foundation for a new project. Go ahead and think about what you want to initiate, but wait until March 12-13 to launch any big projects.   On March 1-2, Venus, planet of love, enjoyment and sociability will be actively challenging Mars, planet of action, war and passion. Mars will be very strong because it is turning retrograde on the day of the New Moon (discussed below). Venus has been in Capricorn since November 5, 2013. Many people have been re-evaluating relationships, finances, priorities and responsibilities over the past couple months. Venus is getting ready to change signs and it is time to bring this phase to a close. On March 1-2, intensity will build in relationships regarding sexual attraction, affection, partnerships, finances or possessions. Relationships and partnerships of all kinds could reach some sort of turning point on issues that have been undergoing a re-evaluation for the past four months. Relationships that are basically healthy and open could find this exciting and refreshing. Relationships that have underlying tensions may experience conflicts or disputes. These two days will be a time to clear the air and get on with it, whatever “it” may be. Mars in Libra will go retrograde on March 1 (click here for more information) and will stay retrograde until May 19, 2014. During that 2½ month period, many people will focus their energy on the next phase of a project or idea that began in December 2013. Around the end of February and the beginning of March, we are likely to have realizations that prompt us to look at our previous plans and ideas with a fresh perspective. This will result in a realignment of our energies. Positively, our new insights can give us the energy and courage to break through blockages that have been holding us back from making desired changes in our lives. The radical restructuring energies in the world will also be strongly affected. Mars likes to stir things up, get things started and take action – NOW. Mars will be actively poking a stick into the smoldering radical restructuring energies and adding oxygen (or gasoline) to the fire off and on over the next four months. The action will be at its peak in April. On March 2, Saturn, planet of limits, responsibility and hard work will also turn retrograde. From then through July 21, we will find it necessary to clarify and focus on responsibilities and obligations. The next 4½ months will be a good time let go of the things in our lives that are no longer appropriate, whether they are situations past their expiration date, possessions, or our own attitudes and habits. Time to clean out the closet, literally and figuratively! It may take time, attention and patience, but it will pay off in the future. It will also help us use the radical restructuring energies much more effectively. March 3 could bring an opportunity to make meaningful changes and reforms. On March 5, Venus, planet of relationships, love and money will leave the practical and responsible sign of Capricorn. It will move into the objective, friendly and humanitarian sign of Aquarius, where it will stay until April 5. The new, the unusual, progressive ideas, independence and equality will be popular themes during that four week period. On March 6, Jupiter, planet of optimism and expansion goes Direct (starts moving forward), bringing us the urge to move forward with improvements we have been considering since last November. On March 7-9, we will be looking realistically at what it will take to manifest these changes. To summarize, March 1-9 will be a time of many realizations, shifts and changes.

March 10-16 ~ Tying Up Loose Ends and Moving On

This week will be a good time to clear up and complete projects and plans that have been hanging around for several weeks. March 10-11 could bring to light some misunderstandings or roadblocks that have been slowing things down. Use this opportunity to straighten out any communication problems. On March 12-15 we will feel like we have a clearer direction and will be ready to initiate our plans and projects.

The radical restructuring energies will be stimulated on March 14-16. This can bring breakthroughs in our individual lives. We may hear unsettling news regarding world events. Things will reach a climax as we approach the March 16 Full Moon in the practical and analytical sign of Virgo. Finding a way to balance dreams with reality is likely to be an issue. Some adjustments will need to be made.

March 17-23 ~ Spring Arrives!

There could be a deep inner rumbling all this week. It will be the vibration in the earth as the wheels of radical restructuring roll toward April. Try doing something thing fun and different on March 18. It could reveal some inventive ways to bring about positive changes that will be liberating. On March 20 the Sun enters Aries at the Spring Equinox. The stage is being set for April as the vitality and focus of the Sun moves closer to joining the radical restructuring energies. Can you feel something stirring? On March 21-22 there will be a spirit of hope and compassion. Our thinking will be more affected by our emotions than usual. However, we need to be aware that information and our perceptions may not be very clear at that time. Take what you hear with a grain of salt. Things are likely not what they seem. Instead of making important decisions during this two day period, go to a movie, do something imaginative or just take some time to relax.

March 24-31 ~ Here We Go

March 24 will bring an active start to the week. Get organized now. You’ll be glad you did as the tempo is about to speed up. On March 25-28, we could have some inventive and intuitive ideas about ways to improve and transform our lives. On March 29 we are likely to be torn between being open-minded and adventurous versus being conservative and overly serious. Try to find a balance between the two. The New Moon On March 30 will be in fiery, action-oriented, and assertive Aries This New Moon will light the torch at the radical restructuring gathering that will occur in April. Let the games begin! March 30-31 will be very active days as a major phase of transformation begins. What do you want to transform in your life?   A thought before I go…..   Even though this forecast is all about future possibilities, the only time that anything ever happens is right now in the present moment. It can be helpful to have some awareness of the energies that are ahead, but it’s important not to get so absorbed with the future that we miss the present.

What day is it?” It’s today,” squeaked Piglet. My favorite day,” said Pooh.”

A.A. Milne

The best thing about the future is that it comes only one day at a time.

Abraham Lincoln

 

Happy Spring and Thanks for Reading!

Judy Joyce

  Pertinent Astrological Aspects Times shown from March 1-8: Mountain Standard Time, from March 9-31: Mountain Daylight Time. Degrees have been rounded off. Mar 1: New Moon, 12:59 am, 11º Pisces. Sun and Moon trine Jupiter, 11º Pisces/Cancer. Mars Retrograde, 9:24 am, 28º Libra. Mar 2: Saturn Retrograde, 9:19 am, 23º Scorpio. Venus square Mars, 1:04 pm, 28 º Capricorn/Libra. Mar 3: Sun sextile Pluto, 12:13 pm, 13º Pisces/Capricorn. Sun conjunct Chiron, 6:26 pm, 13º Pisces. Mar 5: Venus enters Aquarius, 2:03 pm. Mar 6; Jupiter Direct, 3:42 am, 10º Cancer. Mar 7-9: Sun at 17º Pisces opposite Jupiter/Saturn midpoint at 17º Virgo. Sun at 17º Pisces Semisquare Saturn/Uranus midpoint at 2º Aquarius. Sun at 18º Pisces square Saturn/Pluto midpoint at 18º Sagittarius. Mar 11: Mercury square Saturn, 12:14 am, 23º Aquarius/Scorpio. Mar 13: Sun trine Saturn, 3:16 pm, 23º Pisces/Scorpio. Mar 14: Mercury trine Mars. 10:17 am, 26º Aquarius/Libra. Mar 15: Mercury conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint at 28 º Aquarius. Mar 16: Full Moon, 11:08 am, 26º Virgo. Moon at 26º Virgo quincunx Mercury at 28º Aquarius. Sun at 26º Pisces quincunx Mars at 26º Libra. Mar 17: Mercury enters Pisces, 4:24 pm. Mar 18: Venus sextile Uranus, 1:00 pm, 12º Aquarius/Aries. Mars at 26º Libra opposite degree of Oct 18, 2013 lunar eclipse at 26º Aries. Mar 20: Spring Equinox, 10:57 am, Sun enters Aries. Mars conjunct degree of Apr 15, 2014 lunar eclipse at 25º Libra. Mar 21: Moon at 6º Sagittarius square Mercury and Neptune at 6º Pisces. (In effect from about 3 pm to 9 pm.) See Mar 22. Mar 22: Mercury conjunct Neptune, 2:16 pm, 6º Pisces. Mar 24: Moon at 11–13º Capricorn, opposite Jupiter at 11º Cancer, square Uranus at 12º Aries and conjunct Pluto at 13º Capricorn. (In effect from about 6 am to 3 pm.) Mar 26: Mercury trine Jupiter, 7:11 am, 11º Pisces/Cancer. Mar 28: Mercury conjunct Chiron, 10:09 pm, 15º Pisces. Mar 29: Venus trine Mars, 1:05 pm, 23º Aquarius/Libra. Venus square Saturn, 23º Aquarius/Scorpio. Mar 30: New Moon, 12:45 pm, 10º Aries. (Sun and Moon square Jupiter at 11º Cancer, conjunct Uranus at 12º Aries, square Pluto at 13º Capricorn.)

The pertinent astrological aspects for February are at the end of this Forecast.

FORECAST FOR FEBRUARY 2014 

Happy Valentine's Day!
Happy Valentine’s Day to All!

 

February 1-8 ~ Hit the Pause Button

2014 is a breakthrough year. Things are moving. Big plans for action and change are on deck for many people over the next three months. The radical restructuring energies will be strong in February and March as they build to an action-packed climax in April. World events are likely to be shocking and surprising. In our individual lives we may find this influence to be unsettling and unexpected, or liberating and exciting, or all of the above!

We may be inspired and impatient to take action on Feb 3. However, before we rush out and initiate major changes, it will be wise to do some careful thinking and tweak our plans a bit (or a lot) during February.

Mercury, the planet ruling communication, transportation, thinking and perceptions, will be retrograde from February 6 to 28. The heavens are telling us that it is time to pause, clear up, clean up, revise, reorganize and reconsider. Focus on refining and improving current plans and projects during this period. It will be well worth the effort. To learn more about the meaning of Mercury Retrograde, see: Mercury Retrograde

On Feb 7 there will be a strong tendency for unrealistic thinking, daydreaming, forgetfulness or miscommunications. Avoid making important decisions that day and make sure all communications are clear. Do something creative and imaginative or take that day off for some rest and relaxation. 

February 9-15 ~ Wake-Up Call

February 14 (Valentine’s Day) Full Moon, 4:53 pm MST, 26º Leo –

Whatever needs to reorganized or revised is likely to come to our attention over this seven day period. The astrological patterns show a strong possibility for challenging or unsettling events in the world. The Full Moon in Leo on Feb 14 also suggests a major release of radical restructuring energy could erupt sometime this week. If so, it will have an eye-opening effect for many people. Startling revelations or even revolutions could occur.

In our individual lives, the energies this week are more likely to manifest as major insights and realizations. This can energize and motivate us to take positive action to bring about needed change and transformation in our personal lives.

The Full Moon on Friday, Feb 14, falls on Valentine’s Day and will activate both the radical restructuring energies and Mercury retrograde over the weekend. Something unexpected could cause us to see things from a new point of view, resulting in an exciting, surprising and transformational experience.

February 16-22 ~ Focusing

On Feb 16, we could be enthusiastic about proceeding with a previous idea or a project that originated in January. However, on Feb 18, we will realize more work and attention is needed before we can move forward. Don’t be discouraged. Keep focusing on your goal. Think of this as a work week and do what needs to be done. Improvements made now will pay off in the future. Don’t take shortcuts. If we avoid taking the time to do things right now, we will have to face the consequences in mid-March. 

Feb 23-28 ~ Openings

The urge to expand our horizons and the confidence to do so will be strong as February comes to a close. We are likely to feel more optimistic and ready to take a chance during the last six days of February.

Mercury will go direct on Feb 28. Our revising and reorganizing time will be drawing to a close. However, there will still be a possibility of communication mix-ups this entire week and the first few days of March. Don’t take anything for granted.

Feb 28 brings happy and positive astrological influences. The New Moon in the sensitive and creative sign of Pisces occurs on at midnight on Feb 28 for those in the Pacific Time zone and in the wee hours of Mar 1 for the rest of the USA time zones. After a month of work and focus, this New Moon will usher in fresh energy for the next step in our journey. More about that next time! 

 

Thanks for Reading!

Judy Joyce 

You have brains in your head.

You have feet in your shoes.

You can steer yourself in any direction you choose.

You’re on your own.

And you know what you know.

You are the guy who’ll decide where to go.

– Dr. Seuss

 

See more articles on astrology

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects (Times are shown for Mountain Standard Time Zone, degrees have been rounded off)

 

Feb 3: Moon in Aries conjunct Uranus in Aries, square Jupiter in Cancer, square Pluto in Capricorn, square Venus in Capricorn.

Feb 6: Mercury Retrograde, 2:43 pm, 3º Pisces.

Feb 7: Moon in Gemini square Mercury and Neptune in Pisces.

Feb 9: Mars conjunct degree of Apr 15, 2014 Lunar Eclipse at 25º Libra.

Feb 11: Sun square Saturn, 23º Aquarius/Scorpio. Jupiter at 11º Cancer Sesquisquare Uranus/Pluto midpoint at 26º Aquarius. Mars at 26 º Libra opposite degree of Oct 18, 2013 Lunar Eclipse at 26º Aries.

Feb 14-15: Full Moon, 4:53 pm, 26º Leo. Moon at 26º Leo opposite Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 26º Aquarius. Sun conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint at 26º Aquarius.

Feb 15: Mercury Rx conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint at 26º Aquarius.

Feb 16: Mercury Rx trine Mars, 26 Aquarius/Libra.

Feb 18: Mercury Rx square Saturn, 23º Aquarius/Scorpio.

Feb 20: Pluto conjunct Sun/Saturn midpoint at 13º Capricorn.

Feb 23: Sun conjunct Neptune, 5º Pisces.

Feb 24: Venus sextile Saturn, 23º Capricorn/Scorpio.

Feb 25: Jupiter square Uranus, 11º Cancer/Aries. Moon in Capricorn square Uranus, opposite Jupiter, conjunct Pluto, sextile Saturn and conjunct Venus.

Feb 28: Mercury Direct at 18º Aquarius. Sun trine Jupiter, 11º Pisces/Cancer.

Mar 1: New Moon, 12:59 am at 11º Pisces. Moon trine Jupiter, 11º Pisces/Cancer.

January 2014 Forecast

2014 New Year

Notes:

(1) Thanks to all those who have been asking if I have written a 2014 Guidebook! 2014 is going to be a very interesting year and I really wanted to write about it, but I was just too busy this year to set aside the time needed to get the book written. However, there is an alternative.

You may be interested in purchasing the  One Year Detailed Forecast Report on my website. This report is personal just for you. It is based on your date, time and place of birth. It will give you much more individual information than the book.

For more information and a sample report please see: One Year Detailed Forecast Report

(2) Radical Restructuring is a phrase used below to represent the energies of profound change, upheaval and transformation that have been affecting our world and our individual lives for the last several years and will continue to be very strong through 2015. Astrologically, these energies are shown by a square (90 degree angle) between Uranus and Pluto. For more information see Radical Restructuring article.

(3) The pertinent astrological aspects for January are at the end of the Forecast.

 

January 1 to 5 ~

Put Your New Year Resolutions into Action

 

January 1: New Moon, 4:14 am MST, 12º Capricorn

The New Moon occurs every 29.53 days. It signals a time for a new beginning and brings in energy for a fresh start. We will have two New Moons in January 2014. The first one is on January 1 in the organized, responsible and realistic sign of Capricorn. January 1 is always a significant day, as we regard it as the beginning of an entire year. This particular New Moon will be very powerful all on its own. The fact that the New Moon occurs as we begin a New Year on January 1, 2014 adds special significance. It will set the tone for the whole year.

This New Moon will focus on the radical restructuring energies, especially the Plutonian energies of transformation, release and rebirth. Capricorn says it is time to reorganize, get our ducks in a row and get to work on accomplishing our goals.

Time for transformation and very appropriate for New Year resolutions! Most of us need a periodic reassessment of our life. Responsible and realistic transformative actions and plans begun now are likely to receive big rewards by the end of May 2014. Be patient.

 

For all signs: If you are familiar with your birth chart, find the house containing 9-16º of Capricorn. The area of your life represented by that house will be a very active part of your life all year.

Special Note: This New Moon will initiate a particularly important time of change and transformation for those with the following birth dates: Capricorn –Dec 30 to Jan 7; Aries -Mar 29 to Apr 6; Cancer -Jun 29 to Jul 8; Libra -Oct 1 to 9.

It is usually best to wait at least a few hours after the New Moon is exact to allow its influence to strengthen before actually beginning a new project. This New Moon will be exact very early in the morning for all time zones in the continental USA. Anytime on January 1 from mid-morning on would be a good time to focus on what we want for the New Year and to make our “resolutions”. See below.

January 1, 2014

Some Suggestions on how to effectively use the energies of January 1, 2014 New Moon:

Step One: Ask yourself three questions. 

What and who do I Love? What and who do I enjoy? What and who do I value?

Clarifying what we love and value on an emotional, material and spiritual level will be an important theme for the entire month of January. Really think about this before you go to the next steps.

Step Two: Embrace transformation.

This will be a potent time for transformation and letting go. Identify areas in your life where things need to be changed, released or revitalized in order to honor and nurture what was revealed in step one.

Step Three: Determine what actions must be taken to make this happen.

The desire for action will also be stimulated now. Your energy, desire and initiative will be needed. Avoid rash actions, but be open to taking action when necessary. Become a peaceful warrior in your life. Be courageous.

Step Four: Examine your inner and outer communications and your mental outlook.

This New Moon also brings the energy and motivation to change the way we think. Take some time to consider both your inner thoughts and the words you speak out loud about yourself and others. Are you sabotaging your desires by constantly saying or thinking the exact opposite of what you really want? Do you have low expectations for yourself? You can change the way you think. If you need some ideas and inspiration, read or listen to your favorite author/teacher.

You may already have this part of your life in good shape. If so, use this energy to reinforce your good habits and weed out any stray self-defeating thoughts that may have crept in when you weren’t looking.

Step Five:  Make your life more spiritual, positive and optimistic.

Use this energy to make your outlook on life more positive. Start where you are. Find at least one good thing in your life each day. If you consciously look for the good around you, you will find more of it. Do what works for you. It could be reading works by inspiring authors, meditating, singing, dancing, creating, being in nature, or anything else that awakens your sense of inner joy. When you find your Joy, you will find your Spirit.

 

January 2 will bring lots of enthusiasm and energy, but also a tendency to want action NOW. This could lead to impatience and rash actions. Look before you leap. January 3 could reveal some temporary fears, doubts or obstacles. Face things realistically, but also be aware it is just a small bump in the road. January 4-5 will bring inspiration and optimism. This will be a good time to think about and discuss your positive plans for the future.

 

January 6 to 12 ~

Keep Things in Perspective

 

The urge to make changes will be strong January 6-8. However, there is apt to be a tendency to be impatient and bite off more than we can chew. Wait until January 9-10 to make any important decisions. Both days and into the very wee hours of Jan 11 will be an excellent time to look at your goals realistically. You may find some re-evaluation will be necessary. Taking time to do this will improve and strengthen your plans.

January 11 is mixed. Thinking may be a little fuzzy or unrealistic in the morning. A more objective and rational approach will emerge in the afternoon and some innovative ideas could turn up that evening. January 12 will be a good day to do something intellectually stimulating and fun.

 

January 13 to 19 ~

What Has Been Hidden is Revealed

 

January 15: Full Moon, 9:52 pm MST, 26º Cancer

The energy will slowly build on January 13-14 as we approach the Full Moon in Cancer on January 15. The seeds of change we planted at the New Moon on January 1 will begin to blossom. That isn’t to say that the results will necessarily be lovely. We may be shown very precisely where action is needed regarding whom and what we love and value. Relationships of some shape or form will be in the spotlight for many people. (See January 1-5, step one.) This Full Moon will be mild for some and very intense for others. Much depends on the previous choices in our lives regarding the love and values that are now up for review. Open communications and innovative ideas can be very helpful on January 16-17. Take the day off and relax on Saturday, January 18. Be industrious on January 19. It will be a good day for getting your surroundings in order and for the pursuit of healthful activities.

 

January 20 to 26 ~

Some Assembly Required

 

The urge to achieve something big will be strong for the next two weeks. January 21-22 will be a very active time and many people will feel it’s time to move forward with a project. Innovative and exciting ideas and conversations will bring a feeling of confidence on January 24, followed quickly on January 25 with the realization that a lot of mental focus and hard work will also be required. A project or situation that begins on January 24-25 is likely to go through some revisions in Mid-February, and will finally be completed by Mid-March. You may have to take some extra time to address a few roadblocks, but don’t be discouraged. With focus and discipline all will turn out well in the end.

 

January 27 to February 2 ~

Expanding Possibilities

 

January 30: New Moon, 2:38 pm MST, 11º Aquarius

One phase is ending and a new one is beginning as we approach the second New Moon this month. The planetary influences on January 28-29 will step up the desire for achievement and expansion that began the previous week. The second New Moon for the month will occur on January 30 in the future-oriented and humanitarian sign of Aquarius. This New Moon will stimulate our desire to improve the future.

It will also stimulate the radical restructuring energies. It will carry the seeds for a large release of energy and power in the world. Pay attention to what occurs around this time, both out in the world and in your personal life. Whatever is initiated now will be directly connected to a much more forceful  release of transformative radical restructuring energy in April 2014. The best time to use the New Moon energies and focus your intentions for the month ahead will be anytime from 6:30 pm to midnight on January 30 (MST).

Some Suggestions on how to effectively use the energies of the January 30, 2014 New Moon:

It will be important to maintain a healthy balance. Resist the temptation to overdo and go too far, which will likely backfire. Revisit what you have learned in January about what you love and value. Using that as a guide, keep your priorities in mind as you plan for the month ahead.

January 31 is apt to be a day of fluctuating emotions. Let your thoughts and feelings develop and clarify before making major decisions. February 1 will bring inspiration, compassion and a fresh perspective. Rest and recuperate on Sunday, February 2.

 

Happy 2014 to All!

Judy Joyce

 

First comes thought, then organization of that thought into ideas and plans; then transformation of those plans into reality. The beginning, you will observe, is in your imagination.

Napoleon Hill

 

Pertinent Astrological Aspects (Times are shown for Mountain Standard Time Zone, degrees have been rounded off)

Jan 1: New Moon, 4:14 am, 11 º Capricorn. Ruler, Saturn in Scorpio, will trine Jupiter on May 24, 2014. New Moon Aspects:

Step One: Final aspect of the New Moon is a conjunction to retrograde Venus in   Capricorn. Venus will be retrograde in Capricorn until January 31.

Step Two: Sun-Moon conjunct Pluto, 11º Capricorn

Step Three: Sun-Moon square Mars, 11º Capricorn/Libra.

Step Four: Sun-Moon conjunct Mercury, 11º Capricorn/13º Capricorn.

Step Five: Sun-Moon opp Jupiter, 11º Cap/16º Can. Merc opp Jupiter, 13º Cap/16º Can.

Jan 2: Sun square Mars,5:15 pm, 13º Capricorn/Libra. Mercury opposite Jupiter, 12:11am, Jan 3, 16º Capricorn/Cancer.

Jan 3: Moon square Saturn, 6:47 pm, 21º Aquarius/Scorpio,

Jan 4-5: Moon in Pisces both days. Jan 4:  Moon conjunct Neptune. Jan 5: Moon sextile Pluto, sextile Sun, trine Jupiter, sextile Mercury, trine Saturn. Sun opposite Jupiter, 2:12 pm, 15º Capricorn/Cancer. Mercury sextile Saturn, 1:51 am, Jan 6, 21 ºCapricorn/Scorpio.

Jan 6-8: Moon in Aries from Jan 6 @ 12:45 pm until Jan 8 @ 6:23 pm.

Jan 7: Moon in Aries conjunct Uranus, square Pluto, opposite Mars, square Jupiter, square Sun.

Jan 8: Moon square Venus and Mercury. Mars square Jupiter, 3:36 pm, 15º Libra/Cancer.

Jan 9: Moon in Taurus Trine Pluto and sextile Jupiter.

Jan 10: Moon in Taurus trine Sun, opposite Saturn, and trine Venus.

Jan 11: Between 3:44 am to 6:39am -Moon in Taurus trine Mercury. Sun conjunct Venus 21º Capricorn. Venus and Sun sextile Saturn, 21 Capricorn/ Scorpio.

Jan 11:Moon Gemini square Neptune,  12:26 pm. Mercury into Aquarius, 2:35 pm. Mercury sextile Uranus, 11:02 pm, 9º Gemini/Aries.

Jan 12: Moon trine Mars Gemini/Libra.

Jan 13: Moon into Cancer, 5:25 pm.

Jan 14: Moon in Cancer square Uranus, opposite Pluto, conjunct Jupiter.

Jan 15: Full Moon, 9:52 pm, 26º Cancer.

Jan 16: Venus retrograde square Mars, 10:13 am, 18º Capricorn/Libra. Mercury sextile Uranus, 11:25 pm, 9º Aquarius/Aries. Moon in Leo trine Uranus and opposite Mercury.

Jan 19: Moon in Virgo trine Pluto and sextile Jupiter.

Jan 21-22: Moon in Libra opposite Uranus, square Pluto, square Jupiter, conjunct Mars.

Jan 24: Mercury trine Mars, 7:57 am, 21º Aquarius/Libra. Moon in Scorpio sextile Pluto, trine Jupiter, sextile Venus.

Jan 25: Mercury square Saturn, 4:56 am, 22º Aquarius/Scorpio. Moon in Scorpio conjunct Saturn and square Mercury. (Mercury will go retrograde in February and will square Saturn and trine Mars for the 2nd time in mid-February during its retrograde phase. After it goes Direct, Mercury  will square Saturn and trine Mars for the 3rd and final time in Mid-March, thus completing the cycle.)

Jan 28: Moon in Capricorn square Uranus, conjunct Pluto, opposite Jupiter, conjunct Venus.

Jan 29: Sun sextile Uranus, 1:33am, 9º Aquarius/Aries.

Jan 30: New Moon, 2:38 pm, 11º Aquarius.

Jan 31: Jupiter opposite Pluto, 2:36 am, 12º Cancer/Capricorn. Venus turns Direct, 1:49 pm, 14º Capricorn.

Feb 1-2: Moon in Pisces conjunct Neptune, trine Jupiter, sextile Pluto, sextile Venus and trine Saturn.

DECEMBER 2013

Notes:

(1) Radical Restructuring is a phrase used below to represent the energies of profound change, upheaval and transformation that have been affecting our world and our individual lives for the last several years and will continue to be very strong through 2015. Astrologically, these energies are shown by a square (90 degree angle) between Uranus and Pluto. For more information see Radical Restructuring article.

(2) Astrological aspects are at the end of the December Forecast.

 

December 1-6 ~ A New Start

December 2:  The New Moon occurs in the optimistic and enthusiastic sign of Sagittarius. Each month the New Moon ushers in a new beginning and brings in new energy for a fresh start. The Sagittarius influence of this New Moon tells us that December will be time to make life more positive and expansive. This particular New Moon will bring a favorable mix of energies representing change, optimism, practicality and action to new endeavors. Projects started now will have the potential to grow and stand the test of time.

It is usually best to wait at least a few hours after the New Moon to allow its influence to strengthen before actually beginning the new project. The New Moon is exact at 5:22 pm, MST, on December 2. That evening would be a good time to think about how we can use these energies in December. Pay attention the morning of December 3. Helpful insights and ideas could occur that will be useful in implementing a new start over the next two days. It doesn’t have to be a huge new start. Just think about making life better in some way. (If you are familiar with your own chart, find the house that contains 11 º Sagittarius. The area of your life represented by that house will likely be the recipient of this new start.)

On December 4 and 5 the Moon will be in the practical and business oriented sign of Capricorn, which will be favorable for business dealings, organizing and planning. December 4, in particular, could be a day of significant change, as the Moon adds emphasis to the radical restructuring energies.

Warning: December 6 will not be a good day for practical matters or important decisions. Thinking and communications are likely to be fanciful, unrealistic, doubtful or confusing. Instead, use this imaginative energy for daydreaming, fantasy and creativity.

 

December 7 ~ A New Sheriff in Town

On December 7, Mars will move from the sign of Virgo into Libra. This is going to be a more important sign change for Mars than usual.

What does Mars represent?

Mars is associated with how energy is used: it can manifest as anger, conflict, accidents, arguments, aggression, power, force, action, courage, strength, daring, passion, sexuality, physical assertion, construction and hard work. It can be used in a destructive way or in a positive way. It can tear down or build up.

What does Mars Rule?

In the outer world, Mars rules the military, law enforcement, warriors, guns, knives, fire, weapons, criminals, militants and activists.

In our individual lives, Mars manifests as our physical activity, energy level, sexual drive, how we express our anger and how we go after what we want in life. Mars is our inner warrior and shows how we respond when under stress or a perceived attack.

As stated above, this sign change will be more important than usual. It takes Mars almost two years to complete one cycle around the Sun, spending about 1 ½ months in a sign. However, every two years it goes through a retrograde cycle and spends almost eight months in one sign. That is what will start on December 7 as Mars moves into Libra, where it will stay for over 7 ½ months (until July 25, 2014). That means the Mars in Libra influence will carry extra significance this time because it will stay in Libra much longer than usual.

When Mars changes signs, there is a general shift in energy. The following analogy may help explain this further:

Each planet has a certain persona, like a role in a play. In the case of Mars, the role is the warrior. The warrior’s role is to take action, to defend or to attack, to go after what it wants, to take the initiative and to make things happen.

The sign shows the way a planet will play its role, the “costumes” it will wear, its personality, and how it will portray its role. In this case, how Mars will portray the warrior.

Mars has been in the practical, analytical, earthy, detail-oriented, hardworking and exacting sign of Virgo since October 15. Virgo is also associated with healing and healthcare. Mars in Virgo is a warrior that analyzes, critiques and takes things apart in order to put them back together correctly. Mars in Virgo notices what is wrong and what needs to be fixed. Mars in Virgo warrior is prone to irritation and worry when things are not in order. Kind of like an accountant with a gun.

On December 7, this all changes. Mars will don a new costume as it moves into Libra, the sign of peace, harmony and relationships. This means a new approach and a new look for the warrior. Libra likes to get things done by working with others, by being charming, good natured and cooperative. Libra strives for peace and balance, does not want conflict and avoids it whenever possible. However, Libra has a purpose in mind, and if necessary will take action to make it happen. Libra has been likened to the iron fist in a velvet glove. Think of Roger Moore (a Libra) in his role of James Bond. Just because he’s smiling, doesn’t mean he won’t shoot you if necessary.

Although Mars in Libra will prefer to seek a peaceful solution to problems, there will be some challenging times ahead. That’s because Mars in Libra will stir up and increase the action of the ongoing radical restructuring energies. See December 22-31 below.

 

December 8-14

Keep Your Feet on the Ground and Aim for the Stars

Whatever started just after the New Moon on December 2 could receive a big boost all week with Jupiter making an exact trine to Saturn on December 12. This is not a big flashy influence, but it is one that can bring long-lasting positive results by blending optimism and confidence with practicality and focus.

 

December 15-21 ~ Shifting Directions

The Full Moon is on December 17 in Gemini, the sign of communication, mental activity and curiosity. This will be a time when creative ideas and big plans initiated at the new moon will blossom. However, there could be a tendency to be impractical or to go overboard. Definitely create and dream at this time, but wait to implement your plans until you come back down to earth in a day or two.

Uranus, the planet of change, surprise and sudden shifts (and one half of the radical restructuring  duo) has been retrograde (moving backwards) since July 17. In December, Uranus will slow down, stop, and then very slowly begin forward motion on December 17, just a few hours after the Full Moon. Because Uranus will barely move in December, its energy is very concentrated and focused all month. Once it starts moving forward, many changes that had been pending will start moving to the next level. You may feel like something BIG is shifting.

On December 21, Venus, planet of love, money, fun and enjoyment goes retrograde (shifts to a backward motion). This will occur while Venus is in the practical and achievement oriented sign of Capricorn. Venus will be retrograde until the end of January 2014. This six week period will be a good time to think about what and who we truly love, value and enjoy in life, and then re-organize our priorities accordingly.

 

December 22, 2013-Jan 2, 2014 ~ Fireworks

The radical restructuring of change and transformation will be in high gear as 2013 ends and 2014 begins. Hang on because these energies will continue to expand and grow in 2014. A peak in the radical restructuring energies will start around December 22, 2013 and will continue to expand until it reaches a dramatic point in April 2014. It will taper off by the end of June 2014.

From December 22, 2013 to January 2, 2014, Mars, the Sun and Mercury will add their considerable energies to the change and transformation of the radical restructuring energies. Radical restructuring re-enforcements are arriving! Oh my!

First on the scene will be Mars. On December 22 things will begin to heat up and get activated. We will notice this out in the world and in our individual lives. Mars likes to get things started and take action – NOW. Because Mars will go retrograde in 2014, it will continue to move in and out of the radical restructuring action through June 2014. Used in a positive way, this can give us the energy and courage to break through blockages that have been holding us back from making desired changes in our lives.

The energies of change and action will be powerful on December 24-26 as Mars opposes Uranus. This will make for a dynamic and energetic Christmas, but also holds the possibility of over-assertion, accidents, aggression, or explosive energy out in the world or in our personal lives. Drive carefully and avoid risks. Luckily, there will also be a spirit of compassion and caring that could help to soothe the fiery energy of Mars from December 24-27.

From December 29, 2013 through January 2, 2014, conditions will heat up even more, as both Mercury and the Sun join Mars in stirring the pot of change and transformation. Arguments and power struggles could occur and communications could be strained. Avoid coming on too strong and trying to make someone change their mind. Be aware that this energy is affecting everyone to some degree. If you start feeling frazzled, try deep breathing and count to ten. It will help to do something physical to relieve tension in a positive way – take a walk, exercise, dance and sing. Know that everything that is happening around us is part of the path right now. All energies can be used productively when used for the highest and best good.

The New Moon in Capricorn on January 1, 2014 will be very potent. It will powerfully initiate a new phase in the radical restructuring energies.

Wow. Happy New Year….

Thanks for reading.  More next time!

Wishing You Love and Joy this Holiday Season,

Judy Joyce

…….Beyond a wholesome discipline, be gentle with yourself. You are a child of the Universe, no less than the trees and the stars; you have a right to be here. And whether or not it is clear to you, no doubt the universe is unfolding as it should………..

Max Ehrmann, “Desiderata”

 

Astrological Aspects (Times are shown for Mountain Standard Time Zone, degrees have been rounded off)

Dec 1: New Moon, 5:22 pm, 11º Sagittarius,  Ruler, Jupiter, in Cancer trine Saturn in Scorpio

Dec 3: Mercury sextile Mars, 9:35 am, 28º Scorpio/Virgo

Dec 4: Mercury enters Sagittarius, 7:42 pm

Dec 6: Mercury square Neptune, 2:31 pm, 3º Sagittarius/Pisces

Dec 7: Mars enters Libra, 1:41 pm

Dec 10: Mercury trine Uranus, 10:05 am, 9º Sagittarius/Aries

Dec 12: Jupiter trine Saturn, 5:00 pm, 18º Cancer/Scorpio

Dec 17: Full Moon, 2:28 am, 26º Gemini

Dec 17: Jupiter sesquisquare Neptune, 18º Cancer/3ºPisces

Dec 17: Uranus Direct, 10:39 am, 9º Aries

Dec 21: Sun enters Capricorn, Winter Solstice, 10:11 am

Dec 21: Venus Retrograde, 2:53 pm, 29º Capricorn

Dec 24: Mercury enters Capricorn, 3:12 am

Dec 24: Sun sextile Neptune, 10:06 am, 3º Sagittarius/Pisces

Dec 25: Mars opposite Uranus, 1:33 am, 9º Libra/Aries

Dec 25: Moon in Libra sqr Mercury & Sun ,opp Uranus, conj Mars, sqr Pluto, 2 am -8 pm

Dec 26: Mercury sextile Neptune, 2:04 am, 3º Capricorn/Pisces

Dec 29: Mercury square Uranus, 1:48 pm, 9º Capricorn/Aries

Dec 29: Sun square Uranus, 10:05 pm, 9º Capricorn/Aries

Dec 30: Mars square Pluto, 6:16 pm, 11º Libra/Capricorn

Dec 31: Mercury conjunct Pluto, 4:24 am, 11º Capricorn

Dec 31: Mercury square Mars, 7:59 am, 11º Capricorn/Libra

Jan 1, 2014: New Moon, 4:14 am, 11º Capricorn. Sun and Moon in Capricorn square Uranus in Aries, conjunct Pluto and Mercury in Capricorn, square Mars in Libra

Jan 2: Sun square Mars, 5:14 pm, 12º Capricorn/Libra

Forecast for September, October and November 2013

The waves of change and transformation have been very strong this summer and will continue as we move into fall. Many people have already started making big changes in their lives.

September through November will be quite a complex and interesting three month period. It appears to be a time when important spiritual and Life Path choices can be made. This is due to four astrological energy patterns overlapping and interconnecting. They are listed below.

 

1.  DECISION TIME:  September 1 to October 15, 2013 

Saturn in Scorpio sextile Pluto in Capricorn

This helpful influence has been with us all year. It was very strong from December 2012 through March 2013 and will reach its final peak from September 1 to October 15, 2013. Events will be urging us to take responsibility for our own transformation. Although this is a positive influence, it is not necessarily easy. In order to use these energies productively, we need to be responsible, mature, focused, hardworking, grounded, patient and determined. We also must be willing to face our fears, to delve into unknown territory and to let go of that which no longer is viable or has outlived its usefulness in our lives.

September could be a turning point for many people. Saturn will be exactly sextile Pluto on September 20, the same day that Pluto changes from retrograde to direct motion. From September 15 to 25 as Pluto stops and switches from retrograde to direct motion, it will seem to stand still in the heavens. Pluto’s intense transformative energy will be very powerful and focused during this ten day period.

How you can use these energies in your personal life:

  • Apply what you have learned, felt and experienced so far this year.
  • Make your daily life more of a reflection of your Higher Self by harmonizing your physical/material world with your spiritual world. Walk your talk and live according to your beliefs.

 

2.   KARMIC RELEASE:  September 1 to November 30, 2013 

Saturn in Scorpio conjunct N. Node in Scorpio and trine Chiron in Pisces; Pluto in Capricorn sextile N. Node and sextile Chiron; Solar Eclipse in Scorpio on November 3 conjunct Saturn, N. Node and Mercury.

Throughout this three month period, we will have opportunities to make new spiritual choices. We could heal some life-long unhealthy behaviors and attitudes. We may be called upon to act in a new way when confronted with a challenging situation. While it might seem like a new situation, it is likely to reflect an old recurring theme in our lives. If so, that is precisely the karma we can release by reacting in a different way and breaking the cycle.

Fortunately, there are several positive influences at this time. Many people will be pleased to find that letting go of old behaviors or situations will be easier than they expected. It will still take personal effort, but life long struggles with issues such as over eating, relationships, family, money, anger, resentment, low self esteem, etc. could be finally be dealt with and released. As we leave an old path behind, we will find a new path unfolding before us. Take advantage of this opportunity. The choices we make at this time will be very important. Once embarked upon the path we have chosen, we will be committed to finishing it.

How you can use these energies in your personal life:

  • Be open to whatever inner information is revealed to you.
  • Be willing to drop old unhealthy behaviors.
  • Be willing to step into a more spiritually attuned way of living.

 

3.  CELESTIAL POWWOWS: October 1 to November 26, 2013 

Mercury in Scorpio trine Neptune and Chiron in Pisces; Mercury in Scorpio conjunct Saturn and N. Node in Scorpio; Mercury in Scorpio sextile Pluto in Capricorn.

Mercury will join Saturn in the deep, determined and mysterious sign of Scorpio on September 29. It will turn retrograde in Scorpio from October 21 to November 10, and will stay in Scorpio until December 4. This back and forth movement will result in three separate get-togethers or “Powwows” between Mercury, Neptune, Saturn, N. Node, Pluto and Chiron. While the Scorpio energies will be quite intense, the favorable aspects listed above should make these meetings quite productive.

October and November will be very important time for developments in the world and also in our personal lives. The combination of Mercury and Saturn in Scorpio will bring an intense determination to uncover anything that has been hidden and will cause us to look at things with a very critical eye. During this eight week period there will be many discussions, revelations, realizations and revisions that will take until the last part of November to finalize. Pay attention to details. Focus on the positive and avoid being overcautious or overcritical. Balance and perspective will be needed.

If you formalize something in October and November make sure it is something you want to have in your life for a long time.

The energies involved are listed below. These energies will come together for three separate powwows lasting about ten days each time (see below). The first time is the beginning of something, the second time brings a need to revise, refine or get more information, and the third time will be the completion.

Powwow Attendees:

Mercury: (the Scout) the mind, thinking, perception, information, discussions, mental attitude, communications, reasoning, media, information, speaking, writing, transportation and commerce.

Saturn: (the Chief) authority, law and order, greatest challenges in life, karmic lessons, responsibilities, duties, obligations, organization, focus, the physical realities of life.

The North Node/South Node: (the Ancestors) attitudes, associations, habits and behaviors from past lifetimes that we need to balance out in this lifetime.

Neptune: (the Priest/Priestess) spirituality, compassion, intuition, psychic energy, imagination and creativity.

Pluto: (the Shaman) transformation, power, release, rebirth.

Chiron: (the Healer) inner spiritual healer, teacher, counselor and channel between the physical world and the spiritual realms.

 How you can use these energies in your personal life:

  • The above energies reside within you. Go within and observe how they are currently manifesting in your life.
  • Honor and be grateful for these energies in your life.
  • Have your own inner powwows utilizing these parts of yourself.
  • Allow things to unfold and develop over the series of the three powwows shown below.

The Dates:

  • Powwow # 1: October 1 to October 9 – Something is likely to start around this time that will come up again during the Mercury retrograde phase. Pay attention to outer events, thoughts, intuition and inner rumblings (your emotions, not your stomach). They could be a preview of things to come.


 

 


  • Powwow # 2: October 29 to November 9 – New information or unexpected changes could occur. Plans may need to be revised or refined.

          • Mercury Direct: November 10 – Time to start moving forward toward the conclusion of a project or situation.

 

 


  • Powwow # 3: November 11 to November 21 – Final meeting and completion. Powwow #2 and # 3 are back to back. A shift in thinking may occur over November 9-11 as Mercury goes Direct while it is locked in a positive aspect (trine) to Neptune. This will bring a great deal of sensitivity, creativity, compassion and intuition into the thought process. Perhaps an intuitive flash of insight will help bring projects or situations to a positive conclusion.

 

4.  WE’RE NOT DONE YET: September through November 2013

Uranus in Aries square Pluto in Capricorn

Last, but certainly not least, the radical restructuring  energies of Uranus and Pluto will be gearing up for another exact square on November 1, 2013. This will be the fourth square in a series of seven. (This influence began in 2012 and will continue through 2015.)

We have been watching these energies manifest as chaotic and uncertain conditions all over the world. They will continue to do so. Many have also found their personal lives going through changes and transformations. Although it can be unsettling and surprising, this influence can also be liberating and exciting. The potential for change is strong from October 30 to November 3 when helpful energies from the Sun, Mercury and Mars will blend with Uranus and Pluto. In addition, a solar eclipse will occur on November 3, which indicates this will be a time of shifting circumstances.

As you can see, September through November is an interesting time filled with lots of potential! Knowing the nature of the influences we will experience and when they will occur can be helpful. As always, how we choose to react to these energies is up to each one of us.

One thing we do know – we’re all in this together as we journey around the Sun on this great planet we call Earth.

Happy Trails to You on the Path of Life!

Judy Joyce

 

Below are some astrological details for September, October and November. Times shown are Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees have been rounded off.

September 2013

Sep  1:  Sun  Trine Pluto,  2:43 am, 9° Vir-Cap Sep  1:  Sun Sxtil Node,  6:27 pm,  10° Vir-Sco Sep  3:  Sun Oppos Chiron,  1:14 pm , 11° Vir-Pis Sep 5:  New Moon, 5:36 am, 13° Virgo

Sep 6:  Pluto Sxtil Node, 3:11 am, 9 ° Cap-Sco

Sep 9:  Mercury enters Libra, 1:07 am

Sep 9:  Mars Sqr Saturn, 5:06 am. 8° Leo- Sco Sep 11:  Venus enters Scorpio, 12:16 am

Sep 14:  Mercury Sqr Pluto, 2:29 PM, 9° Lib-Cap Sep 14:   Mars Trine Uranus, 2:57 pm,11° Leo- Ari 16 Sep 16:   Mercury Oppos Uranus, 12:41 am, 11° Lib-Ari Sep 16:  Saturn Conj Node, 10:40 pm,  9° Sco Sep 18:  Venus Conj  Node,  8:07 am, 9 ° Sco Sep 18:  Venus Conj Saturn,  2:54 pm,  9° Sco

Sep 19:  Full Moon, 5:13 am, 27° Pisces

Sep 20:  Pluto Direct, 9:29 am, 9° Capricorn

Sep 20:  Saturn Sextile Pluto, 11:45 pm, 9° Sco-Cap

Sep 22:  Fall Equinox Sun into Libra, 2:44 pm

Sep 29:  Mercury enters Scorpio, 5:38 am

 

October 2013

Oct 1:  Mercury Trine Neptune, 3:46 pm, 3° Sco-Pis Oct 1:  Sun Sqr Pluto, 7:28 pm, 9° Lib- Cap Oct 2:  Saturn Trine Chiron, 3:39 am, 10° Sco-Pis Oct 3:  Sun Oppos Uranus, 8:12 am, 11° Lib-Ari Oct 4: New Moon, 6:35 pm, 12° Libra

Oct 4: Saturn Quincunx Uranus, 10:45 pm, 10° Sco-Ari

Oct 5:  Mercury Conj Node, 4:34 pm, 8° Sco Oct 6:  Mercury Sxtil Pluto, 7:57 pm, 9° Sco-Cap Oct 7: Venus enters Sagittarius, 11:54 am

Oct 7:  Mercury Trine Chiron, 4:07 pm, 10° Sco-Pis Oct 8:  Mercury Conj Saturn, 1:39 pm, 11° Sco Oct 12:  Sun Sqr Jupiter, 9:08 am, 19° Lib-Can Oct 15: Mars enters Virgo, 5:05 am

Oct 18: Full Moon/Lunar Eclipse, penumbral, 5:38 pm, 26°Ari

Oct 21: Mercury Retrograde, 4:28 am, 18° Scorpio

Oct 23: Sun enters Scorpio, 12:10 am

Oct 28:  Pluto Sxtil Chiron, 5:03am, 9° Cap- Pis Oct 29:  Mercury Conj Saturn,2:48 pm, 13 ScoOct 30:  Sun Conj Node, 6:53 pm, 8° Sco Oct 31:  Mar Oppos Chiron, 12:08 am, 9° Vir-Pis Oct 31:  Mars Trine Pluto, 4:49 am, 9° Vir-Cap

November 2013

Nov 1: Uranus Sqr Pluto, 4:30 am, 9° Ari-Cap

Nov 1:  Sun Trine Chiron, 7:12 am, 9° Sco-Pis Nov 1:  Sun Sxtil Pluto, 11:05 am, 9° Sco- Cap

Nov  1:  Sun  Conj  Mercury,  2:19 pm, 10 Sco Nov  1:  Mercury Sxtil Pluto,  4:44 pm, 9° Sco- Cap Nov  1:  Mercury Trine Chiron, 7:59 pm, 9° Sco-Pis Nov  3:  Mercury Conj Node,  12:21 am, 8° Sco Nov 3: New Moon/Solar Eclipse, total, 5:50 am, 11° Sco

Nov 5: Venus enters Capricorn, 1:43 am

Nov 6:  Sun Conj Saturn, 6:01 am, 14° Sco Nov 6: Jupiter Retrograde, 10:03 pm, 21° Cancer

Nov 8:  Mercury Sxtil Venus, 6:23 am, 3° Sco- Cap Nov 9:  Mercury Trine Neptune, 3:35 pm, 3° Sco- Pis

Nov 10: Mercury Direct, 2:12 pm, 3° Scorpio

Nov 11: Mercury Trine Neptune, 1:48 pm, 3° Sco- Pis Nov 12:  Sun Trine Jupiter, 10:39 am, 20 ° Sco-Can Nov 13: Neptune Direct, 11:42 are, 3° Pisces

Nov 14:  Venus Sqr Uranus, 7:13 pm, 9 ° Cap-Ari Nov 14:  Venus Sxtil Chi, 9:59 pm, 9 ° Cap- Pis Nov 15:  Venus Conj Pluto, 3:33 pm, 10° Cap Nov 17: Full Moon, 8:16 am, 25° Taurus

Nov 18:  Mercury Conj  Node,  10:41 pm, 8 ° Sco Nov 19:  Chiron Direct,  7:07 am, 9 ° Pis Nov 20:  Mercury Trine Chiron,  4:16 am, 9 ° Sco- Pis Nov 20:  Mercury Sxtil Pluto, 8:09 pm, 10 ° Sco- Cap Nov 21: Sun enters Sagittarius, 8:48 pm Nov 24:  Sun Sqr Neptune, 11:52 am, 3 °Sag- Pis Nov 25:  Mercury Conj Saturn, 7:54 pm, 17 ° Sco Nov 27:  Mercury Sxtil Venus,  8:45 pm, 20 ° Sco-Cap Nov 28:  Mercury Trine Jupiter, 1:23 am, 20 ° Sco-Can Nov 30:  Sun Trine Uranus,  12:25 pm,  9 ° Sag- Ari Nov 30:  Sun Sqr  Chiron, 11:40 pm, 9 ° Sag- Pis

Summer 2013

The Express Train to the Unknown Has Left the Station.

You are on the Train.

 

Astrological aspects for June -August are at the end of this article

Have you felt the energies gearing up over the past 2-3 months? Most people have been busy, busy, busy. Your energy level may have been in overdrive. Something like drinking an entire pot of espresso during the day, then crashing, but having trouble sleeping at night because your mind is still buzzing with activity. That is the dynamic influence of Uranus squaring Pluto. Life is speeding up. Change and transformation are occurring and we are swept up in the flow. As I write this on the afternoon of May 20, 2013, the radical restructuring aspect of Uranus in Aries squaring Pluto in Capricorn is exact. This is only the third in a series of seven exact squares between these two planets from 2012 through 2015.

And it’s about to get even more intense. When Jupiter moves into Cancer on June 25, new developments will begin that are likely to bring existing conditions to a peak of intensity over the summer months. That’s because Jupiter will be in a challenging position to the two radical restructuring planets, Uranus and Pluto. Jupiter brings optimism, growth and expansion. Which means the radical restructuring energies are going to get bigger and more powerful. Unexpected events, surprises, changes, upheavals and crises could occur. Radical Restructuring? You ain’t seen nuthin’ yet!

However, Jupiter’s expansive energies will also be flowing harmoniously with Saturn in Scorpio (maturity, responsibility) and Neptune in Pisces (creativity, intuition, compassion). In addition to the expanding and challenging radical restructuring energies, we will have flowing and helpful energies at our disposal. Change can happen more easily and faster than usual. Opportunities, openings, breakthroughs, spiritual awakenings and sudden insights can occur. These easier flowing energies started around mid-May and will gain strength this summer, especially in July.

Huge changes often happen when challenges reach their greatest intensity. The radical restructuring energies will force us to deal with something that cannot be ignored. The flowing energies can provide us with the optimism, creativity and spiritual insight to restructure our lives in a positive and healthy way.

July will be the high point of the flowing energies and August will be the month when the most dynamic and challenging activity is likely to occur.

The energies we will experience this summer are part of our Life Path. It is time to do a major restructuring both in the world and in our individual lives. Although this radical restructuring has been going on for a few years and will last for a few more years, the summer of 2013 could easily be one of the most intense periods we will experience.

It is not supposed to be easy. It will not be easy. Radical restructuring is, well…. radical.

 

USA and World: It may be hard to discern what is really going on at times. Emotions will be surging. People will want fast and assertive action and may act before they have all the facts. Situations that begin in the world and in the USA this summer may not be resolved until May 2014. Information will develop over time and is likely to change. Keep that in mind when you hear and read the news.

Your Individual Life: Where are you already making changes in your life? Those are the areas that are most likely to intensify this summer. You should start to notice this around the end of June or early July. Challenges and opportunities are very likely to arise. Courage and determination will be required. You will need to step out of your comfort zone. Open your heart to the optimistic, intuitive and creative energies that will be flowing around you. Try something new, improve your life and liberate yourself from restricting circumstances and attitudes.

Whether we like it or not, we are living in a time of tremendous change and transformation. If you have been thinking about making some changes, then conditions over the next three months are likely to force you into making a decision. Go for it!

Would you like to know what this summer has in store for your sign? The 2013 Astrology Guidebook for All 12 Signs has a complete section for your sign explaining how the major aspects will affect you for the year, plus your own month by month forecast. Click here to Look Inside

Thanks for Reading and Have a Radically Wonderful Summer!

 Judy

 

Astrological aspects, June- August, 2013

June 2013     MDT, Time Zone 7

Jun 2               Venus enters Cancer, 8:13 pm

Jun 7               Neptune Rx, 2:25 am, 5° Pisces

Jun 8              New Moon, 9:56 am, 18° Gemini

Jun 11              Saturn Trine Neptune, 5:26 pm, 5° Sco-Pis

Jun 20              Summer Solstice Sun into Cancer, 11:04pm

Jun 23            Full Moon, 5:32 am, 2° Capricorn

Jun 25            Jupiter enters Cancer, 7:40 pm

Jun 26            Mercury Retrograde, 7:07 am, 23° Cancer

Jun  27           Venus enters Leo, 11:03 am

 

July 2013

Jul 7                Saturn Dir, 11:11 pm, 5° Scorpio

Jul 8               New Moon, 1:14 am, 16° Cancer

Jul 13             Mars enters Cancer, 7:22 am

Jul 17             Uranus Rx, 11:20 am, 13° Aries

Jul 17             Jupiter Trine Saturn, 11:31 am, 5° Can-Scor

Jul 17             Jupiter Trine Neptune, 6:14 pm, 5° Can-Pis

Jul 19             Saturn Trine Neptune, 7:20 am, 5° Sco-Pis

Jul 20             Mercury Direct, 12:22 pm, 13° Cancer

Jul 22            Venus enters Virgo, 6:41 am

Jul 22             Sun enters Leo, 9:56 am

Jul 22             Full Moon, 12:16 pm, 0° Aquarius

 

August 2013

Aug 6             New Moon, 3:51 pm, 15° Leo

Aug 7              Jupiter Opposite Pluto, 5:46 pm, 9° Can-Cap

Aug 8              Mercury enters  Leo, 6:13 am

Aug 16           Venus enters Libra, 9:37 am

Aug 20           Full Moon, 7:45 pm, 28° Aquarius

Aug 21           Jupiter Square Uranus, 1:15 am, 12° Can-Ari

Aug 22           Sun enters Virgo, 5:02 pm

Aug 23           Mercury enters Virgo, 4:36 pm

Aug 27           Mars enters Leo, 8:05 pm

Summer Major Aspects: Uranus in Aries square Pluto in Capricorn all summer; Saturn in Scorpio trine Neptune in Pisces Jun 11; Jupiter into Cancer Jun 25; Jupiter will trine Saturn and Neptune forming a grand trine in water signs Jul 17-19; N. Node in Scorpio trine Chiron in Pisces Jul 25; Jupiter will oppose Pluto Aug 7 and square Uranus Aug 21 forming a T-Square for most of Aug; Jupiter trine N. Node Aug 16 and trine Chiron Aug 21.

By Judy Joyce

A Note from Judy: Just like most of us, I too am doing some radical restructuring in my life. I am currently developing several astrological projects that require my time and attention. Therefore, this will be the last monthly forecast I post online. However, I will still send out a newsletter when I post a new article or have other astrological information I would like to share.

(Astrological data can be found at the end of this forecast)

March 2013 – Shifting Gears

As the month begins….

Saturn in Scorpio is sextile Pluto in Capricorn. This astrological influence can help us make positive changes in our lives and has been in effect since December 2012. The sextile means that the energies of these two planets will be working together in a supportive way. However, a positive outcome will require our participation. Nothing much will happen unless we are willing to take responsibility for making the changes and do the necessary work. This influence will continue to be in effect all of March and then will fade out in early April. (It will come back one more time in September 2013.)

Now is the time to take advantage of this opportunity to improve your life in some way. This influence will be at its peak March 1-10. Here is the recipe for using these energies successfully and manifesting beneficial results:

Start with

Scorpio: take a penetrating, determined and intense look at your life. Determine what is no longer appropriate for you and what you want to change.

Add

Saturn: personal responsibility, hard work, focus and a realistic outlook.

Blend in

Pluto: the willingness to release what is no longer needed and the courage to own your own power.

Mix well with

Capricorn: practicality, organized action, discipline and efficiency.

Season with experience and patience.

(One small glass of Cabernet as needed, optional)

 

Mercury is retrograde. This started on Feb 23 and will last through March 16. When Mercury is retrograde it is time to stop, reassess, revise and finish your current activities rather than starting something brand new. Be flexible and open to changes in your schedule. Communications and plans may get mixed up during this time. Be sure you are clear in your communications with others. This is particularly important because Mercury is in the sign of Pisces, which can keep one’s head in the clouds, even when it’s not retrograde. This Mercury retrograde will strongly affect Pisces, Gemini, Virgo and Sagittarius. Even though Mercury will end its retrograde phase on March 16, it could take until April 6 to tie up all the loose ends.

March 1-10 – Improve Your Life

March 1 to 3 will be a good weekend to focus on how you would like to make your life better. Be willing to look into all the hidden places that you avoid, but that you know must be dealt with before any real changes can occur. Be courageous and see what’s there. Take advantage of the positive energies at this time.

On March 4 there could be a tendency to go overboard. Avoid making commitments that will be hard to keep and stay away from “overdoing” in general.

March 5-8 will be an excellent time to take steps to improve your life. Saturn sextile Pluto will be at its peak. Make your life more positive in some way, even if it is a small change. Mercury retrograde can be helpful during this four day period, perhaps showing you something you had overlooked, or bringing you a new way of perceiving a situation along with new ideas on how to make improvements. Venus, planet of sociability and harmony, will also be a positive influence. People will be more willing to cooperate. Creative ideas could arise through social interactions. Be open to what is happening around you.

March 9-10 will be another time when it could be tempting to go overboard. Mercury retrograde will square Jupiter, the planet of bigger is better. Be careful in all forms of communication and transportation. Things could get out of hand faster than you might expect. However, everything settles down by late afternoon on March 10 and the evening of Mar 10 should be very positive.

March 11-19:  Something’s Stirring

At the March 11 New Moon in Pisces there will be a big line-up of planetary energies in the same sign. The Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus and Mars and Neptune will all be in the mystical, intuitive, creative and emotional water sign of Pisces. If you want to tune into those vibrations, do so this afternoon or evening. The fire sign of Aries is about to turn the heat up under the watery energies of Pisces. A change is on the way.

In the wee hours of March 12, Mars, the warrior planet, will move into fiery, independent, action-oriented and headstrong Aries. Mars rules Aries and will be very much at home in its own sign. At this time, Mars will start moving towards a merger with Uranus, already in Aries. Uranus is the planet that brings sudden shifts, surprises and a desire to turn things upside down. Mars the warrior brings action and assertion. Things are going to shift. Something is coming. We will feel it stirring under the deep waters of Pisces.

On March 17 Mercury ends its retrograde period and begins to slowly move forward. The afternoon and evening of March 19 could bring you an intuitive flash about things you have learned over the past three weeks that will come in handy at the end of the month. Pay attention.

March 20-31: Game On

On March 20-21, the Sun and Venus join Mars and Uranus in fiery Aries. This will definitely begin to arouse and inflame the Radical Restructuring energies of Uranus in Aries squaring Pluto in Capricorn.

From March 22 to March 31, activities and events will be rapid, intense and unpredictable. During this period, Mars, the Sun and Venus will merge with Uranus and then square Pluto. Dynamic action of some sort is very likely. Adjustments, surprises and sudden shake-ups and wake-ups could occur. Breakthroughs are also quite possible. No matter what happens, these energies will keep us on our toes.

The March 27 Full Moon in Libra could bring everything to a climax. Communications, ideas and information can be very helpful on March 28-29. There could be cause for optimism on March 31 and April 1.

By the end of the month, we will have shifted into a higher gear as we travel the road of Radical Restructuring. We will be moving closer to a period of even more intense change and transformation that will occur from July 2013 through May 2014.

Some Final Thoughts

Don’t let “radical restructuring” scare you. It can be a good thing to be radically restructured!

It’s a chance to get rid of what isn’t working in your life. A chance to clear out the “stuff” that is clogging up your space and your energy.

 

Change

is to our lives as water is to our bodies.

Without it we dry up. It is the source.

Change

wakes us up:

Change keeps us from falling asleep

during the best bits of our lives.

 

mary anne radmacher

Much Love to all in these exciting times!

Judy

.

If you would like a Monthly Forecast:

Consider my 2013 Astrology Guidebook for all 12 Signs. This 365 page book has separate month by month forecasts for each sign, plus an overview for the year for each sign and for the world. Available at Amazon.com  for $16.99.  It is also available as an Ebook for $8.99. Available in Kindle and other Ebook formats.

Another alternative would be a One Year Detailed Forecast Report. This extensive report is 80-100 pages in length and is a personal forecast based on your individual astrological chart using your month, day, year, time and place of birth. $39

For those who would like to hear more about 2013, the recording and handouts from the Waking Up in 2013 Seminar I presented on January 21, 2013 are available. $20

 

Astrological Data for March 2013

Times listed are for Mountain Time (Zone 7). Pacific Time is one hour earlier, Central Time is one hour later, and Eastern Time is two hours later. Greenwich Mean Time is seven hours later (standard time), or six hours (Daylight Savings Time). Degrees shown for planetary positions have been rounded off to the nearest degree.

Mar 1: Sun sextile Pluto 6:35am, 11° Pisces/Capricorn. Sun trine Saturn 1:31 pm, 11° Pisces/Scorpio.

Mar 4: Sun conjunct Mercury Rx, 5:58 am, 14° Pisces. Venus square Jupiter, 8° Pisces/Gemini.

Mar 6: Venus sextile Pluto, 7:01 pm, 11° Pisces/Capricorn. Venus Trine Saturn, 8:07 pm, 11° Pisces/ Scorpio. Mercury Rx conjunct Venus, 9:54 pm, 11° Pisces.

Mar 7: Mercury Rx trine Saturn, 12:17 am, 11° Pisces/Scorpio. Mercury Rx sextile Pluto, 1:26 am, 11° Pisces/Capricorn.

Mar 8: Saturn sextile Pluto, 1:03 am, 11° Scorpio/Capricorn.

Mar 9: Mercury Rx square Jupiter, 8:38 pm, Pisces/Gemini.

Mar 11: New Moon, 1:51 pm, 21° Pisces.

Mar 12:  Mars enters Aries, 12:26 am.

Mar 17: Mercury Direct, 2:03 pm, 6° Pisces.

Mar 20: Sun into Aries, 5:02 am. Spring Equinox.

Mar 21: Venus into Aries: 9:15 pm.

Mar 22: Mars conjunct Uranus, 12:17 pm, 8° Aries.

Mar 23: Jupiter quincunx Saturn, 8:51 pm, 11° Gemini/Scorpio.

Mar 26: Mars sextile Jupiter, 4:27 am, 11° Aries/Gemini. Mars square Pluto, 11° Aries/Capricorn.

Mar 27: Full Moon, 3:27 am, 7° Libra.

Mar 28: Mercury trine Saturn, 2:48 am, 10° Pisces/Scorpio. Sun conjunct Venus, 11:05 am, 8° Aries. Venus conjunct Uranus, 5:01 pm, 8° Aries. Sun conjunct Uranus, 6:38 pm, 8° Aries.

Mar 29: Mercury square Jupiter, 10:56 am, 11° Pisces/Gemini. Mercury sextile Pluto, 12:31 pm, 11° Pisces/Capricorn. Jupiter quincunx Pluto, 7:19 pm 11° Gemini/ Capricorn.

Mar 31: Venus square Pluto, 4:10 am, 11° Aries/Capricorn. Venus sextile Jupiter, 8:49 am, 12° Aries/Gemini. Sun square Pluto, 9:03 pm, 12° Aries/Capricorn.

Apr 1: Sun sextile Jupiter, 6:24 am, 12° Aries/Gemini.

February 2013 -Take a Dip in the Waters of Pisces

During February we will have many opportunities to immerse ourselves in the spiritual waters of Neptune in Pisces. These mystical energies will be particularly strong this month, as Mars, Mercury, the Sun and Venus will all enter Pisces and conjunct Neptune by the end of the month.

Here is an excerpt about Neptune in Pisces

from my 2013 Astrology Guidebook:

In February 2012, Neptune, planet of spirituality, dreams, visions, imagination, creativity, illumination, inspiration, empathy, idealism, illusion, and confusion moved into the sign that it rules: emotional and creative Pisces. It will stay in Pisces until February 2026.

During the next 13 years all of us will be feeling and sensing these otherworldly energies more directly than has been our experience in the past, which can be disorienting at times. Neptunian energies are very subtle and elusive and can be challenging to use. They can sometimes result in misguided or fanatical emotional beliefs and actions – the classic “true believer”. However, for most of us, an increasing feeling of compassion, spirituality, idealism, creativity, psychic awareness and sensitivity will quietly swirl around and slowly permeate our consciousness. In general there will be a desire to connect with something bigger than ourselves. Many will begin to understand that we are all connected on a spiritual level. There could also be scientific discoveries that validate mystical experiences.

In 2013, we will have opportunities in February and March to tune into our idealistic and spiritual side. From mid-May through July we can use our imagination, creativity and compassion to find practical solutions to our current challenges, both collectively and individually.

More information on Neptune in Pisces

Keep the above information in mind as you read the February forecast……..

FEBRUARY 2013

Feb 10: New Moon, 22° Aquarius, 12:20 am, MST

Feb 23: Mercury Retrograde, 20° Pisces, 2:41 am, MST

Feb 25: Full Moon, 7° Virgo, 1:26 pm, MST

Feb 1-4: Mars, planet of action, enters Pisces on Feb 1 and conjuncts Neptune on Feb 4, activating our imagination, spirituality and our psychic energies. The spiritual warrior emerges. Many people will have a desire to take action for compassionate, spiritual or humanitarian reasons from now through March 11. There is also a possibility that a few who are unbalanced or fanantical could be prompted to take some kind of action in the name of their beliefs.

Feb 5-7: Mercury, planet of communication and thiking, enters Pisces on Feb 5 and conjuncts Neptune on Feb 6. Information, discussions and perceptions become more emotional, spiritual, imaginative and inspired. Optimism and the possibility of positive changes will expand.

Feb 8-10: Spirited actions and discussions are likely during this period, along with a tendency for exaggeration and going overboard. Good for brainstorming and imagining, but actions begun now, and especially at the New Moon on Feb 10, could easily be over-optimistic and impractical. Don’t promise more than you can deliver or believe everything you hear.

Feb 11-16: This is a much more effective time to accomplish your goals. Inspiration and imagination are supported with practical and realistic ideas and discussions on Feb 11 and 12. A positive plan or project can begin now that will develop over the next six weeks. You can take effective action and get things going on Feb 15-16.

Feb 17-22: Take this week to slow down. This is not a time for beginning something new. At this point, it is time to stop and get ready to revise or work on projects previously started. The Sun moves into Pisces on Feb 18 and lights up your spiritual and imaginative side as it conjuncts Neptune on Feb 21.

Feb 23: Mercury will be retrograde in Pisces from Feb 23 to Mar 17. However, the days just before and after the Mercury retrograde period are often quite intense, too. When Mercury is retrograde it is time to stop, reassess, revise and finish your current activities rather than starting something new. Be flexible and open to changes in your schedule. Communications and plans tend to get mixed up during this time, so be sure you are clear in your communications with others. This is particularly important because Mercury is in the sign of Pisces, which can keep your head in the clouds, even when it’s not retrograde. This Mercury retrograde period will strongly affect those born under the signs of Pisces, Gemini, Virgo and Sagittarius.

Feb 24-28: The Full Moon on Feb 25 could be a time when something that seems over-optimistic actually turns out to have practical applications. Pay attention to your imagination and your creative ideas at this time. Venus, planet of harmony and sociability, moves into Pisces on the evening of Feb 25 and will conjunct Neptune on Feb 28. A gathering of the energies of spirituality and imagination (Neptune), Action (Mars), Energy (Sun), mental activities (Mercury) and love and sociability (Venus) is taking place in the compassionate and mystical sign of Pisces.

Why not dive in and join the party?

Thanks for Reading and Have a Mystical Month!

Judy

 Astrological data for February 2013

Times listed are for Mountain Time (Zone 7). Pacific Time is one hour earlier, Central Time is one hour later, and Eastern Time is two hours later. Greenwich Mean Time is seven hours later (standard time), or six hours (Daylight Savings Time). Degrees shown for planetary positions have been rounded off to the nearest degree.

Feb 1: Mars into Pisces, 6:54 pm. Venus into Aquarius, 7:47 pm.

Feb 4: Mars conjunct Neptune, 1:57 pm, 2° Pisces.

Feb 5: Mercury into Pisces, 7:56 am.

Feb 6: Venus sextile Uranus, 12:08 pm, 6° Aquarius/Aries. Mercury conjunct Neptune, 4:00 pm, 2° Pisces. Venus Trine Jupiter, 10:58 pm, 6° Aquarius/Gemini.

Feb 8: Mercury conjunct Mars, 10:57 am, 5° Pisces.

Feb 9: Mercury square Jupiter, 5:08 am, Pisces/Gemini.

Feb 10: New Moon, 12:20 am, 22° Aquarius. Mars square Jupiter, 1:12 am, 7° Pisces/Gemini.

Venus square Saturn, 11:42 pm, 11° Aquarius/Scorpio.

Feb 11: Mercury sextile Pluto, 10:58 pm, 11° Pisces/Capricorn.

Feb 12: Mercury trine Saturn, 12:15 pm, 11° Pisces/Scorpio.

Feb 15: Mars sextile Pluto, 11:14 am, 11° Pisces/Capricorn.

Feb 16: Mars trine Saturn, 9:14 am, 11° Pisces/Scorpio.

Feb 18: Sun into Pisces,1:26 pm. Saturn retrograde, 10:03 am, 11-12° Scorpio

Feb 21: Sun conjunct Neptune, 12:19 am, 3° Pisces.

Feb 23: Mercury stationary retrograde, 2:41 am, 20° Pisces.

Feb 25: Full Moon, 1:26 pm, 7° Virgo. Sun square Jupiter, 3:26 pm, 8° Pisces/Gemini. Venus into Pisces, 7:03 pm.

Feb 26: Mercury conjunct Mars, 2:09 am, 19° Pisces.

Feb 28:Venus conjunct Neptune, 6:37 am, 3° Pisces.

 

 

Welcome to January 2013!

Although we are living in a time of turmoil and transformation, 2013 has the potential to be a time of positive action and change. There will still be many challenges, but we will also have some new helpful energy patterns this year. 2013 will be a year when actions will be taken and changes will be made, especially as we get further into the year.

2013 feels different than 2012. The election is over, the Mayan Calendar has ended and we’re still here. Whether we go over the “fiscal cliff’ or not, we will still have to deal with it. Life will go on. So, this January forecast will not be about the world, but about you, the individual.

Jan 1-2 – As the year begins, you could begin to see more clearly the changes you would like to make in your life. Balance your ideals and goals with a realistic and practical outlook.

Jan 3 -4 could bring some surprises and life is apt to be fast-paced.

Jan 6 will be a very good day to spend time focusing on what you really want for yourself and how you can take practical steps to make it happen. Really. Do something, even if it is one tiny step forward.

Jan 7 is likely to bring a strong dose of reality. Hard work or challenges must be dealt with before moving ahead. Accept that work needs to be done and do it as well as possible without complaint.

A creative, compassionate and practical attitude will bring success on Jan 9 – 10.

The New Moon on Jan 11 in the practical and organizational sign of Capricorn will be a good time to begin some realistic and concrete plans and actions. Be sure to include innovation and new ideas in your plans.

Relationships, social occasions and new experiences can be exciting and unusual on Jan 12. You may learn something new about yourself.

Jan 13 will be a good day to relax and let the world go by.

Jan 14-15 should be peaceful and a good day for creative, intuitive or compassionate activities.

Jan 16-17 will be more dynamic and active. Progress can be made at this time. Be patient and charming.

Ideals, the future and a humanitarian outlook will be a focus over the rest of the month as the Sun and Mercury both move into Aquarius on Jan 19. You may have an urge to be with others who share your ideals and beliefs.

The energies are expansive, optimistic and uplifting on Jan 21-22. This will be a good time for sharing information and interacting with others. Be open to a grander vision of your life.

The transformative radical restructuring energies will be stimulated on Jan 22-24. You may feel stirred to action at that time. This will be very strong for those born Feb 9-13, May 11-15, Aug 12-16, and Nov 12-16.

Jan 24-25 can energize and excite you. Thinking and communications will be focused, but could be rigid and unyielding. Use this energy to help you find any holes in your plans, but avoid becoming over critical or negative. The general atmosphere will be much lighter by that evening. The Full Moon on Jan 26 is in the creative, generous and fiery sign of Leo. Express yourself and have some fun.

Jan 27-28 could bring a tendency to resist changes. On the plus side, it is a good time for determination and persistence, but apt to be quite tiring.

Jan 29 will be a good day for focusing on work and getting organized.

Jan 30 could have rather serious and possibly restrictive energies. Responsibilities and work may feel tiring. It’s only temporary. Things will start feeling lighter by that evening.

Jan 31 will be a much livelier day with reason to be hopeful that things are moving in a positive direction.

Next forecast will be posted the end of January….

Astrological Data of Interest for January 2013

Times shown are for Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees are rounded off to the closest number.

Jan 3: Mercury square Uranus, 9:29 am, 5° Capricorn-Aries

Jan 4: Mars trine Jupiter, 5:56 am, 7° Aquarius-Gemini.

Jan 6: Mercury conjunct Pluto, sextile Saturn, 10° Capricorn-Scorpio

Jan 7: Mars square Saturn, 12:33 pm, 10° Aquarius-Scorpio

Jan 8: Venus enters Capricorn, 9:11 pm

Jan 9: Venus sextile Neptune, 1° Capricorn-Pisces

Jan 11: New Moon, 22° Capricorn, 12:44 pm

Jan 12: Venus square Uranus, 5° Capricorn-Aries

Jan 16: Venus conjunct Pluto, 6:27 pm, 10° Capricorn

Jan 17: Venus sextile Saturn, 11° Capricorn-Scorpio

Jan 19 Mercury into Aquarius, 12:25 am

Jan 19: Sun into Aquarius, 2:52 pm

Jan 21: Moon trine Mercury, sextile Uranus, conjunct Jupiter, 3-6° Gemini-Aquarius-Aries

Jan 22: Mercury sextile Uranus and trine Jupiter, 5 6° Aquarius-Aries-Gemini

Jan 23; Mars conjunct Uranus/Pluto midpoint, 22° Aquarius

Jan 24: Sun sextile Uranus, 9:45 pm, 5° Aquarius-Aries

Jan 25: Mercury square Saturn, 11:42 am, 11° Aquarius-Scorpio

Jan 25: Sun trine Jupiter, 6° Aquarius-Gemini

Jan 26: Full Moon, 7° Leo, 7:38 pm

Jan 30: Sun square Saturn, 11°, 3:49 pm

Jan 30: Jupiter Direct, 6° Gemini

 

DECEMBER 2012

 Looking Back at 2012

December 21, 2012 and the End of the Mayan Calendar

As we approach the end of 2012, it is a good time to pause and reflect upon what we have experienced in our personal lives during the past year. As has been written here many times, we are all going through a “radical restructuring”, which will continue quite strongly over the next three years.

In 2012 Uranus and Pluto stirred up the radical restructuring energies of change and transformation with great gusto. Since there is still much more to come, it would be very beneficial to take stock of things and see where you are now. You might be surprised at how much change has actually already occurred in your life. Look back and consider what you have experienced both outwardly and inwardly in 2012. It could be helpful and revealing to write down your thoughts. Even if your life seemed quite uneventful, notice where you have started thinking differently and where that is leading you. What has been on your mind? Where do you want to achieve liberation and freedom in your life? How would you like to transform your life? Have you had some insights and inner experiences that are urging you to make changes in your life?

These questions are important because we are entering a time when change will be accelerating. Being aware of what you really desire and feel will be very helpful if you suddenly find you need to make some rapid decisions about your future.

This quickening of transformational change will intensify in December 2012. In addition to the challenging Uranus square Pluto aspect of radical restructuring, we will also experience some flowing planetary energies. Starting in December 2012, Saturn in Scorpio will move into a friendly sextile with Pluto in Capricorn that will be very strong from December 2012 through March of 2013. The sextile indicates the two planets will work easily with each other. This particular sextile will be stronger than usual. That’s because Saturn will be in Scorpio (the sign ruled by Pluto), and Pluto will be in Capricorn (the sign ruled by Saturn). In astrology we call this mutual reception. It’s like the rulers of two different countries switch places for a period of time. In this case, each planet will be supportive and helpful to the other’s aims. Saturn represents authority, laws, governments, rules and regulations and Pluto represents power, breakdown, release, intensity, profound change and renewal. Scorpio energies are deep, intense and emotional. Scorpio leaves no stone unturned in its quest to seek that which is in need of purging. Capricorn energies are practical, realistic, hard-working and have great powers of material manifestation. With all the above energies are working together, breakthroughs can occur in previously blocked areas. You can use these same energies to make the changes you want in your life and you can start now.

December 21, 2012 and the End of the Mayan Calendar

Another event that people are wondering about is how the end of the Mayan Calendar on the Winter Solstice of December 21, 2012 will affect us, if at all. Below is the chart for December 21, 2012 cast for the time of the Winter Solstice in Washington, D.C.

This chart does have an interesting formation. A triangle with two blue sides and one green side stands out. This is a pattern called a Yod and is also called The Finger of God. It is formed by a double quincunx and a sextile. (The quincunxes are blue and the sextile is green. See below)

 

A Yod is a mysterious pattern that blends opportunity (the sextile) and something offbeat or unusual (the quincunx). Usually there is a need to reconcile energies that seem to be very dissimilar. Not all astrologers agree on its meaning. Some associate it with fate and destiny. Some think it is negative and very difficult. Some associate it with spiritual sensitivity. Others dismiss it entirely.

I tend to think that all patterns are significant and find the Yod to be intriguing. I prefer to view the planets and their patterns as energies (somewhat like cosmic weather). We may not have control over when and how the energies arrive, but we do have control over how we react to them. The best way to benefit from the energies of a Yod would be to (1) be flexible and open-minded, (2) use the best qualities of each of the planets and signs involved, and (3) combine these disparate energies in a new and unique way. For instance, a person born with a Yod in their birthchart could be a somewhat quirky person who brings us a unique and insightful way of viewing the world.

This particular Yod is formed by Saturn, Pluto and Jupiter. Saturn and Pluto are 60 °apart (sextile) and each is 150° (quincunx) from Jupiter. The meaning of the Saturn-Pluto sextile was discussed above (noted in purple).The Jupiter in Gemini energies can bring new information and an expansion of mental perceptions. This Yod also has an extra bonus. Venus sits at the midpoint of Saturn and Pluto and is directly opposite Jupiter. This means the Venus energies of love and peace will play a pivotal role in expressing the Yod in the world.

The December 2012 Yod will be in effect from December 17 to 31. However, it will be at its strongest point from December 20 to 22. The combination of energies on December 21, 2012 suggests that we will have an unusual opportunity to perceive the world around us in a new way. It will involve letting go of some old ingrained patterns of behavior and perception in order to embrace new concepts. This could be a time of blending the physical with the spiritual and could be a very uplifting experience.

One thing we do know is that millions of people around the world will be meditating and focusing on this moment of time. If you go online and search for December 21 2012 meditation, you will find all kinds of ways to link up with others. Whether you are taking part in some kind of ceremony or spending the day alone, you can tune in to the energy being generated by millions of souls. What a perfect time to go to that source of Love in your heart and connect with the Oneness of All. The actual Winter Solstice is December 21, 2012 at 4:13 am, Mountain Standard Time. You will need to adjust that time for your time zone. Sunrise would also be a nice time to do a special meditation. There is no one “right way or right time” to do it. Follow your heart.

However, please note:

 If we all vanish by midnight on December 21, 2012, that will be the biggest “radical restructuring” of all. If so, just ignore this forecast and I will see you on the Other Side!

Winter Solstice Blessings to All!

 Judy

 Astrological data for December 2012 is directly below.

Astrological Data of Interest for December 2012

Times shown are for Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees are rounded off to the closest number.

Dec 2: Sun opposite Jupiter, 6:45 pm, 11° Sagittarius-Gemini.

Dec 10: Mercury enters Sagittarius, 6:40 pm.

Dec 11: Mercury square Neptune, 5:58 am, 1° Sagittarius-Pisces.

Dec 13: New Moon, 1:42 am, 22° Sagittarius

Dec 13: Uranus Direct, 5:02 am, 5° Aries.

Dec 14: Mercury trine Uranus, 4:25 am, 5° Sagittarius-Aries.

Dec 15: Venus enters Sagittarius, 9:39 pm.

Dec 16: Venus square Neptune, 11:25 am, 1° Sagittarius-Pisces.

Dec 17: Mercury opposite Jupiter, 12:22 pm, 9° Sagittarius-Gemini.

Dec 19: Venus trine Uranus, 2:39 pm, 5° Sagittarius-Aries.

Dec 20: Jupiter quincunx Pluto*, 8:36 pm, 9° Gemini-Capricorn.

Dec 21: Sun enters Capricorn, Winter Solstice, 4:12 am.

Dec 21: Sun sextile Neptune, 11:49 pm, 1° Capricorn-Pisces.

Dec 22: Jupiter quincunx Saturn*, 8:02 am, 9° Gemini-Scorpio.

Dec 22: Venus opposite Jupiter*, 7:50 pm, 9° Sagittarius-Gemini

Dec 25: Mars enters Aquarius, 5:49 pm.

Dec 25: Sun square Uranus, 6:32 pm, 5° Capricorn-Aries.

Dec 26: Saturn sextile Pluto*, 5:48 pm, 9° Scorpio-Capricorn.

Dec 28: Full Moon, 3:21 am, 7° Cancer.

Dec 29: Sun quincunx Jupiter, 1:27 am, 8° Capricorn-Gemini.

Dec 30: Sun conjunct Pluto, 6:37 am, 9° Capricorn.

Dec 30: Sun sextile Saturn, 10:45 am, 9° Capricorn-Scorpio.

Dec 31: Mercury enters Capricorn, 7:03 am.

Dec 31: Mars sextile Uranus, 7:32 pm, 5° Aquarius-Aries.

Dec 31: Mercury sextile Neptune: 11:51 pm, 1° Capricorn-Pisces.

* Part of the Yod

 

NOVEMBER 2012 GENERAL FORECAST

You don’t have to be an astrologer to know that we are in for a bumpy ride in November. The close and contentious U.S. presidential election will be on the minds of many as the month begins. One thing we can be sure of – no matter who wins the presidency half of the country will be upset with the results.

However, understanding the astrological “weather” can add further insights. The November 2012 cosmic weather forecast indicates shifting circumstances with unsettled and cloudy conditions accompanied by intermittent high winds and storm surges. Hold on to your hat. Here’s how the month will unfold in astrological terms:

NOVEMBER 1-5: As we approach the presidential election, the stress of the unrelenting political news and the crisis du jour is likely to overtax our sensibilities and our patience. Sudden, intense and unusual personal interactions can occur on Nov 1-3. For some, this will be exciting, for others it will be disruptive, especially on Nov 3. Find a way to bring some balance and harmony into your life. Focus on the things in your life that are peaceful, beautiful and harmonious. There could be good news, celebrating and high spirits the evening of Nov 5. There will undoubtedly be a collective sigh of relief that the political campaigns have finally ended. In any event, it will be a good night to do something fun and lively.

NOVEMBER 6-10: The celebrations of the night before may have been a little premature because on Nov 6, Election Day, Mercury will turn retrograde. During a Mercury retrograde period, communication, technology, transportation and travel tend to experience more delays, misunderstandings and mix-ups than usual. This does not bode well for a smooth and efficient election. It is an indication that there may not be a clear cut victory, or we could experience technological problems and glitches in the voting process, mix-ups, miscommunications or other irregularities. This is not a foregone conclusion, but certainly can be considered as a very strong possibility. The last time Mercury was retrograde on Election Day was the November 2000 election which was a classic Mercury retrograde fiasco. Mercury will stay retrograde until Nov 26, but we will not be done with the “clean-up” process until Dec 14. If it does turn out that there are problems on Election Day, there is a possibility that it could take until mid-December to get everything straightened out. This applies to whatever situations occur during this time, not just to the election. We can each do our part to help bring about a positive outcome to any problems by being calm, clear-headed and careful in our thoughts, words and actions.

Mercury Retrograde in your personal life: Mercury goes retrograde three times a year for about three weeks each time. As stated above, during a Mercury retrograde period, communication, technology, transportation and travel may experience more mix-ups than usual. However, this doesn’t necessarily mean there will be problems. To be safe, make sure that your communications, agreements and plans are clear and understood by all. Don’t take anything for granted. It will be a good time to pause and catch up on things that have piled up over the past few months. Time to repair, release, reorganize, re-evaluate and revise. This particular Mercury retrograde period could be more challenging than some. This will be especially true around Nov 11-16. (See below) However, Mercury retrograde can also be a serendipitous time when surprising and exciting events occur. Be flexible and open-minded. Mercury will be retrograde Nov 6-26. The four days before and after those dates can sometimes be very disruptive and unsettled as Mercury stops and reverses its direction.

NOVEMBER 11-16: There are also two eclipses in November which means this month will be a time when one set of circumstances ends and another begins. These changes will unfold over the next three to six months. It is possible that something that has been holding things back will shift out of the way. This will be true in the world and also in our personal lives. The first eclipse is a New Moon/Solar Eclipse on Nov 13 which will occur in the intense and powerful sign of Scorpio. Scorpio energies take us beneath the surface and expose what has been hidden. Although not always pretty, it could be helpful because there is another planetary pattern on that same day that involves information or an event that is unclear, confusing or misleading. (Mercury square Neptune.) This same planetary pattern occurred at the end of October. This time Mercury is retrograde which suggests we are either revisiting the same subject or something similar to it. The Scorpio Solar Eclipse could uncover and expose more information. However, don’t jump to conclusions. It will take until Dec 14 until we will finally know the whole story. Conditions are likely to be unstable on Nov 11-16. A need to realign our goals and plans will be necessary, but not easy. This will not be a good time for making big decisions. Observe rather than act. Pay attention to the feelings and events in your life during this week and see if you can find any connections to your experiences on Oct 28-31.

NOVEMBER 17-30:  Nov 17 and Nov 20 will be favorable days for practical insights and solutions. On Nov 21-22 feelings and ideas could be a little over idealistic or impractical, but also imaginative, compassionate and inspiring. It will be good time to experience the true meaning of Thanksgiving and to share our bounty and our hearts with each other.

Nov 23-30 will be a very active time and not just because of the Christmas shopping frenzy at the mall. First, from Nov 23 to 27 the radical restructuring energies of change and transformation will be stirred into action. Although challenging, positive change can occur now if these energies are used with responsibility, maturity and practicality. Second, on Nov 26 Mercury will stop its retrograde motion and then slowly begin to go forward. This indicates we have finished revising and repairing and can now move forward. Third, the Full Moon/Lunar Eclipse on Nov 28 will bring events that have occurred over the past two weeks to a culmination, which also indicates it is time to move on.

November could bring many surprises and shifts. We may see things very differently on November 30 than we did on November 1.

 

Love to All,

Judy

Next forecast will be posted the end of November….

 

Astrological Data of Interest for November 2012

Times shown are for Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees are rounded off to the closest number.

Nov 1: Venus opposite Uranus, 4:06 pm, 5° Libra-Aries.

Nov 3: Venus square Pluto, 11:26 am, 8° Libra-Capricorn.

Nov 6: Mercury Retrograde, 4:04 pm, 4° Sagittarius.

Nov 11: Neptune Direct: 12:53 am, 0° Pisces.

Nov 13: New Moon/Solar Eclipse, 3:08 pm, 22° Scorpio.

Nov 13: Mercury Retrograde square Neptune, 5:02 pm, 0° Sagittarius-Pisces.

Nov 14: Mercury retrogrades back into Scorpio, 12:43 am

Nov 15: Saturn Inconjunct Uranus, 5:27 pm, 5° Scorpio-Aries

Nov 21: Sun enters Sagittarius, 2:50 pm.

Nov 23: Mars square Uranus, 3:06 am, 5° Capricorn-Aries.

Nov 24: Mars sextile Saturn, 3:53 pm, 6° Capricorn-Scorpio.

Nov 26: Mercury Direct, 3:48 pm, 18° Scorpio.

Nov 26: Venus conjunct Saturn, 6:19 pm, 6° Scorpio.

Nov 27: Mars conjunct Pluto, 1:14 pm, 8° Capricorn.

Nov 28: Full Moon/Lunar Eclipse, 7:46 am, 7° Gemini.

Nov 28: Venus sextile Pluto, 9:01 am, 8°Scorpio-Capricorn.

Nov 29: Venus sextile Mars, 3:34 pm, 10° Scorpio-Capricorn.

 

Skywatch November 2012

Morning Sky: Venus, Jupiter and Saturn Nov 12-30. Mercury Nov 24-30

Evening Sky: Mercury Nov 1-12. Mars all month.

Note: October’s astrological data is listed at the end of the forecast

Note: October’s astrological data is listed at the end of the forecast

October 2012 -Let’s Get Serious

The world will need to face reality in October when the No-Nonsense planet of Saturn moves into the Tell-It-Like-It-Is sign of Scorpio on October 5, 2012, where it will stay until September 2015. Many problems in the world that we have been trying to avoid will begin to rise up from the depths and they won’t be pretty. After all, they’ve been stuffed down, thrown scraps, denigrated, trampled upon and blamed on the other guy. Like mushrooms growing underground in the dark, they are now ready to burst forth into the light in all their power and glory.

In October and November, we will see this reflected in world headlines. There are many ways this energy can manifest. One is likely to be the economy, especially pertaining to debt. No big surprise. Pick any of the concerns reflected in the headlines that never seem to end up in anything but a finger pointing contest – those are the very areas that will reach a crisis point that will demand real action.

Saturn in Scorpio tells us it is time to take responsibility. It will be necessary to be disciplined, determined, organized and realistic. The chickens have come home to roost. The bills are due. And Saturn in Scorpio will be very serious about it. No excuses, period. Time to get down to business.

Saturn’s passage into Scorpio on Oct 5 will also boost the transformative power of Pluto, currently in the sign of Capricorn and part of the radical social restructuring energies the world is experiencing. That’s because Saturn will be in Scorpio, the sign ruled by Pluto, and Pluto will be in Capricorn, the sign ruled by Saturn. In astrology we call this mutual reception. It’s like the rulers of two different countries switch places for a period of time. In this case, the countries already have good relations with each other and are likely to be supportive and helpful of each others aims. Saturn represents authority, laws, governments, rules and regulations and Pluto represents power, purging, breakdown, intensity, profound change and renewal. With these two planets working together, we will see the transformative process speed up.

The most likely time for success in making positive and realistic changes will be from December 2012 through March 2013, and in September 2013. It won’t happen overnight. Saturn will require us to be patient, mature and persevering.

Change and transformation will speed up in our personal lives, too. Whatever we need to accomplish in our own personal restructuring will become more pressing. The key to using these energies successfully will be the willingness to be hardworking, disciplined and determined – plus the courage to look reality in the eye. We need to see what is actually occurring in our lives – no excuses, no blaming, no idealizing and no pretending. Once we are willing to do that, we can begin the work of making the changes and transformations that will lead to a healthier and more authentic life.

For some this will be a time of complete transformation, for others it won’t be so dramatic. We will all be affected one way or the other because the world will definitely be transforming and that will impact each one of us. (For those of you who have my 2012 Astrology Guidebook for your sign, this would be a good time to re-read Part Five about your Tests and Responsibilities in 2012. See 2012 Guidebook on Amazon for more information

 

OCTOBER 2012 GENERAL FORECAST

October 1 to 14

As discussed above, the big event will be Saturn’s entry into Scorpio on Oct 5. Mercury will also move to Scorpio on the same day and will stay through Oct 28. The mental focus of Mercury combined with the determined and concentrated energies of Saturn will bring a laser focus to things that are hidden, secret, mysterious or obscured during this period.

From Oct 5 to 18. Saturn will be in a positive alignment with the mystical and compassionate energies of Neptune in Pisces. This will blend the kind and idealistic energy of Pisces with the more skeptical Scorpio energies. It could also be a time of heightened intuition and psychic energy. On Oct 5-6 and Oct 8-11 caring and compassion can be used in harmony with practical and down to earth methods. However, on Sunday, Oct 7, there will be a tendency to jump to conclusions and take unwise actions. Physical energies could be low and vibes could be strange. Take a day of rest on this Sunday.

October 15 – 31

The New Moon is on Oct 15 in the peace seeking sign of Libra. Oct 15 – 16 will be good days to plant seeds of love, harmony and balance. Optimism is high. A desire for pleasantness and a willingness to help others will make this a good time for social occasions.

On Oct 23 to 25 hopes are high and energies are focused on getting things done in a practical and caring fashion. Work can be pleasant and productive.

However, things are about to shift. Mercury will turn retrograde on Nov 6, Election Day. Actions or events at the end of the October could present a major problem during Mercury’s retrograde phase in November.

The last time Mercury was retrograde on Election Day was the November 2000 election. We’ve all tried to block the terrible visions of elderly Floridians, hanging chads and the upsetting twists, turns and conflicts of that election. It looks like the 2012 election could also suffer problems. The planetary patterns indicate there is a very strong possibility of technological glitches, mix-ups, miscommunications, miscalculations, or mishaps.

From Oct 28 to 31 information may be released or an event could occur that is confusing, unsettling, unclear or even misleading. It is apt to have a religious or ideological bent. It may or may not be connected to the election, but it certainly could be. The Full Moon on Oct 29 can bring a tendency to overreact emotionally. Things will not be what they seem during this time. Reserve judgment. This same aspect of confusion will return around Nov 13 and will not be cleared up until mid-December.

Something to Think About: We are living in a dynamic and transformative time in world history that involves much more than just the upcoming election, despite what we see and hear all around us. Yes, there will be great change and transformation in the world. But the most significant and marvelous  part of this time in our lives is that these powerful energies will stir us up and Wake Us Up. Not to protest in the street, but to connect with Our Higher Self. All is well.

Thanks for Reading!

Judy

October 2012 Astrological Data

Times shown are for Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees are rounded off to the closest number.

October 5: Saturn enters Scorpio, 2:33 pm

October 10: Saturn Trine Neptune: 8:42 pm, 1° Scorpio-Pisces

October 15: New Moon, 6:03 am, 23° Libra

October 22: Sun enters Scorpio, 6:14 pm

October 29: Full Moon, 1:49 pm, 7° Taurus

Skywatch in October 2012: Morning Sky: Venus and Jupiter all month. Evening Sky: Mercury and Mars all month. Saturn Oct 1-8. (Mercury and Saturn will be together in the sky – Mercury is the brightest)

Next forecast will be posted the end of October

SEPTEMBER 2012 FORECAST

Times shown are for Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees are rounded off to the closest number

September 15: New Moon, 08:11 pm, 24 ° Virgo

September 19: Uranus Square Pluto: 12:55 am, 7° Aries-Capricorn

September 22: Sun enters Libra, Fall Equinox, 8:49 am

September 29: Full Moon, 9:19 pm, 7° Aries

Skywatch in September 2012 :Morning Sky: Mercury on Sep 1, Venus and Jupiter all month. Evening Sky: Mars and Saturn all month. Mercury Sep 22-30.

 September 2012 – The Next Step

The radical restructuring energies will be in high gear in September as Uranus and Pluto approach their second square on September 19. (The first square was on June 24.) The events that have occurred in our lives this summer have been moving us toward the next step in our own restructuring. As we travel through this time of extreme change and transformation, it is good to remember that this is an ongoing process and we are only in the beginning stages. The astrological energies tell us that this process will continue very strongly through 2015.

We are all going through this together and even though it may not seem like it, things really are happening just as they should. The events that occur and experiences that come into our lives are all part of our current Life Path.

SEPTEMBER 1-10

August 31 to Sep 2: Communications, information, thinking and perceptions over the weekend could be unreliable, confusing, unrealistic or misleading. We may hear or read something that leads us to draw the wrong conclusion. Think carefully when communicating and hold off on important decisions if possible. Be careful not to promise more than can be delivered or say things that you will later regret. Politicians would be wise to heed this advice because something said at this time could result in a major problem starting around mid to late October. On the positive side, this influence is good for imagination, creativity and spiritual awareness. Take note, but avoid acting on impulse. All of the preceding is especially true for those born on the following dates: Feb 18-20, May 20-22, Aug 22-24 or Nov 21-23.

Sep 3 to Sep 5 will be a very good time to work hard and get organized. Clarify goals and set them in motion. Focus on being effective and efficient. A great deal can be accomplished. Venus, the planet ruling enjoyment, fun and sociability will be in the optimistic, strong willed and enthusiastic sign of Leo starting Sep 6. This will bring life, energy and fun into social, romantic, creative and entertainment activities in general for the rest of the month and will add a harmonious note to a month of intensity.

Sep 7-8 will be quite a fun and energetic time, with lots of optimistic conversations about future plans and life in general. It will be a busy time filled with lots of comings and goings. It’s easy to overdo now. Stay balanced and take a breather now and then to prevent becoming scattered, high strung, over extended or extravagant. Sep 9-10 will be a good time to get together and appreciate family and loved ones.

SEPTEMBER 11 to 15

For the rest of the month we will be in a major transformative phase. Events are apt to be stimulating and unpredictable. Even though we will be able to feel the fluctuating energies and the building pressure, things should be relatively calm Sep 11-15 compared to later in the month.

Sep 12 can be quite exciting and fun. This will be a lively social time and a good day to do something different and unusual. Sep 13 is also an enjoyable social day, but not quite so intense. On Sep 14-15 the energies change as the Moon moves into the practical sign of Virgo and the general mood becomes more down to earth. Activities related to healthy living and exercise are appealing. People will be helpful and willing to do whatever is needed. Watch a tendency to want everything to be perfect and to worry unnecessarily. The New Moon occurs the evening of September 15 in the industrious, trustworthy, natural, earthy and health oriented sign of Virgo. This will be a good time to discuss and plant seeds that are both practical and helpful to others. It will also be a favorable time to initiate more efficient and organized work methods. Another possibility would be making a new start in health matters.

SEPTEMBER 16 to 30

The pressure of change and transformation increases by the late afternoon of Sep 16 and keeps on going. The rest of the month will bring a growing awareness that something is shifting. Sep 17 to Sep 20 are likely to be intense as the square between Uranus and Pluto becomes exact.  News in the world may be surprising or contentious. Communications in general can have an unsettling effect. Yet, there is also a spirit of generosity and kindness on Sep 20 that will be quite helpful.

Breakthroughs and realizations are likely. This will be particularly true as we approach the Full Moon in bold, independent and energetic Aries on Sep 29. This is a very powerful Full Moon, as it strongly activates the radical restructuring energies. It is extremely likely that we will become aware of something that could shock or surprise us. Whether it involves events out in the world or self-revelations, it is part of the transformation we are all undergoing. In September we will take some big steps on the path of personal and global transformation. May we all embrace the journey.

“Some changes look negative on the surface but you will soon realize that space is being created in your life for something new to emerge.”
Eckhart Tolle

 

Thanks for Reading! Judy

Next forecast will be posted the end of September

July – August 2012

A Sizzling Summer

Our stew of change and transformation continues to bubble and the heat will be turned up this summer. As discussed here many times, we are in the midst of major change and transformation referred to on this website as Radical Social Restructuring. For more information  go to Radical Social Restructuring  or May and June 2012 Forecast

July and August, 2012, finds us in the middle of the first two squares of Uranus and Pluto. The first one was exact on June 24, 2012, and the second will be exact on September 19, 2012.  However, these two planets are still squaring each other during this in-between time, as they only move slightly out of exactness. That means the pressure for change and transformation stays high this summer. 

July and August 2012 General Forecast  

Times shown are for Mountain Daylight Time (Zone 7). Degrees are rounded off to the closest number.

 July 3: Full Moon, 12:52 pm, 12° Capricorn

July 14 to August 7: Mercury Retrograde, 1 to 12° Leo

July 18: New Moon, 10:24 pm, 27° Cancer

July 22: Sun enters Leo, 4:01 am

August 1: Full Moon, 9:27 pm, 10° Aquarius

August 17: New Moon, 9:54 am, 25° Leo

August 22: Sun enters Virgo

August 31: Full Moon, 7:58 am, 9° Pisces (Blue Moon)

Skywatch:

Morning Sky: Venus and Jupiter all of July and August. Venus is the brightest. Mercury from August 6-31.

Evening Sky: Mars and Saturn all of July and August.  Mercury July 1-21,

 July 1 – 7

The Full Moon in the organized and responsible sign of Capricorn on July 3 can bring insights this week on how to manifest goals.  The best approach will combine practicality, innovation, intuition and feelings. Although they may seem at odds, each approach has something important to offer to the whole. Be open to all kinds of communication and information all week. Something heard or read could turn out to be surprisingly helpful. July 6-7 could bring an ongoing situation to a head. Sudden or surprising developments may occur that necessitate decisions and actions.

July 8 – 14

Time to slow down, reconsider plans and assess what needs to be completed or cleared before moving forward. It will be important to see things as realistically as possible, especially on July 13-14.

Mercury Retrograde: July 14 to August 7. During a Mercury retrograde period, communication, transportation, travel and technology tend to experience more delays and mix-ups than usual. This doesn’t necessarily mean there will be problems traveling or communicating, but it will be wise to make sure that communications and plans are clear and understood by all.

It will be a very good time to catch up on things that have piled up over the past few months. This particular Mercury retrograde period has some very positive energy. Dynamic, innovative and exciting ideas can be revisited or changed in ways that work out very positively in the future. Take time now to clear, revise and revitalize your projects and plans.

July 15 – 21

The most intense days this week are likely to be July 17 – 19. Tensions will be high.  The powerful energies of change and transformation shown by the square of Uranus and Pluto (radical restructuring) are likely to be thrust upon us, ready or not. Some adjustments will be necessary. The New Moon in the emotional and intuitive sign of Cancer occurs on July 18. The energies during this entire week could have somewhat of a surreal quality. There is a great potential for creative and positive change, but also the possibility of feeling overwhelmed with unfamiliar circumstances or feelings. If you feel scattered and spacy, do activities that bring you back to Earth. Get out in nature, take a walk, do something physical, feel your feet firmly connecting with Mother Earth, fill your pockets with rocks – whatever works.

July 19 -22 will be a very interesting time for relationships.  They are likely to be intense, may start suddenly and surprisingly, or may have a “fated” quality.

This energies of change and transformation will be especially strong for you this week if your birthday is on the following dates: Aries- Mar 28 to 30; Taurus- May 13-14; Cancer- Jun 28 to 30; Leo- Aug 14-15; Libra- Sep 30 to Oct 2; Scorpio- Nov 14-15; Capricorn- Dec 29 to Dec 31; Aquarius- Feb 11-12. (Also affects any planets or angles at 7-9° Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn, and 22-23° Taurus, Leo, Scorpio or Aquarius.)

July 22 – 28

This week will be a good time for positive thinking and re-visioning the future. Mercury is still retrograde, so this is not the time to launch something out in the world, but it is a great time to make revisions and preparations. Consider looking back at previous ideas and plans. Something set aside previously could now be very helpful. Focus on innovative ideas. Be positive. Brainstorm with others. July 24-25 and July 28 are particularly good days for exciting and uplifting communications. Jot down all the brilliant ideas that come to you. Yes, you will have some!

July 29 – August 4

This week is an interesting blend of inspiration, expansion, good fortune, change, liberation, rebellion, agitation and upheavals with a Full Moon in the future oriented and humanitarian sign of Aquarius on August 1 bringing things to a climax. Successful endeavors will be achieved by seeking out and cooperating with those of like mind and spirit.

August 5 – 11

Be open to inspiration on August 5. Pay attention to the written and spoken word. Mercury goes Direct on August 7. From that point through August 22 will be a good time to gather up any loose ends. Once that is done, it will time to take revised and refreshed ideas/projects to the next level. August 8 -12 will have a gentle, mystical, creative and fun-loving energy. Take a long weekend and do something enjoyable and entertaining.

August 12 – 18

The urge for freedom, excitement, independence and liberation is strong August 13- 15. Some will find relationships to be fast-paced and topsy-turvy during this three day period. There is apt to be frustration at any impediments encountered. Delays or restrictions will be irritating, but temporary. Be patient, things get better August 16-18. The New Moon in the enthusiastic and optimistic sign of Leo on August 17 brings excitement and energy with new ideas and projects that are both practical and innovative. The positive energies carry through to August 18. Go for it!

August 19 – 25

August 19 – 22 will be an inspirational and positive time for communications and ideas. August 23-24 is another matter. Some confusion could surface then.  People are likely to be feeling unfocused and scattered. Don’t be discouraged. Use those two days to dream and imagine, but wait until later to take action (see August 29, below). August 25 will be a good day to help others and focus on spiritual pursuits.

August 26 – September 1

As we approach the coming second Uranus-Pluto square on September 19, the energies of “radical restructuring” will be gaining strength this week. August 26-27 could be a time of sudden new circumstances that are surprising or unsettling.  The tendency to feel aggressive both verbally and physically will likely be reflected in national/world events. This can also be an accident prone time in general. Avoid impulsive and rash actions. Find ways to express frustrations in a healthy way.

Ideas and actions can be implemented successfully on August 29, if done with inner resolve and expressed in a responsible, mature and confident manner.

On August 30-31 things are apt to be unclear and confusing. Doubts arise. The Full Moon in the sensitive and spiritual sign of Pisces on August 31 will bring emotions to the surface. Most people will feel increased compassion and connection to each other. However, for extremist types, this Full Moon could spur fanatical actions or sudden events in the world. Focus on what is really important. Success comes by moving forward with a positive outlook, energy and calmness.

 

Have a Great Summer and Thanks for Reading!

Judy

May and June Forecast – A Shift in Direction

Venus Retrograde and Venus Transit

 

May and June, 2012 – A Shift in Direction

As discussed last month, the intense transformational energies of Uranus in Aries and Pluto in Capricorn are strengthening. This powerful influence of radical social restructuring from 2012 through 2015 will ultimately result in major changes that bring about a global transformation. This will not only affect world-wide economic, political, social, health, business, institutional and environmental systems, but also the structure of our personal lives.

2012 through 2015 will be years of crisis, opportunity and turning points. During these years, it will be necessary to take dynamic action and make major changes, whether we want to or not.

It will be challenging to get a perspective on the world situation because of the depth and breadth of the changes that are needed and the fears and hyperbole that go along with the process. As we read and listen to the “news” it will be helpful to remind ourselves that this is a long transformational process that will be constantly changing as the transformation evolves. The caterpillar doesn’t look like a butterfly until the end of the process.

We will all be affected to some extent by world changes and personal transformations. The effect on our personal lives will widely vary from person to person. For some, it will be mildly transformative, for others, it will be a complete and total change. Areas that are basically sound may be challenged and reconfigured, but will end up being stronger than ever when this process is over. Areas that are no longer viable and have deteriorated beyond repair will very likely unravel and collapse. We will be forced to deal with things that may have been buried, ignored or denied for a very long time and are finally coming to light.

It may be daunting at first. When we embark upon real transformation in our lives, we have to release the familiar and known and jump into the unknown. This usually only happens when we find the pain of staying in our current situation is so strong that we are willing to take a leap in a whole new direction. There is also the possibility that transformation is thrust upon us from outside circumstances that take us by surprise. Either way, something dies and something new is born.

Transformation has periods of sudden massive change, and then periods when no matter how willing we are, we feel like we are in a void. Regardless of our efforts and desires, nothing seems to happen. Don’t worry when this occurs. It is a natural part of the transformational process. We may need to be in a “cocoon” for a bit and let things develop unseen below the surface. However, from now through 2015, transformation is likely to proceed more rapidly than usual because of the dynamic, fast-paced and action oriented energy of Uranus in Aries. We will still experience times of being in the void, but they won’t last long.

We are heading into an exciting time with tremendous opportunities. We can make major sweeping changes now that bring healing, regeneration and a whole new direction in life.

This influence will be in effect for the entire time from now through 2015. Some months will be more intense than others. The next six months will be one of those intense periods.

May and June 2012 General Forecast

  • May 1 to May 6: Energy will be building as we approach the Full Moon on May 5. Interactions with others bring intense feelings. Communication can go smoothly and harmoniously the afternoon and evening of May 3. Serious thinking and discussions are likely on May 5.  Reality must be faced, but the information available may be misleading. Feeling negative or overwhelmed about a situation is possible. See what needs to be done and take action to do it. (May be very challenging for USA and President Obama)
  • May 7 -11: Thoughts and communications are likely to be focused on finances, security and practical matters starting May 9.  Getting down to business, organizing, planning and getting things done are favored on May 9-10. We should get some strong clues about what needs to be transformed this week. Be open to creative and practical ideas on May 10.
  • May 12-19: Active time for change and transformation, especially from May 13-17. Action taken now is optimistic, bold and assertive. Mother’s Day, May 13 will be a pleasant time to get together with those you love and enjoy. Venus, goddess of love, and ruler of money, possessions and values, goes retrograde from May 15 to June 27. During this six week period it is time to re-evaluate relationships, finances, material and spiritual values and quality of life. Venus has been the bright evening star all year. It will disappear from sight at the end of May and then reappear as the morning star around June 13. To read more now go to Venus Retrograde and the Venus Transit article.
  • May 20 – New Moon/ Solar Eclipse:  Things will be shifting for the rest of the month as one set of circumstances ends and another begins. Information, ideas and communications will reflect the radical restructuring energies. Reforms and rebellion are in the air.
  • May 21-25: The week begins optimistically with lots of big ideas and plans. May 21-22 will be a busy time with lots of communications and errands.  However, on May 23-25, people may be feeling emotional, scattered and foggy-minded. There will be a strong possibility of confusion or misunderstandings in practical matters. Avoid taking action and making changes until all the facts are known. On the other hand, this will be a good time for creative and spiritual activities. Take some time to dream, imagine and tune in to the Infinite.
  • May 26-30: May 26-28 (Memorial Day weekend) will be a good time for socializing, entertainment and having fun. May 29 will be a favorable day for taking care of practical matters, mental focus and analysis. Communications and travel may be challenging on May 30. Discussions could become scattered or argumentative. Everyone may want to get the same thing accomplished, but disagree on how to do it. Patience and balance needed. Things smooth out later in the evening.
  • May 31 to June 3: A favorable time for being with others and appreciating the relationships we have that are stable and reliable.
  • June 4 to June 7: This will be a high energy period with a tendency to be impulsive, impatient, critical or overly assertive. Count to ten (or 100) before taking action. The tempo of the shifting circumstances that started around May 20 increases with the Full Moon/ Lunar Eclipse on June 4. The Venus Transit occurs on June 5. Relationships, finances and values may be under scrutiny. A situation that is currently ending may suddenly become very clear to us. Changes that occur now are irrevocable. Time to get organized.
  • June 8-10: Good time for visualizing the future. Relax and enjoy some quiet time this weekend because the next three weeks are likely be very active.
  • June 11 to June 18: Communications, technology and travel may experience disruptions or surprises on June 11-12.  Emotions run high. Information may come out that is unanticipated and startling. Some people are likely to be feeling intense, rash and agitated. It can also be a very exciting, fast-paced and stimulating time. Stay flexible and accept that conditions are apt to be unsettled for a while. A patient and mature attitude or the guidance of someone older and wiser can be a big help on June 13. At the end of May Venus as the evening star disappeared into the Light of the Sun. On June 13 Venus  will be “reborn’” as the morning star. June 14-16 will be a good time to take care of practical matters, work out in the yard or enjoy nature. Father’s Day on June 17 will be a fun a lively time. June 18 will be a good time to finish up projects and tie up loose ends. **Jupiter, planet of expansion, growth and optimism, moves into Gemini on June 11, where it will stay for a year. Good news for those born under the sign of Gemini or who have a Gemini Ascendant. The next 12 months will be a time of increased confidence, opportunity and growth for you.  It will also be a favorable time for growth and expansion for all things connected to communication, media, information technology, transportation, trade, education and the influence of young people. Maybe the postal system will get a reprieve or be improved in a big way.
  • June 19 (New Moon) to June 30: This will be one of the high points of the radical restructuring influence. Everything may feel larger than life and exaggerated.  The energies of transformation, evolution, liberation and rebellion will be reaching their peak. This entire period is very action-oriented with many possibilities. Worries and concerns may take over on the morning of June 20, but positive and creative ideas gain strength by the afternoon and continue through June 23.  June 24-29 will be an important turning point. The square of Uranus and Pluto culminates on June 24,  Saturn goes Direct on June 25 and Venus goes Direct on June 27 June 29 is likely to bring powerful experiences with others that could be confrontational, unexpected, stimulating, revolutionary, evolutionary and liberating. Things are definitely shifting. Something could occur at this time, either outwardly or inwardly, that gives us the impetuous to start moving forward in our lives and to get on with it – whatever it is.  Venus and Jupiter will be close together in the morning sky. Venus is the brighter of the two.

By the end of June, the radical restructuring, both of the world and of ourselves, will have begun in earnest. The events in May and June will have shown us what needs to be changed, released and regenerated. A new path has been started or is forming. There are many more adventures to come and our final destination is unknown. This is the time to use the current powerful transformative energies to envision the kind of future we want for the world and for ourselves.

Get a Personal Forecast Report based on your individual birth chart

Astrological data (times shown are Mountain Daylight Time): May 5: Full Moon , 16° Scorpio, 9:35 pm; May 15: Venus Sta. Retrograde, 24° Gemini, 8:33 am; May 20: Sun into Gemini, 9:16 am; May 20: New Moon – Solar Eclipse, 0° Gemini, 5:47 pm; June 4: Full Moon – Lunar Eclipse, 14° Sagittarius, 5:12 am; June 5: Venus Transit, 16° Gemini, 7:10 pm; June 11: Jupiter into Gemini, 11:22 am; Mercury in Cancer square Uranus @ 11:42 am and opposite Pluto @ 7:04 pm. June 19: New Moon, 29° Gemini, 9:02 am; June 24: Uranus 8° Aries square Pluto 8° Capricorn, 2:14 am (the first of seven squares); June 25: Jupiter 3° Gemini square Neptune 3° Pisces @ 1:59 am and Saturn Sta. Direct, 23 Libra @ 2:01 am. June 27: Venus Sta. Direct 7° Gemini, 9:07 am; June 29: Sun in Cancer opposite Pluto, 9:00 am square Uranus, 2:11 pm.  


 

Venus Retrograde and Venus Transit 

Venus Retrograde Venus is the morning or evening star and is the brightest light in the sky. Venus and has always played a major role for mankind as we searched the heavens for meaning and guidance. The Maya connected Venus to Quetzalcoatl, the feathered serpent god, the Sumerians called her Inanna, the Babylonians called her Ishtar, the Greeks called her Aphrodite and the Romans called her Venus. In western astrology Venus rules both Taurus and Libra and represents love, beauty, inter-personal relationships, women, the power of attraction, the ability to get what one desires on both the material and emotional levels, intimacy, social graces, enjoyment, romance, creativity, art, harmony, attractiveness and happiness. Venus spreads her charm through all 12 signs of the zodiac every 224 days. Every 18 months Venus enters a “retrograde” phase in which the planet appears, as viewed from earth, to stop and move backwards (retrogrades) in the sky for about 40-43 days. Then it stops and resumes forward motion (“goes Direct”). All the planets (Mercury through Pluto) have a retrograde phase of varying lengths. They do not actually move backwards, it just looks that way from Earth, where they appear to retrace their path in the sky. Venus will be retrograde from May15 to June 27, 2012. That is the official retrograde period, but we most likely began to feel something coming about April 7 and will still be “processing” until July 31. Astrologically speaking, the retrograde motion of a planet represents a period of time for inner contemplation of those things represented by the retrograding planet. Venus represents relationships, love, money, possessions, enjoyment and the ability to attract what we desire.  WhileVenus is retrograde from May 15 to June 27, 2012,  it will be a time to re-evaluate the following:

          • Relationships of all kinds: love, friendship, business, professional

 

 

        • Finances and possessions

 

 

        • Resources, talents and skills

 

 

        • Values – material and spiritual

 

 

        • Current quality of life

 

 

        • Artistic and creative expression

 

 

        • Personal appearance

 

We can complete, revise, reconsider or refresh the areas listed above. Look at the areas listed above and ask yourself these questions: Is my life going well in these areas?  Am I having fun yet? Am I enjoying my life?  If the answer is No, ask yourself  -Why not and what can I do about it? Venus retrograde is also a time to get our financial situation in order. It is time to think about what is really valuable in our lives. We may rediscover our talents and skills and realize that they are also “resources” we can use. Sometimes old relationships, both romances and friendships, re-enter our life so that we can either rekindle or finish our connection. Some of our current relationships, friendships, or our general social circle may be redefined, refreshed or re-energized. We may also find it is time to end some associations. The Venus retrograde period is best used to pause and realign yourself and your relationships and clear up any unfinished business. Therefore, it is not usually the best time to start a brand new relationship or get married.  For those of you familiar with your chart: Venus will be retrograding over the area of 7 to 24 degrees of Gemini. The house in your chart that holds those degrees shows where you will be doing your re-evaluation. Pay particular attention to any aspects to your natal planets that transiting Venus makes. The planets that are aspected by transiting Venus will be part of the re-evaluation. Conjunctions will be the most immediate and powerful. Squares and oppositions indicate that change and action are needed. Sextiles and trines indicate supportive and flowing energy is available. Venus Transit On June 5, 2012 small black dot will move across the face of the Sun. That black dot will be the shadow of Venus as it passes between the Earth and the Sun. This rare celestial event is called a Venus Transit. There is also much excitement because the Venus Transit ties in with the Mayan Calendar end date of 2012 when it is said we will enter a new world. Some see the eight year period from June 2004 to June 2012 as a doorway and a time of great change as we prepare to enter a new reality. In the Mountain Time Zone, the Venus Transit will be underway at sunset on June 5. DO NOT LOOK DIRECTLY AT THE SUN!! You can watch it online. A great deal of information on the  Venus Transit can be found online and no doubt the media will have quite a bit of coverage. There are many websites about the Mayan Calendar connection, too.  Just type in Venus transit Mayan calendar in your search engine. Here are some good websites that have lots of information on the Venus Transit: http://earthsky.org/astronomy-essentials/last-transit-of-venus-in-21st-century-will-happen-in-june-2012 http://stardate.org/nightsky/june-2012-venus-transit http://www.space.com/14568-venus-transits-sun-2012-skywatching.html http://transitofvenus.org/june2012 http://www.spaceweather.com   This is a great site that is about the Sun and the current solar flare and geomagnetic storm activity. They will most likely have info on the Venus transit soon. Past and Future Venus Transits This is the last time you will be able to see a Venus Transit in your lifetime, because the next one doesn’t occur until 2117! Venus transits occur on an alternating cycle of 121 years or 105 years and come in pairs, which are 8 years apart. We just had a Venus Transit on June 8, 2004. The Venus Transit on June 5, 2012 will be the last one until the next pair, which will occur in December 2117 and December 2125. Venus Transits over the past 500 years and the next ones coming up in 105 years: 1518 and 1526 1631 and 1639 1761 and 1769 1874 and 1882 2004 and 2012 – You are here! 2117 and 2125 There is much scientific information on this and also great speculation as to what it means on an astrological/spiritual level. Scientifically, we are excited to be able to see it and record it, etc. Astrologically and spiritually, we are interested in the way it may reflect events on earth and the development of humankind. Looking back over the last 500 years, Venus Transits seem to coincide with certain recurring themes. However, that is conjecture at this point. Here are a few of the themes:

          • Making information available to all instead of a select few

 

 

        • Challenging widely held religious concepts

 

 

        • Valuing the ability to think for ourselves

 

 

        • Exploring spiritual concepts

 

 

        • Looking at the world in a new way

 

 

        • Inventions and ideas that connect us as a human family

 

When we look back with the perspective of hindsight, will we see the same themes reflected in from 2004 to 2012? Only time will tell.

In the meantime, celebrate Venus and find the joy in life!

Thanks for Reading, Judy The next posting will be at the end of June. See you then!


APRIL 2012 FORECAST

 

 Happy Spring!!

  Click here for Tips for Gardening with the Moon in 2012 

 

 

 

 

April 6: FULL MOON, 17° Libra, 1:19 pm, MDT

April 19: Sun into Taurus, 10:12 am, MDT

April 21: NEW MOON, 2° Taurus, 1:18 am, MDT

 Special Note:

The Radical Social Restructuring (click here for more information) energies are gaining strength as we move deeper into the transformational years of 2012 through 2015. This is a good time for a quick reminder regarding both the positive and negative aspects of these powerful energies.

Positively, these influences are stimulating and enlivening. They help us get moving. We can be energized to move out of complacency and start making needed changes in our lives. Since we are only at the beginning of a long process of transformation, we may not solve things right away, but we can begin to realize more fully what needs to be transformed, both in our personal lives and in the world. This is not just a wake-up call; it is the actual process of Waking Up.

On the other hand, this influence brings a strong a tendency for some to feel impatient, rash, pushy, fearful, intense, over-zealous, rebellious, tense, touchy, contrarian, intolerant, aggressive and fanatical. Situations that are already unstable may become more severe.

Of course, the vast majority of people will not go to these extremes.  However, we will certainly notice and feel these energies around us. It is important to be aware of and understand the build-up of intensity, but not be overwhelmed by it. Yes, these energies are powerful, but they can be directed successfully. There are times when we will feel justified anger and outrage. That can serve to get us to take action and help us make necessary changes. Yet, to be in a constant state of outrage and anger is very debilitating. There are ways to stay in the moment and to be centered and peaceful. Meditation, prayer, yoga, walking, uplifting music or reading, enjoying nature, counting our blessings, and spending time with friends and loved ones are some of the things that can be very helpful.

If you need some uplifting and want to know how to stay centered, here is a link to a talk by Eckhart Tolle that I highly recommend. It is 1 1/2 hours long and is both practical and very inspiring. It is well worth taking the time to hear it all the way through.

Click here for Eckhart Tolle Talk

 APRIL 2012 FORECAST

April 1 -4: Mercury has been retrograde since March 12, but will end on April 4. Situations that have been confusing, needed revisions or repairs, or were delayed over the past 4 weeks should begin to clear up and move forward after April 4.

Mar 12 – Apr 4: Mecury Retrograde – a time to revise, rework, repair, clear up and clean-up unfinished projects. Be alert in all forms of communication, transportation, travel and mental activities. There is an increased chance (not a certainty) that vehicles, machinery, computers, phones and technology in general could break down or experience problems and delays. It can also be a serendipitous time, when fun, surprising and exciting events happen, too. Be flexible and open to the possibility that plans may change in surprising ways.

April 5 -7: The Full Moon in Libra on April 6 will influence this three day period. Relationships and creativity are highlighted. This has the potential to be a very compassionate, romantic, creative and imaginative time. However, be sure to take a big spoonful of reality before making decisions or beginning a new relationship now. This will be important because the prevailing energies will bring a tendency to be over-romantic and over-idealistic. We may be tempted to see what we want a situation to be, not what it actually is.

Apr 5: Moon in Libra opposite Uranus in Aries; Venus in Gemini square Neptune in Pisces. Apr 6: Full Moon in Libra; Venus opposite Mars/Neptune midpoint and opposite Saturn/Pluto midpoint. Apr 7: Moon in Scorpio trine Neptune and sextile Mars; Venus in Gemini square Mars Rx in Virgo.  

April 8 – 9: April 8 will be a good time to be with family and loved ones. Emotions will be strong, flowing and closer to the surface, making this a positive time to discuss feelings.  April 9 brings a spirit of fun and a desire for excitement and change. Stimulating changes can occur, just be sure to maintain a realistic outlook.

Apr 8: Moon in Scorpio opposite Jupiter in Taurus and trine Mercury in Pisces. Apr 9: Venus in Gemini sextile Uranus in Aries; Moon in Sagittarius square Neptune, square Mars, trine Uranus and opposite Venus.

April 10-15: Shifts in direction will be the theme for this period. Pluto, planet of transformation, goes retrograde on April 10. At that time, Pluto will turn and slowly start moving backwards to face Uranus, planet of change, for a showdown this summer. This will activate and stir up the radical social restructuring energies in the world. We will notice this in our personal lives, too. If you have the 2012 Guidebook for your sign, see Part Three on Radical Restructuring (page 9 in the paperback edition) for an explanation of how these powerful energies will be affecting your star sign in 2012.

Mars, planet of action and energy, also changes direction on April 13-14. It has been retrograding (going backwards) since January 23, 2012 and now will start moving forward again. Another sign of a shift in direction.  Actions and projects that we may have been considering, re-working or were left sitting on the shelf will come back to life. The holding pattern is ending. Time to take one last look at our doubts and move on with things. By April 15, these directional shifts will help us make some decisions that require taking responsibility, working on the tasks at hand, being realistic and focusing on the needs of all.

Apr 10: Pluto SR in Capricorn. Apr 11-12: Moon in Capricorn square Uranus, conjunct Pluto and trine Jupiter. Apr 13: Mars SD around 10 pm, MDT. Apr 15: Sun in Aries opposite Saturn in Libra; Moon in Aquarius trine Saturn and sextile Sun.

April 16 – 30: This will be an important period. Communications and actions become more assertive, fiery and energetic. Ideas and opinions exchanged with others will be stimulating. Mental processes will be inventive, original, surprising and imaginative. There could be sudden changes in perception.

Communications will start to heat up in the late afternoon of Apr 16. Something that was considered in March could come up again this week, maybe with a new twist this time. It will be easy to take impulsive actions or jump to conclusions on Apr 17-19. Don’t make hasty decisions during this time. Get all the facts.

The New Moon in Taurus on Apr 21 can help us get grounded and focus on practical issues. This would be a good day to set our intentions regarding realistic and down to earth actions we can take in our lives. If possible, spend some time out in Nature on this day. The Earth energies will be very soothing and helpful.

Apr 22 – 26 is likely to be an intense time.  The radical restructuring energies will be very active. On Monday, Apr 23, positive energies can result in energetic actions and successful accomplishments. Apr 24-26 will be tense. Situations are likely to be touchy, over-zealous, highly emotional, aggressive and on edge. This would not be a good time for reasonable discussions. Wait for a day or two.

The influences on Apr 27-30 are more positive, as long as we don’t try to force others into something. The energies at this time are transformative, powerful and resilient. If nothing else, take a look at your life and see where you can make an improvement, even if it is just a small one.

Apr 16: Mercury into Aries, 4:42 pm, MDT. Apr 18 -19: Moon in Aries conjunct Mercury, conjunct Uranus in Aries and square Pluto in Capricorn. Apr 21: New Moon in Taurus: Moon sextile Neptune in Pisces, trine Mars in Virgo and trine Pluto in Capricorn. Apr 22: Mercury in Aries conjunct Uranus in Aries. Apr 23: Sun in Taurus trine Mars in Virgo. Apr 24-25: Mercury in Aries square Pluto.  Apr 26: Moon in Cancer square Uranus in Aries, opposite Pluto in Capricorn and square Mercury in Aries. Apr 27: Moon in Cancer sextile Jupiter in Taurus. Apr 28-30: Sun in Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn; Moon in Leo trine Uranus in Aries, trine Mercury in Aries, sextile Venus in Gemini, square Jupiter in Taurus and sextile Saturn in Libra.

Thanks for Reading. Have a Great Month!

MARCH 2012 FORECAST

MARCH 1-5: ENERGY BUILD-UP

The month starts off with an influx of active and spirited energy. On March 2, innovative, inventive and pioneering ideas and assertive actions can be used to make progress. However, the energy needs to be kept in balance, otherwise impulsive, impetuous, aggressive or rash actions will not bring the desired results.

Past actions and efforts can pay off on March 3-4. Focus and a serious attitude are needed. Social events, relationships or relaxation may have to be curtailed in order to deal with the work at hand on Sunday, March 4. However, the energy becomes more sunny and optimistic later that afternoon when the Moon enters fun-loving Leo. From the evening of March 4 through March 5, the tempo increases. Events are likely to be stimulating, headstrong, imaginative, unexpected and fast-paced. News of an exciting, innovative, startling or surprising nature may be released.

A tendency to get excited and drive too fast or erratically, make rash decisions or speak in haste can bring problems later. Slow down and be extra aware while engaging in transportation, technological or communication activities. Count to ten before firing off an email or text in the heat of the moment. This will also stimulate the radical restructuring energy that characterizes this year. The world will reflect this and so will our personal lives.

Write down dreams, hunches, ideas and intuitions. This is definitely a time of sudden insights. This particular energy (Mercury conjunct Uranus) will also occur two more times March 18 and April 22. Conditions on those dates are apt to be connected in some way to those that occur on March 4-5. Because we will experience this energy three times in a seven week period, it can have a big affect. Use it wisely.

(Mar 2- Mercury into Aries. Mar 3- Sun in Pisces opposite Mars retrograde in Virgo; Moon in Cancer trine Sun and sextile Mars. Mar 4- Venus in Aries opposite Saturn in Libra; Moon in Cancer square Saturn at 2:20 pm and square Venus at 3:17 pm; Moon enters Leo at 4:18 pm and trines Mercury and Uranus in Aries that evening. Mar 5- Mercury conjunct Uranus in Aries)

MARCH 6-17 – MANIFESTATION

March 8: FULL MOON, 18 deg. Virgo, 2:39 am MST

March 6-7 are pleasant and also a good time to get things done smoothly and efficiently.  From March 7 to 17, Pluto, Jupiter, Mars, Venus and the Moon are all part of a very fortunate and expansive planetary pattern of growth and improvement. This will occur in the practical and earthy signs of Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. Earth signs have tangible physical energy. It will be a particularly good time to manifest material desires. Ideas and actions that we started at the previous New Moon on February 21 will blossom during this period. Be aware that this energy will magnify and increase current situations. Focus on the positive without overreaching, becoming excessive or power hungry. It is best to strive for things that will bring improvement, reform and better conditions for the good of all.

To use this energy to its greatest advantage takes personal initiative. We could be tempted to just enjoy it as a pleasant time and sit back and relax. That is fine. However, if we put forth some energy, we can manifest our desires much easier than usual. These planetary patterns do not come along all the time. Take advantage of this opportunity!

Note: The World Situation: The above energies could bring big improvements or they could greatly expand an existing tense situation in the world. Either way, something important is likely to occur out in the world during this period.

Note: Mercury will be retrograde from March 12 to April 4. (See explanation below)  Extra attention and caution regarding communication, technological and transportation matters is needed. However, the positive energies of growth and improvement from March 12-17 could mean an issue that has been delayed or held up can finally reach a turning point during the retrograde period and will move towards completion in April.

Mercury Retrograde: Mercury goes retrograde about three times a year for 20 to 24 days. While Mercury is retrograde it is time to revise, rework, repair, clear up and clean-up unfinished projects. Be alert in all forms of communication, transportation, travel and mental activities. There is an increased chance (not a certainty) that vehicles, machinery, computers, phones and technology in general could break down or experience problems and delays.

Misunderstandings and mistakes may occur more easily. Situations you thought would turn out way could end up being totally different than you expected. It doesn’t mean all communications and technology, etc. are affected, just that it’s more likely now. As long as you are clear and careful, you will be fine. Don’t take things for granted. Drive cautiously. If you sign a contract, be sure to read the fine print and double check that everyone is clear on the terms.

This is a very good time to pause, reassess, finish projects, repair, research, revise and reevaluate. This is also a good time for cleaning, sorting, organizing and clearing out. It can be a serendipitous time, when fun, surprising and exciting events happen, too. Be flexible and open to the possibility that plans may change in surprising ways.

(Mar 6- Venus in Taurus sextile Neptune in Pisces; Moon in Virgo opposite Neptune and trine Venus. Mar 7- Moon in Virgo trine Jupiter in Taurus, trine Pluto in Capricorn and conjunct Mars in Virgo. Mar 8 – Full Moon in Virgo. Mar 12- Mercury retrograde; Moon Scorpio trine Sun in Pisces; Jupiter in Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn. Mar 13- Moon in Sagittarius trine Mercury and Uranus in Aries and square Mars in Virgo; Venus in Taurus conjunct Jupiter in Taurus and trine Pluto in Capricorn. Mar 14- Venus in Taurus trine Mars in Virgo, Mars in Virgo trine Jupiter in Taurus and trine Pluto in Capricorn. Mar 15- Moon in Capricorn trine Mars, conjunct Pluto, trine Jupiter and trine Venus. Mar 17- Moon in Aquarius sextile Mercury and Uranus in Aries.)

MARCH 18-31: FLARE UP OF FIERY ENERGIES

March 19: SPRING EQUINOX,  Sun enters Aries, 11:15 pm MDT

March 22: NEW MOON, 2 deg. Aries, 8:37 am MDT

Important decisions and actions will have big consequences during this period. Sudden surprises or turnarounds are likely to occur.

The New Moon on March 22 in the fiery and assertive sign of Aries will start a new cycle of activity in the “radical social restructuring” process that is occurring in the world. This New Moon has the potential to initiate changes, unpredictable situations, surprises, upsets, assertive or aggressive actions, liberation, rebellion, breakthroughs, explosions, courageous and/or rash actions.  How we choose to use these energies is up to us. Given the current state of the world’s social, political and economic situations, these energies are likely to shake things up quite a bit.

As individuals, we can handle this energy much more productively. We should get some pretty strong hints during this period how our own personal lives may be changed and transformed over the next few years. Be open-minded, courageous, innovative, and ready to take action and stay calm and grounded. We will need to stay balanced in order to make the most of these energies. This is very likely to be a challenging and exciting time, especially March 22-24, and March 29-30. Changes can be sudden and result in a surprising new direction. Many breakthroughs are possible.

 (Mar 17-26- Mars retrograde in Virgo square North Node of the Moon in Sagittarius. Mar 18- Mercury retrograde conjunct Uranus in Aries. Mar 19 – Sun into Aries. Mar 21- Sun conjunct Mercury. Mar 22- New Moon in Aries conjunct Uranus and square Pluto. Mar 23- Mercury retrogrades back into Pisces. Mar 24- Sun conjunct Uranus. Mar 25- Moon in Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn and conjunct Jupiter in Taurus. Mar 29- Mercury retrograde in Pisces sextile Venus in Taurus; Sun in Aries square Pluto in Capricorn. Mar 30- Moon in Cancer square Uranus in Aries, opposite Pluto in Capricorn and square Sun in Aries.)

We are being given the raw materials to create a new reality. Consider the possibilities….

If you just do a little research, it is going to become evident to you

that anyone that ever accomplished anything,

did not know how they were going to do it.

They only knew they were going to do it.

Bob Proctor

 

FEBRUARY2012

 February 1-3: Balancing Heart and Head

February 1: The emphasis will be on relationships of all kinds, as Venus (goddess of love) in Pisces and Mars (god of war) in Virgo oppose each other. This is a case of “opposites attract”. The energies can be passionate and amorous, or tense and confrontational. Whatever occurs, it is likely that it has been brewing for a while. Even though it may be stressful, the energies are complementary and when used together, can bring balance and awareness. They each have something to offer to each other. Venus can be grounded by the focus, earthiness and practicality of Mars in Virgo, and Mars can be soothed by the intuition, compassion and creativity of Venus in Pisces.

February 2-3: February 2 will be a good day for rational and objective communications. Agreements can be reached Feb 2 and the evening of Feb 3, but the morning and early afternoon of February 3 are likely to be contentious.

(Feb 1: Venus in Pisces opposite Mars retrograde in Virgo. Feb 2: Moon in Gemini trine Mercury and Sun in Aquarius. Feb 3: Moon in Gemini square Mars in Virgo @ 8:24 am and square Venus in Pisces @1:03 pm; Moon in Gemini Trine Saturn @ 10:06 pm; Moon in Cancer trine Neptune @11:06 pm)

Note: The energies above will be the strongest for the following birthdates: March 11 to 15; June 10 to14; September 12 to 16; December 12 to 16. (They will also be a noticeable influence in your life if you have planets, your Ascendant or your Midheaven at 20 to 24 degrees of Pisces, Virgo, Gemini or Sagittarius in your birth chart or by progression)

 

February 3: Neptune into Pisces – New Spiritual Cycle Begins

This is a long lasting influence and begins on Feb 3, 2012, when Neptune, planet of intuition, spirituality, imagination, creativity, illusion, sacrifice and compassion moves into Pisces where it will stay until 2026. Neptune is the planet that rules Pisces, so the energies of Neptune will feel right at home and will be able to operate freely. Over the next fourteen years there will be a greater emphasis on such things as spirituality, mysticism, compassion, idealism, creativity, healing, oil, water, oceans, and more….

 Read full article: Neptune ~ The Beautiful Mystical Blue Planet

 

February 4-11: May We Please Have Your Attention

Feb 4-5 will be good weekend to focus on home and family projects. Getting uncluttered and organized will be good for mental clarity. Ideas can start forming now for a more positive future.

(Moon in Cancer sextile Jupiter in Taurus, opposite Pluto in Capricorn and sextile Mars in Virgo)

Feb 6 is a day of enthusiasm.  However, big ideas may meet obstacles in the form of practicality and financial realities.

(Moon in Leo trine Uranus in Aries and square Jupiter in Taurus)

Feb 7 -11: The Full Moon on Feb 7 brings an awareness that changes must be made. There could be surprising developments in relationships and finances around this time.  Emotions are likely to be topsy-turvy Feb 9-10.  Projects require completion and homework to be done before the next steps can be taken. No shortcuts. Focus, determination, patience and hard work now through the end of June will bring positive results.

(Feb 7: Full Moon @ 18 Leo, 2:54 pm MST; Saturn retrograde @ 29 Libra. Feb 8-9: Mercury and Sun conjunct Ura/Plu midpoint; Venus conjunct Uranus. Feb 10-11: Moon in Libra opposite Uranus and Venus in Aries and square Pluto in Capricorn)

 

Feb 12-13: Thinking and communications can be produ

February 12-13: Inspiration

ctive, positive and inspired, though probably a bit over-idealistic.

(Feb 12: Moon in Libra trine Mercury in Aquarius and conjunct Saturn Rx in Libra; Moon in Scorpio trine Neptune in Pisces and opposite Jupiter in Taurus. Feb 13: Moon in Scorpio sextile Pluto in Capricorn; Mercury in Aquarius trine Saturn Rx in Libra; Mercury enters Pisces and conjuncts Neptune)

 

February 14-15: Not-Quite-So-Funny Valentine

There can be tensions in some relationships now due to undercurrents that are felt, but are still hidden during these two days. Intense emotions could lead to attempts to control or manipulate the situation. Finances may also be a concern now.

During the evening on Valentine’s Day, people will tend to be somewhat scattered, over-sensitive, elusive, unclear or spacy. Avoid over-imbibing, as it will be easy to say things that are regretted later. However, things should improve by 10 pm (MDT) when some late night romance, fun and excitement are possible.

(Feb 14: Moon in Scorpio square Sun in Aquarius in the morning; Moon in Sagittarius square Mercury and Neptune in Pisces in the evening; Moon trine Uranus @ 10 pm. Feb 15: Venus in Aries square Pluto in Capricorn)

  February 16-18- Smoother Sailing

Reality, optimism and inspiration will flow easily together at this time. This will be a very favorable time to plan and visualize positive developments that will manifest in March. March 2012 has some very favorable influences for those who take action and put their energy into it. You can prepare for this fortunate time and give your dreams a big boost by setting your intentions at the New Moon on February 21 (see below).

(Feb 16: Mercury in Pisces sextile Jupiter in Taurus; Moon in Sagittarius sextile Sun in Aquarius and sextile Saturn in Libra; moon in Capricorn sextile Neptune in Pisces. Feb 17: Moon in Capricorn trine Jupiter in Taurus, sextile Mercury in Pisces and conjunct Pluto in Capricorn. Feb 18: Sun in Aquarius trine Saturn in Libra; Mercury in Pisces sextile Pluto in Capricorn; Sun into Pisces @ 11:18 pm)

 

Feb 19 – 21 – Neptune Plants Magic Seeds

During this three day period the Neptune in Pisces influence is likely to be visible in our lives and in the world.

The New Moon is in Pisces on February 21 @ 3 deg, Pisces, 3:35 pm, MST. The New Moon is a time of beginnings and is the time to plant seeds for the future. This will be an excellent time to visualize and to use intuition, creativity and inspiration to plant the seeds for your plans in March. Wait until later in the evening on February 21 to set your intentions – some time between 8 pm on the 21st and 3 am on the 22nd would be very good (MST).

(Feb 19: Sun conjunct Neptune in Pisces. Feb 21: Moon in Pisces conjunct Neptune, Moon conjunct Sun in Pisces/New Moon; Moon in Pisces sextile Jupiter in Taurus at 9:09 pm. Feb 22: 3:23 am- Moon in Pisces sextile Pluto in Capricorn)

 

Feb 22-23: Challenges

Some doubts are likely to surface now. Concerns, criticism or worries may come up about the plans that were just made. Plans may seem too idealistic, unrealistic or silly to others or even to oneself. Do not dismay. An analytical and realistic approach can actually be helpful in spotting any holes  in your plans. Use it to make your plans better and stronger.

(Feb 22: Moon in Pisces conjunct Mercury in Pisces and opposite Mars in Virgo. Feb 23: Mercury in Pisces opposite Mars in Virgo)

 

February 24-29 Positive Potentials Emerge

This is another good time to think about life improvements. Opportunities and ideas can appear that will manifest around the Full Moon in March. Jot down ideas, hunches, and inspirations. Think BIG. Pay attention and take advantage of these influences now and you will be ready for manifestation in March.

(Feb 24-25: Sun in Pisces Sextile Jupiter in Taurus; Moon in Aries square Pluto and conjunct Venus. Feb 26: Moon in Taurus sextile Neptune in Pisces, conjunct Jupiter in Taurus and sextile Sun in Pisces.  Feb 27: Moon in Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn and trine Mars in Virgo; Sun in Pisces sextile Pluto in Capricorn. Feb 28: Moon in Taurus sextile Mercury in Pisces)

 

 

 

JANUARY 2012 FORECAST:

Goodbye 2011 – Hello 2012

By Judy Joyce

December 27, 2011

As they say, 2011 has been “one for the books”. We have seen protests and uprisings all over the world, long standing governments toppled, dictators overthrown or dead, Osama bin Laden killed, Iraq War ended, severe global economic uncertainty, high unemployment, home foreclosures, political gridlock and an overwhelming number of record-breaking environmental events and conditions. There are far too many examples to list here, but numerous “2011 Year in Review” publications are available and are fascinating to look through. So many things happened in 2011 that the latest dramatic events make us forget the dramatic events of just a few months before. It will be useful to look back and grasp the significance of what has happened in 2011, because it was only the beginning of a prolonged worldwide transformation.

It could also be quite helpful to you personally to look at your own “Year in Review”. You might try writing down the events or inner changes you have experienced in 2011 month by month. You may have already forgotten some of them. You could be amazed at how many changes have already begun in your life.

2011 was a breakthrough year. Now we all are moving forward on a path of transformation and change. No going back. 2012 will be a very dynamic and exciting time for all of us. Although the planetary influences in 2012 indicate there will be many challenges, there will also be many opportunities. The important thing is to work in harmony with the prevailing energies. That is where astrology can be especially helpful. By understanding what these energies are and when they will occur, you will have a map to help you successfully navigate your path in the year ahead.

Here is an overview of five important astrological energies to be aware of in 2012:

1: Energies of Radical Social Restructuring

All of 2012: The first, and by far the most powerful astrological influence, can be described as Radical Social Restructuring. (I have discussed this at length in previous articles. See Radical Social Restructuring and Pluto in Capricorn 2008-2024: World Forecast ) These energies are already here and will continue to bring sudden global changes and upheavals. This will result in a profound transformation of our social, economic, political, governmental and environmental structures and foundations.   We have been experiencing the edges of this evolving massive “global psyche energy system” since 2008. In 2011 the energies got much stronger and gained momentum. In 2012 through 2015 they will be operating at full strength.

In 2012 these energies will be the most intense and unrelenting from June through October. As we watch national and world events unfold it will be helpful to consult our astrological map and remember that we are in an extended time of change and transformation. These energies will be very powerful through 2015 and will continue at a less intense level through 2019. Trying to fix the current systems and get back to “normal” is not going to work. In 2012 it is likely that circumstances will force us to realize just that.

However, as old structures begin to fall away, new possibilities will open up for us collectively and personally. Change can happen during this period very rapidly. This can be both unnerving and exciting. Innovation, unexpected twists and turns, sudden ideas and events can reveal new potentials that take us by surprise.

We will all be affected because the society in which we live will go through a radical restructuring.  In our individual lives, we will each go through a personal radical restructuring for at least two years at some point between 2011 through 2019. Some will feel it much stronger than others depending on their birth date. (The 2012 guidebook for your sun sign I have written explains how the radical restructuring energies will be affecting your sun sign and what years your specific birth date will be affected. Click here to see your 2012 Guidebook)

No matter when our personal restructuring takes place, this is truly a time when we are all in this together.

(Uranus in Aries Square Pluto in Capricorn. Exact on June 24, 2012 and again on September 19, 2012. The first two squares in a series of seven from 2012 through 2015)

2: Energies of Spirituality, Idealism and Creativity

All of 2012: These energies will be mostly on an intellectual level in January 2012. At that time we will be thinking and talking about innovative ideas that are spiritual and compassionate, but also realistic and practical. Starting in February 2012, we will be feeling and experiencing these energies on an emotional level. At that time we will begin a fourteen year cycle in which the energies of emotion, compassion, mysticism, spirituality, idealism, creativity, psychic awareness and sensitivity will quietly swirl around us and slowly permeate our consciousness. Feelings will become deeper. In general there will be a desire to connect with something bigger than ourselves. Many will begin to understand that we are all connected on a spiritual level. There could be scientific discoveries that validate mystical experiences.

Another way the mystical side of life will increase will be the focus on the End of the Mayan Calendar on December 21, 2012.  (An article about the astrological chart for December 21, 2012/ End of the Mayan Calendar is coming soon!) Interest in this will build as 12/21/2012 grows nearer. Whether you think the world will end, a new era will begin, or it’s all a bunch of nonsense, you will still be very aware of it. This will be a great opportunity to get a huge number of people focusing on spiritual matters on the same day. Why not take advantage of all that attention and focus on joining other hearts around the world in Love and Light?

(Jan 2012: Saturn in Libra trine Neptune in Aquarius in orb, but not exact. Feb 3, 2012: Neptune moves into Pisces where it will stay until 2026. Oct 2012: Saturn in Scorpio trine Neptune in Pisces. Oct 2012 to Dec 2014; Saturn in Scorpio in mutual reception with Pluto in Capricorn. End of the Mayan Calendar/Winter Solstice of December 21, 2012: Saturn in Scorpio sextile Pluto in Capricorn, Jupiter in Gemini quincunx Saturn and Pluto and opposite Venus in Sagittarius – Yod formation.)

3: Energies of Positive Material Manifestation

March 6 to 16, 2012: Positive energies that are used for the highest and best good now will bring very successful results. This planetary energy pattern will only be in affect for about ten days. We won’t be forced to act. There could be a tendency for complacency. Do something positive. Take advantage of this time to actively improve your life. Something to keep in mind: be careful what you ask for because you are likely to get it.

(Grand Trine: Jupiter and Venus in Taurus trine Pluto in Capricorn and trine Mars in Virgo.)

 

4: Energies of Communication, Technology and Interconnection

June through December 2012: Social media and all forms of technology and communication will become even more ubiquitous. Although this is already occurring, new circumstances or innovations are likely to make the free dissemination of information more important than ever. People may find new ways of connecting and sharing information. Dates to note:

June 17 to 30 – Information could be misleading, confusing or overly dramatic at this time. Keep your feet on the ground and check the facts.

July 14 to 28 – Information and new ideas are likely to be encouraging and stimulating. In general there will be a spirit of liberation, enthusiasm, excitement and innovation. The drive for freedom will get a positive boost. Thinking can be rapid, intuitive and perceptive. People will be more willing to take chances now. Sudden opportunities could appear. If you want to make some changes in your life, this could be the time to do it.

(June 12, 2012: Jupiter moves into Gemini where it will stay until June 24, 2013.  June 17-30: Jupiter in Gemini square Neptune in Pisces. July 14-28: Jupiter in Gemini sextile Uranus in Aries; Mars in Libra trine Jupiter and opposite Uranus; Mercury retrograde in Leo sextile Jupiter and trine Uranus.)

5: Energies of Focused Transformation

October through December 2012: The energies will be compassionate, mystical and creative. We will seek practical ways to live up to our ideals. This will be a time of very focused and intense energy combined with the willingness, discipline and determination needed to bring about a major transformation.

These energies do seem to dovetail with December 21 and the End of the Mayan Calendar. It is unlikely to be a change that occurs on one day, but certainly indicates this could be a time when have a responsible approach to making needed transformations.

October 5, 2012 to December 22, 2014: Saturn in Scorpio in mutual reception with Pluto in Capricorn. October 5-31: Saturn in Scorpio trine Neptune in Pisces. October 23-25: Sun trine Neptune and conjunct Saturn. December 1 -31: Saturn in Scorpio sextile Pluto in Capricorn – exact on December 26. December 21-31: Sun in Capricorn sextile Neptune, sextile Saturn and conjunct Pluto.)

As you can see, 2012 will be a very dynamic and exciting time for the world and for us as individuals. We may find ourselves thrust into new and stimulating experiences that wake up hidden parts of ourselves. There will be challenges that take us out of our comfort zone in order to transform and evolve. We wouldn’t be here if we couldn’t handle it. There is no doubt that we are participants in a very important time in history. We might as well embrace it and see what happens!

  Copyright 2011 Judy Joyce

 

 

 

Other Links to this Post

  1. JUDY JOYCE ASTROLOGY » FEBRUARY & MARCH 2011 FORECAST — January 30, 2011 @ 1:39 am

WordPress Themes